raearuit et seth + thse ih nets LN Aeon MBAS NY Lacey om Mon Sart Fs eS: a genre oe a at 9 oi - = -. ANS ata a iy Se dt fe <- ee a ne Sea potbsiymte cn tain rate Ma WONT, ~ arora vdtbiteore ante, sales ene aie (Sn rbches “na Wiese Parser Toe a) ‘no toin anc % ase ih ATS A bie ad i 1 o ee es con i xy ih te bo B ptt toe hah s Fe hia : - eS ae ig ete Aen ee. ~% Bo ca teach > etna ih te kevin DS Se ee MELD rao fede thane aakete ent - ¥ : ae, oa sy stebhe = ad Mintatieen hata 0 1v-sieth atinemets PROCKEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1892. . PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. PATERNOSTER ROW. Lets OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1892. COUNCIL. (Elected April 29, 1892.) Sir Wrir1am Frower, 0.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President. Wrrrram Baruson, Esq., M.A. | E. W. H. Horpsworts, Esq. Wittmm T. Branrorp, Esq., | Cot. Luonarp H. Ipsy. F.RB.S. Lr.-Gen. Str H. B. LumspeEn, Cuarzes T. Bucrnanp, Esq. [eke C: sale Henry HE, Dresser, Esq. | Tus Lorp Mepway. Cartes Drummonn, Esq., Trea- Dr. St. Georcz Mrvart, F.RB.S., surer. | Viree-President. Sir JosepH Fayrer, K.C.S.1., | Proresson Atrrep Newton, F.R.S., Vice-President. | M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. F. Du Canr Gopmay, Esq.,F.R.S., | Osperr Sarvin, Esq., F.RB.S., Vice-President. | Vice-President. Lr.-Cor, H. H. Gopwin-Avsren, | Howarp Saunpers, Esq. F.R.S. | Puinie Lurrey Scrater, Esq., Dr. Ausert Ginruer, F.RA., M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Vice-President. Henry Srzzoum, Esq. Dr. Epwarp Hamitron. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. L. Sctarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S., Secretary. Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Barriurr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Warernovsz, Librarian. ~ Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. J. Winuiams, Chief Clerk. OTA LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Anperson, Joun, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batra- chians from Barbary. (Plate 1.)........-+---eee-s ees Bemarks on the occurrence of Spalax typhlus in Africa. . Barrson, Wituiam, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s Col- lege, Cambridge. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Crab’s Limbs bearing supernumerary claws ..-----. seer reer tee cees On Numerical Variation in Teeth, with a Discussion of the Conception of Homology .... .2.- sere ss ecce reese res Bateson, Witiam, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s Col- lege, Cambridge, and Brinpuey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge. On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, statistically examined Oe: a2 76 102 085 1V Page Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., F.RB.S.E., F.Z.S., Pro- sector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. On the Earthworms collected in Algeria and Tunisia by Doe GlieOillanse aopoebs Goodoboue duegodcangs00000 28 Abstract of a Memoir entitled ‘Contributions to the Ana- tomy of the Anthropoid Apes” «1... ses seeeeeeeeees 118 On some Species of the Genus Pericheta (sensu stricto). (Plates sXe SOX.) ae er en cena toenail 153 Notes on the Anatomy and Osteology of the Indian Darter! (Plofusmelanogasten)) yo... en nian crete 291 On some Aquatic Oligochetous Worms .............. 349 On the Brain and Muscular Anatomy of Aulacodus .... 520 On the Convolutions of the Cerebral Hemispheres in rertam Rodents. ........2.. aniGo nse oe copouEoO de At 596 On some new Species of Earthworms from various parts of che: World: ((Blates XuuVe& OXGV I.) sc. cts ote semeereee 666 Bet, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. A Contribution to the Classification of Ophiuroids, with Descriptions of some new and little-known Forms. (Plates RT ALD) «cso seeriet ss say le ee a 175 Remarks upon the habitat of Bipalium hewense ........ 258 On the Characters and Variations of Pontaster tenuispinis. late SOR VL) eee eae - 430 Remarks upon the occurrence of Bipalium Icewense in one of the warm houses at Straffan House, Kildare .......... 542 Notice of a Memoir entitled « Description of a remarkable new Cidaris from Mautitius ” ss Page Benuam, W. Braxtanp, D.Sc. (Lond.), Aldrichian Demon- strator in Anatomy in the University of Oxford. Descriptions of Three new Species of Earthworms. (Plates VAD ioeca A010 )) 8 elec osm Re Us.) 0 ae ee SA eC eee oD Breriterscu, Hans, Graf von, C.M.Z.S., and StoLZzMANN, JEAN. Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou joni Wil, dicen Lselinawelist 23 beso odnacscsucsn course poo5 Oi) Buanrorp, Wiuut1Am Tuomas, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two heads and a skin of the Yarkand Stag ...... 1.0... sees s eee eee eee 116 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Wild Camel aly rin IDingaan IMR son0b0n060 050000 00000000 370 Bouav, Hernricu, Ph.D., Director of the Hamburg Gardens, C.M.ZS. On Specimens of Haliaetus pelagicus and H. branickii now living in the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg ........ 173 BouLenGeER, GrorGe ALBERT, F.Z.S. Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A.S. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia ...... 134 On Lucioperca marina, C.& V. (Plate XXV.) ...... 411 An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. C. Hose on Mt. Dulit, Borneo. (Plates XXIX. & XXX.) 505 Notice of a Memoir describing the remains of an extinct gigantic Tortoise from Madagascar ............--s0eeee 581 Description of a new Blennioid Fish from Kamtschatka.. 583 Brinotey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge, and Bateson, W., M.A., F.Z.S., &e. On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, Statisticalllysexamined.» 5. <<. seecinetemiesee cess cress 000 vi Burne, R. H., B.A., F.ZS8., Anatomical Assistant at the Royal College of Surgeons of England. On the Presence of a Branchial Basket in Myzine gluti- nosa. (Plate XLVII.)............ +++: Burter, ArtHurR Garviner, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. Borneo. (Plate VI.) Butter, Grerarp W., B.A., F.Z.S. On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Snakes. (Plate DO. A10 01) eee ete bene anennid er ale Siclcertatrnea SOHC 6 0 CockKERELL, T. D. A., F.Z.S. Communication from, containing an account of the occur- rence of a specimen of the Jacana (Jacana spinosa) in “ENT On (EA Appeleenoaceylan Couuett, Prof. Rospert, C.M.Z.8. On a new Monkey from North-east Sumatra. (Plate XLII.) Oe OOS -OR CROTON Ch GION Ch CHOC ORC OsOec OCH On O-OnUiCen oOo ONn ty. cenG 6 Cooxs, Rev. A. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow and Assistant-Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge. On the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca of the Philippine Islands, and their Relations to the Mollusca of the neighbouring Groups OOOO O Ort Ors Oeo oro od oo Seoscs Corpraux, Joun. See Newron, ALFRED. Dawson, Dr. Grorce M., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.G.S. Remarks, on the Fur-Seal of Alaska, and Exhibition of a Series of Photographs illustrating the attitudes and mode of life of these Animals... .. Page 706 120 477 472 613 . 47 Page Drucr, HAMILTON H., F.E.S. A List of the Lycenide of the South Pacific Islands east of the Solomon Group, with Descriptions of several new Species. (Plate XXVII.) 0. -+-- seers seen cere renee 434 Etwes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga and Karen Hills and in Perak.—Part II. (Plates XLHI.& Finn, Frank, B.A., F.Z.8. Remarks upon his recent zoological excursions to Zanzibar. 543 Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. On the Classification of Birds ...... .ceesseeseesrecs 229 On the Systematic Position of Notoryctes typhlops....-++ 361 Abstract of a Memoir on the Remains of some gigantic Land-Tortoises, and of Didosaurus, recently discovered in IWEMTTONG a5 4506 COpaS0I0 COUDCEIOCO tO Co COU tC OOOO Or. 665 Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., E.B.S., F.Z.S., &c., and NewrTon, Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. Abstract of a Memoir on some bones of the Dodo and other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. Shama SeWaGe Ao ccdced coho coed te oauG ep CCOUOO OSS - 343 Gauan, C. T., M.A., and GoruaM, The Rev. H. S., F.Z.S. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa ...----+-++e++eerere se 90 Gopwin-Avsren, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.RB.S., F.Z.S., &c. On new Species and Varieties of the Land-Mollusean Genus Diplommatina from the Garo, Naga, and Munipur Hill-ranges, Assam... .. eves sere eres tse arate eiafa atin 509 Vili Goruam, The Rev. H.S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of Coleoptera collected by Mr. John Whitehead on Kina Balu, Borneo.—Families Hispide, Erotylide, Endo- mychide, Lycide, Lampyride, &e. (Plate IV.) Goruam, The Rey. H. S., F.Z.S., and Ganan, C. T., M.A. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa .. ........ esses seeeee Greocory, J. W., F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir giving an account of his researches on they British Paleosene (Bryoz0ar.).) 1). 2y.\clsieleree sie cs er nters Grounp, THomas. See Scirater, Poitip LuTLey. Ginruer, Ausert C. L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians trans- mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from Nyassaland. (Plates! XXX TEE SXOXGX Ve al cece aera soes00 Guppy, R. J. Lecumere, C.M.Z.S. Note on Bulimus oblongus\in cuss ae «nee ee ; Hampson, G. F., B.A. Oxon., &e. On Stridulation in certain Lepidoptera, and on the Dis- tortion of the Hind Wings in the Males of certain Ommato- POTN Sao eee oe: latte Harrert, Ernst. Exhibition of a series of Birds’ Eggs associated with Eggs of Cuculus canorus, and remarks upon the mimicry of Cuckoos’ Ex Os J BD PS 0), 8 O12 12'4O Rte) gHiela "0)\e\e:(e) ee iniels, 0) stella telerulenia Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two new Mammals from Dutch New Guinea, and a stuffed specimen of Apteryx muxima . . FO OOSER SEOs BO) PON 19116 188 VLG KO Suey ere iel erro ele Wally) a ’sicel'e)atrettate) sire Page 83 90 477 555 271 188 1x Page Hickson, Sypney J., D.Sc., F.Z.S. Abstract of a Memoir, entitled ‘‘ A Revision of the Genera of the Alcyonaria Stolonifera, with Description of one new Genus and several new Species”’............. peo above 594 Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs, received from Prof. Parker, illustrative of Sea-Lions, Penguins, and Albatrosses in their native haunts .................. 476 Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S. Descriptions of some new Genera and new Species of Phytophagous Coleopterafrom Madagascar. (Plate XXXIX.) 564 JENTINK, Dr. F. A., F.M.Z.S. Letter from, referring to additional specimens of the Bush-rati(Bichechirmelanurus) —. hisense 4. sees se ose 2 Kent, W. Savitte, F.Z.S. &c. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of Podargus strigoides, showing the strange attitudes of these bindssinvaylivingestatemnn qe. eet aa cease An Kerr, J. GRAHAM. Remarks on the late Captain John Page’s Expedition up the io Pilcomayom ee een PIs 8 he oe ee, 194 Litrorp, Lorp, F.Z.S. Letter from, on the breeding of Demidoff’s Galago in CAD UIVALY Mera ay. See R acs MAS BR ae ee een enn Ste 542 LyDEKKER, Ricuarp, B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the Evolution of the Sirenia .......... Wi On Zeuglodont and other Cetacean Remains from the Tertiary of the Caucasus. (Plates XXXVI.-XXXVIII.).. 558 Meyer, Dr. A. B., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, containing remarks upon a Specimen of Semnopithecus nemeus from Hainan Newton, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. John Cordeaux, and remarks upon the skin of an immature example of Sylvia nisoria, shot in Yorkshire...... Newton, Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., and Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Abstract of a Memoir on some bones of the Dodo and other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. Mheodore Sauzierin sles 68 Ske 2 ls ee eee Pocock, R. Innzs, Assistant Natural History Museum. On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by Dr. Anderson oeeniajaricl POnisiais sc. sss agit kee. ik ae ee ReDTENBACHER, Prof. J., and WaTrenwy., C. BRUNNER v. On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West Kadies:: “(Plates XV -XVIl)r ee ee Romans, Grorce Joun, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Remarks on some results recently obtained from the Crogs- breeding of Nats'and Rabbits 1... \. 5... . \eaa eee Roruscuiip, The Hon. Watter, F.Z.S. Descriptions of two new Mammals from New Guinea... Scuaus, Wiuuiam, F.Z.S. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.—Part I.......... dtd ees Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.—Part II, ehark eer er weeeeve Page 665 ~ 542 543 24 196 476 545 272 xl Page SciaTer, Puinie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Nevemberand December lS 9ileee te. 2 slercis 2's). gelesen k Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Januanyael 892 sx gerirss. iid ceiser patiene oh Gitiat Pinas old sess 76 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg and young of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta) .. 76 On a small Collection of Mammals brought by Mr. A. Sharpe mom) Nyassaland). 0-56 yess a see Sus o doc 97 On a New Antelope from Somaliland, and on some other Specimens of Antelopes from the same Country. (Plate V.) 98 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some “ Spinning” or Soret ABLE SE aap MEICE Retin c. - pm. = m. = 34. Many observers, however, state that there are present at one time 8 cheek- teeth above, and as they regard the extra tooth as a molar, they formulate the molars as 3—4 above and 3 below. More rarely we find : ° . . 2 2 the incisors described as being ;; and lastly, two observers* have described a pair of canines as being present in the upper jaw. All are agreed as to the number of teeth present in the Jower jaw of the adult, viz. 9; but there is much disagreement as to the total number of teeth present in the upper jaw (viz. 8-9), and also as to the homologies of the individual teeth and sets of teeth. Most state emphatically that there are no canines present in either jaw. Cuvier, however, asserted (4) that there was a pair of small canines present in the upper jaw of the young animal, and he re- garded them as the accessory teeth of Pallas (25), but this opinion he afterwards retracted (5). It remained for Lataste (19) to be the first to show definitely that there is present in the upper jaw of all young specimens a pair of small canines; he has shown that these are shed early in life and that they rarely persist til] the completion of the second den- tition. He bases his conclusions on the shape and position of these teeth together with the characters of the 2ad maxillary tooth (Ist premolar) as exemplified in a very large series of skulls of all_ ages, and finally on a comparison with the teeth of the near allies 1 Communicated by Prof. Howes. * Cuvier (4) and Lataste (19). West, Newman imp. Leous. ax ana. Mailk-dentition of Hyr MF’ Woodward del. MP Parker lith . 1892. | MILK- DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS, 39 of Hyrax (viz., the Rhinoceros, Tapir, and Horse), which never possess more than seven cheek-teeth (molars and premolars), while showing all stages in the development of the canine. He has succeeded in showing that many of the earlier observers figured and. described these canines, mistaking them for the Ist premolars, on account of the resemblance between the latter in the second dentition and the milk-canines. But although the 1st premolar in the second dentition is much reduced and has sometimes only one fang, it is situated some distance from the premaxillo-maxillary suture, and in the first dentition has a large crushing crown and is two-fanged. He considers that the canines, together with the 1st premolar, are under- going suppression, and that as a consequence of this the former teeth have lost their more typical characters. With the exception of Giebel (12, 13) and Brandt (2), all observers state that there is only a single pair of incisors in the upper jaw. These two authorities, however, have described in the young animal a second small and posterior incisor, which is early shed and is situated in the premaxilla behind the large first milk-incisor. This tooth is not to be confounded with the milk-incisor No. 1, which is a large tooth situated between the two permanent ones, as figured by Cuvier (5)and Biainville (1); it undoubtedly represents a 2nd upper incisor, although in all probability it is only a milk-tooth, always present in the fcetus, but seldom, I believe, persistent after birth. Giebel and Brandt were of opinion that Cuvier mistook these small incisors for canines; but as the former are situated in the gum which covers the premaxilla, while the latter lie well within the maxilla, their position implies that he did not understand what is generally supposed to be the fundamental distinction of the canine, viz., that it is typically a single-fanged pointed tooth implanted in the maxilla just behind the premaxillo-maxillary suture. It has been already noted that no observer has seen more than 9 teeth in the upper jaw; none of those who describe the presence of a canine make the slightest allusion to the presence of 2 upper incisors, and further perusal of the descriptions alluded to shows that those who described the 2nd incisor almost certainly were dealing with Cuvier’s canine. This is probably due to the fact that the earlier observers do not seem to have had access to some of the monographs of their predecessors, but it does not excuse a modern European writer like Lataste having apparently failed to consult a classical work like Brandt’s Monograph on Hyrax, or a standard one such as Broun’s ‘ Thier-Reich.’ II. Results of the present Investigation. The material which I have examined was kindly placed at my disposal by Prof. Howes, and consisted of 5 foetal examples of Hyrax capensis preserved in spirit, being the specimens the placenta of which was described by Prof. Huxley before this Society in 1863". The 1 P.Z.8. 1863, p. 655. 40 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, specimens measure about 12:5 centim. long and only show a few of the larger hairs. The method adopted for the examination of the teeth is, I believe, the only reliable one (if employed in connexion with serial sections) by which the true relations of developing teeth in a young animal can be made out. The skin was carefully removed from the sides of the jaw, and the whole jaw, with gum covering it intact, was placed in absolute alcohol and thoroughly dehydrated ; it was then clarified in clove-oil, and either examined in that medium or mounted in Canada balsam. By this treatment the teeth are seen through the bones in their natural position in relation to one another and to the surrounding parts, whereas by dissection they are apt to be displaced. Further, some teeth when undergoing suppression are so minute as to be practically invisible to the unaided eye, so that under manipulation by ordinary dissection they would be entirely overlooked. On the other hand, if exclusively examined in serial sections it is doubtful if their exact position and relationships could be determined with absolute accuracy. This is notably the case with the anterior milk- incisors of the Rabbit (the upper of which measures only °13 millim. in length) described by Huxley (16) (figs. 4 & 5, di’), and which were discovered by this method, Huxley being, I believe, the first to apply it to the examination of tooth relationships. It is worthy of note that the method does not prevent one after- wards sectionizing the jaw; in fact, it is best to examine the jaw first in this way in order to see exactly what teeth are present and what are their positions, as it then becomes much easier to interpret the appearances presented by serial sections. A microscopic examination of the clarified jaw (Plate II. fig. 1) shows that there are present at this age 8 teeth in the upper jaw and 7 in the lower one. Those of the upper jaw may be divided into premaxillary and maxillary teeth, there being 3 of the former (fig. 1, dz’, di”, di’) and 5 of the latter (fig. 1, ¢c, 1., 1., 111, Iv.). The first pre- maxillary tooth is very large and roughly conical ; it lies completely buried in the bone and, from a comparison of a series of skulls, it becomes evident that it is the milk predecessor of the large permanent lucisor ; it attains a considerable size and persists for a long period after birth. As the foetus was very young, the permanent incisor had not yet been differentiated. The two posterior premaxillary teeth (fig. 1, di’, di?) are very small, and variable ; both were present in three out of six preparations, one only was present in two, and both were wanting in the other. In two cases they were very fully developed (fig. 2, dz”, de®), although small, and the anterior one was im all cases the largest. In the speci- men figured the measurement of the anterior one (dz”) is ‘62 millim. long X *35 millim., that of the posterior one (dz’) being °31 millim, long x *19 millim. The antericr one presents a small conical crown composed of a distinct layer of enamel and dentine (fig. 2, di”, c, and d), a well- 1892. | MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 41 marked cervix, and a simple single fang, slightly constricted at its base. The smaller posterior one (fig. 2, di”) is much simpler and not so much calcified, and although it had no distinct fang yet the pulp-cavity was already partially constricted. In position the two teeth lie close to the surface of the gum, and though they overlap the premaxilla they are really external to it, alveoli being undeveloped *. The anterior one lies just in front of the premaxillo-maxillary suture (fig. 1, ms.), while the smaller pos- terior one lies just between the two bones, but under cover of the premaxilla and quite in front of the maxilla. In the two cases where only one of these teeth was developed, it was obviously the anterior one from its position ; it was larger and rounder than the one figured (figs. 1 & 2, di”), and was evidently younger and still undergoing development. The maxillary series of teeth are 5 in number: the first (fig. 1, c), a small uncalcified tooth-germ, which lies close to the anterior border of the maxilla, is obviously the canine ; while the four remaining ones (fig. 1, 1., 11., 111., Iv.) represent the deciduous premolars and have not yet developed their fangs. They are simple calcified cappings of the pulp, the only points of interest about them being their proximity to the premaxillo-maxillary suture and the manner in which the first one is displaced so as to partially overlie the second. Examining the teeth of the upper jaw as an entire series, we see at once that the most fully formed ones are the two small posterior premaxillary teeth (di*, di®). Unlike the remaining teeth, all of which lie deep down in the bone, these small ones are situated close to the surface of the gum, so that they must evidently cut the gum first if not absorbed. A tooth whose crown is once calcified does not, as a rule, increase in transverse diameter, because the dentine composing the greater part of it is deposited from within outwardly ; so that when dealing with a tooth possessing well-marked layers of dentine and enamel, one is fairly safe in saying that the crown will not enlarge much transversely. When the fang is formed and partially constricted at its base, one is justified in regarding that tooth as being fully formed, as the constriction of the pulp-cavity only takes place after the completion of the tooth. The small teeth (fig. 2, di’, di®), in possessing the above characters, may be safely regarded as having attained their full size and being ready to cut the gum. We have now to determine the homologies of these teeth. As we have seen, they are situated in the premaxilla behind the large incisor and immediately in front of the canine. The only teeth they can represent are the 2nd and 3rd incisors ; so that the large incisor is thus proved from its position to be the first or anterior one. From the earlier development and small size of the 2nd and 3rd 1 Jaeger (JB. nat. Ver. Wirzb. 1860, xvi.) regards Cuvier’s “ trews incisifs” as the remainder of a deciduous 2nd incisor; but as the 2nd incisor very rarely persists and is generally external to the premaxilla, it is improbable that this depression, which is fairly constant, can represent its alveolus. 42 MR. M. F WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, incisors it is highly improbable that they could persist after birth, whence we may reasonably look upon them as destined to be in all probability either absorbed or shed ix utero. Giebel and Brandt, as already mentioned, have described two Meisors on either side of the upper jaw of young animals, and it seems, therefore, probable that the 2nd incisor may persist occasion- ally, especially as in two of my preparations, where only one of these teeth was present, the second incisor had undergone an increase in size, although it had not yet developed a fang ; in fact, it was much more in the condition of the other milk-teeth, being more normally developed. It will be observed from this that there is nothing which will justify the unqualified assertion of Giebel and others before alluded to, that two upper incisors normally exist in the permanent dentition; for these small teeth never, I believe, persist till the permanent teeth appear; although they are only represented in one dentition, I incline to the belief that they should be regarded as milk-teeth. In the lower jaw (Plate II. fig. 1), in addition to the 2 typical in- cisors and 4 premolars, we find on either side a small well-developed tooth (fig. 1, c) situated between the incisors and the first premolar. It lies close to the surface of the gum and is intermediate in size between the two vestigial upper incisors, measuring °4 millim. long x ‘3 millim. wide, and is correspondingly well developed (fig. 2,¢). It possesses well-marked enamel and dentine layers to the crown and a small simple fang. Like the small teeth in the upper jaw, its parts are all fully developed ; but it is so small that, as in the case of the 3rd upper incisor, it has never before been observed. It certainly never persists after birth, even if it ever cuts the gum at all. When the jaws are closed, this tooth is situated just between the upper canine and the third upper incisor, a position which suggests that it is the lower canine ; but it is so close to the lower incisor that it might very well be the missing tooth of that series. When, however, we note the order of suppression going on in the upper jaw, we find that while the two posterior incisors rarely persist, the canine is occasionally present even in the second dentition ; this suggests that the latter is not so fully reduced as the incisor, wherefore we might, by analogy, fairly expect to see the canine more pronounced in the lower jaw. Further, recent observers’ find in the Rhinoceros, one of the immediate allies of Hyrax, where only one of the anterior series of mandibular non-cheek teeth remains, that that is in all probability the canine and not an incisor. From argument by analogy, I am therefore inclined to regard this small disappearing tooth as the lower canine, the 3rd and pos- terior incisor having apparently completely disappeared. From the foregoing it may safely be concluded not only that the canines have, in Hyraz, ceased to have avy functional importance, but that the incisors are being reduced in number by the suppression of the posterior ones. In the permanent dentition the first premolars, both above and 1 Lydekker, in Flower & Lydekker (9). 1892. | MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 43 below, are much reduced (though well developed as milk-teeth), often bearing but a single fang, and are early shed. It appears to be generally the rule amongst herbivorous animals that there is a suppression of the anterior teeth of the maxillary series, often accompanied by a reduction in number of the incisors and an increase in size of the remaining teeth. From this it would seem probable that Hyraz, in which the food and habits are very similar to those of the Rodentia and herbivorous mammals, would find it more serviceable to possess one or two pairs of large cutting incisors than three smaller ones ; and the very early development and large size of the anterior incisors and of the large grinding premolars becomes readily intelligible upon this hypothesis. If the jaws of the foetus be examined in relation to the entire milk-dentition and to the rest of the skull, they will be seen to be relatively very small. Comparison of a series of skulls shows that the elongation of the jaws is attained very late, and that above it mainly involves the premaxillary and anterior maxillary regions. The conditions are such that in the young animal the jaws are uncomfortably crowded with teeth; this is especially noticeable in regard to the position of the first premolars (fig. 1, 1.) and in the ves- tigial condition of the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors and of both canines. The clue to the ultimate suppression of the hinder incisors and the lower canine, and to the vestigial nature of the upper canine and both first premoiars in the second dentition, appears to me to lie in the consideration of the above facts. The large size and early development of some of the teeth render it obvious that these would take up more than their proper share cf space and nourishment in the already overcrowded jaw, and we accordingly find that some of the teeth, which were of least functional importance, become either stunted or entirely crowded out of the jaw before it elongates. The premolars of the foetus (fig. 1) extend forwards to the pre- maxillo-maxillary suture ; and comparison with the adult shows that the diastemata possessed by the animal are more nearly the result of a secondary elongation of the jaws themselves than of the mere suppression of certain teeth. III. General Considerations. It will be seen from the foregoing description that Hyraz possesses several teeth which are only represented in one dentition. The question then arises whether these are to be considered as belonging to the lst or to the 2nd series, and the answer to it involves a brief consideration of the relations existing between the two dentitions ia the class Mammalia. Prof. Flower (6, 7, 8, 9), in his various contributions to the study of Mammalian odontology, has all along sought to show that mam- mals were primitively monophyodont, and that the original single set of teeth is represented in the permanent (successional) teeth of the Diphyodonts, the possession of a milk or first dentition being a 44 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, secondarily acquired character, developed comparatively late in the evolution of the class. Detailed perusal of his writings shows these conclusions to be drawn to a large extent from the study of the Marsupialia and especially of Thylacinus ; the solitary tooth shed by that animal he regards as the sole representative of the milk or first dentition of its higher allies (Eutheria), believing the rest of its teeth to represent the permanent or successional second dentition of the latter. At the same time (7. p. 2) he has pointed out (and laid great stress on the fact) that the milk-teeth of the Eutheria invariably show a more primitive pattern and shape than those of the permanent or second series which replace them. The latter are often highly specialized ; while the former often (as is especially the case with the Ungulates) agree more or less closely with the permanent teeth of the extinct ancestors of the order. He concludes that when one set of teeth only are present, as in the Cetacea, it is invariably the permanent or 2nd one, the milk or Ist set being either not developed or suppressed. Arguing along the same lines, he considers that when a tooth such as the Ist premolar in many diphyodont mammals is only present in one dentition (even though in many cases it is very early lost), it must belong to the 2nd or permanent series. Thomas (26, 27) has lately accepted Flower’s views as to the relation of the two dentitions, and has added largely to our know- ledge of the dentition of Marsupials, Edentates, and Monotremes. He shows conclusively that it is invariably the 4th premolar (not the 3rd as Flower thought) which is replaced by a vertical successor in the Marsupials, thus bringing the dentition of Marsupials and Placentals into more complete harmony ; while among the Edentates he has proved the existence of a milk-dentition in Orycteropus (26). More recently Kiikenthal (18), in a preliminary account of some researches on the development of the Cetacean teeth, has sought to show that, exclusive of the Monotremes, there is no such thing as a monophyodont mammal. In all Cetacea (the typical monophyodonts) he finds that rudimentary successional teeth appear in connexion either with the more fully developed functional ones of the toothed- whales or with the functionless tooth-points of the Mysticeti. He argues from this that these supposed typical Monophyodonts are really modified Diphyodonts, and further that their functional or most _ fully developed teeth belong to the Ist or milk-dentition, and not, as Flower supposed, to the 2nd set. He also advances some reasons for believing that the homodont condition may be arrived at by a splitting up of the primitive complex teeth of an original heterodont type. In the Marsupials’, from a careful examination of the developing * Since the above was written Kiikenthal has published (Anat. Anz. 1891, p. 658) the details of his work on Didelphys, giving figures of the rudimentary successional teeth in connexion with the incisors, premolars, and even molars, the last being thus shown in the Marsupials to belong to the Ist dentition. These observations I can confirm so far as the incisors and molars of Didelphys are concerned, but in Trichosurus I can find no trace of the teeth successional to the molars. This may be owing to the embryo being too young. 1892.] -MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 45 teeth of Didelphys, he claims to have found that, besides the succes- sional tooth to the 4th premolar, there are present indications of the enamel organs of the successional teeth in connexion with all those which remain; showing that the adult dentition of the Marsupials, with the exception of the 4th premolar, corresponds with the Ist or milk-dentition of the Placentalia, and not, as Flower and Thomas have held, with the 2nd or permanent one. From these and other considerations he argues that the two dentitions among mammals are much more constant than has gene- rally been supposed, and that they are probably of equal value— being developed side by side in the jaw from a common enamel ridge ; and he furtber points out that while the 1st dentition attains its maximum development in the Marsupials and Cetacea, as we ascend in the mammalian series it diminishes in importance, so much so that in many animals (e. g. the Seals) it becomes quite rudimentary, while in others (2. e. Rodents) it possibly disappears altogether. Should further enquiry substantiate Kiikenthal’s deductions that all mammals develop representatives of both sets of teeth, the advisability of retaining the terms Monophyodont and Diphyodont will have to be considered. The facts to which I have herein drawn attention (above, pp. 40-42), taken in conjunction with Kikenthal’s assertions just alluded to, show that with regard to teeth present in one dentition only, it is impossible to say for certain, upon mere examination of the dried skull, to which set they belong, and even comparative anatomy does not help us much (as in the case of the Ist premolar of Ungulates). We must rely entirely upon the study of development, and must base our determination upon the examination of a series of foetal jaws. In view of this I am of opinion that we shall sooner or later find in the rest of the Edentates, the Sirenia, and probably in some Marsupials, that vestigial milk or rudimentary successional teeth, which probably never cut the gum, are almost certain to be present in some form or other—either as calcified structures or simply as enamel organs. Should there be found teeth in the foetus showing no signs either of duplication or replacement by vertical successors, there will be good reasons for regarding them as belonging to the milk or first dentition, as this is invariably developed first in time. From these considerations I should conclude that the vestigial teeth which I have described in Hyraa (viz., the two posterior upper incisors and the lower canine), together with the upper canine described by Lataste, which has not been seen to be replaced by a successional tooth although sometimes persisting with the per- manent teeth, belong exclusively to the Ist or milk series, which would then read as follows, viz. :— 1 , c. i pm. == 50); while the adult dentition would be Be a (1) 4 Salk i. 5, C. gps Pm. GM. 3— 34 (236). 46 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [ Jan. 5, IV. The Milk-Dentition of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus). Although the Rabbit is so universally studied in our own labora- tories and its anatomy is described in detail in so many of our practical hand-books, not one of the latter rightly describes its milk- dentition, in spite of the fact that all the details concerning it have been long ago recorded. If one examines the jaws of a Rabbit from 2-3 weeks old (Plate II. fig. 3), one finds on each side of the upper jaw 6 incisors arranged in two linear series, 3 on each side of the middle line ; the anterior tooth of each set is known to be the great permanent front incisor, while the others have been variously interpreted. F. Cuvier (3), in the first place, described them as representing the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors; his statement has been copied by several authors (9, 15, 29), who have thus ascribed to the Rabbit at birth 3 incisors, stating that the outer one is soon lost. This determination of Cuvier’s was refuted by Owen (28) as long ago as 1868 and later by Krause (17). These two observers show that the middle tooth of each series (fig. 3, di*) is in reality the 2nd milk-incisor ; it is a functional tooth for the first three weeks of the animal’s life, after which time it is shed, being pushed out by its successor (fig. 3, pz"). The deciduous tooth in the specimen figured is small and wedge-shaped, its crown being much worn, while its successor presents a conical unworn extremity, having only just cut the gum. This latter tooth is the one described by Cuvier as being the 3rd incisor and by others as being early lost (9, 15, 29). The probable reason that the 2nd milk-incisor and its successor are present for some time side by side, after the latter has cut the gum, may be implied in the fact that the deciduous tooth is as it were wedged in between the great anterior inciscr and its own successor and is rather worn away by attrition than shed. The study of the development of these teeth shows at once that these two (fig. 3, di”, pz”) ave formed from a common enamel organ, and that they possess the relations of a typical tooth of the Ist to its successor in the 2nd dentition. The fact that the permanent tooth cuts the gum posteriorly to the milk-tooth, instead of develop- ing underneath the latter and gradually pushing it out, goes for nothing, when we consider that the permanent tooth is typically developed on the inner side of its milk predecessor and not below it. We see from the above that there are only 2 incisors on each side of the adult upper jaw, and no examination of even the youngest foetus in which the teeth are appearing shows us any trace of a 3rd one. The deciduous premolars of the upper series are 3 in number, and, as may be seen, they persist until the animal is between 3 and 4 weeks old (not, as stated by Marshall and Hurst (22), being shed before birth). These teeth have been long known and are figured by Owen (23); the principal point of interest about them is their possession of true fangs and their replacement by more specialized teeth which grow from persistent pulps. 1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 47 Completing the cheek-teeth above we find at the same age 2 molars in use, and a 3rd developing one buried up in the maxilla. The lower teeth at this age call for no special comment ; there are the characteristic inferior eco (1 on each side), 2 Pemdinacs premolars, having the same characters as those of the upper set. Behind these are 2 molars, the 3rd not having yet cut the gum. In a footnote to a paper printed in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, Prof. Huxley (16) in 1880 mentioned that he had discovered in the foetal Rabbit vestigial milk predecessors to the large upper and lower incisors, thus making the full milk or Ist dentition to be i - pm. 3 This discovery has been generally overlooked by the writers of works dealing with the Mammalia and the Lagomorpha. Having examined his preparations and subsequently worked out this point in a number of foetal Rabbits from the time when the teeth first appear until birth, I can entirely confirm Huxley’s statement. Fig. 4 is a drawing of the clarified jaws of a foetal Rabbit. At this period there are present 7 teeth in the upper and 5 in the lower jaw. Of those in the upper jaw the first 3 are incisors, the large tooth (pz) being the permanent anterior one and the smallest tooth (dz*) being the milk 2nd incisor, the permanent one not being yet differentiated. ‘The cheek-teeth are 4 in number and represent the 3 deciduous premolars (d.pm.) and the Ist molar (m’). In the lower jaw the large incisor (p7,) is well developed, but there are only 3 cheek-teeth, viz. the two milk premolars (d.pm.) and the anterior molar (m,). In front of each of the large incisors (pir » pi,), above and pelowe i is a small tooth (di’, di,}, rather irregular in appearance, but with its crown composed of typical layers of enamel and dentine (fig. 5, di’, di,), and possessing all the essential structures of atooth. In size these teeth are the smallest in the jaws and measure as follows:—the upper one (di’) :13 millim. long x -09 wide ; the lower one (di, ), which is much larger and varies somewhat, being °19--34 millim. long and *12-"16 wide. Heamigntion of young jaws shows that these minute teeth are among the first to develop, and when they appear they attain with their enamel organs a relatively large size in proportion to the jaw. Their grewth is early arrested and they remain in a dwarfed con- dition ; if carefully examined they are seen to present an irregular contour, and this I regard as expressive of their partial absorption. They are eventually forced out of the gum, about birth, by the growing permanent teeth. These small teeth develop in common enamel organs with the permanent cutting-incisors, of which they are, as Huxley pointed out, the milk predecessors. As has been shown, they are never functional, and, like the milk-premolar of the Guinea-pig (Cuvier), they are shed zn utero. The Rabbit, so far as we know, is the only Rodent possessing milk predecessors to both incisors; while it and the Common Hare are the only Rodents known to possess deciduous incisors. 48 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, There can be very little doubt that the Duplicidentata, as concerns their teeth, are the most primitive living Rodents; and as the deciduous front incisors have almost disappeared i in them, we could hardly expect to find them present in the more modified forms, where the teeth are reduced in number. It is, however, highly probable that we might find them in the Hare and possibly in Lagomys. Krause (17), in describing the deciduous teeth of the Rabbit, gives the formula i. ; pm. > which, as I have shown, is the correct one; but although he gives the correct formula, he cannot have seen the small deciduous first incisors ; in fact, he says (op. czt. p. 199) ‘the four large incisors persist from the beginning” ; so that he counts the large cutting-incisors twice over, first in the deciduous and afterwards in the permanent dentition, solely on the grounds that they happen to be formed very early, when none but milk- teeth are present in the jaw. The discovery of these teeth is entirely due to Huxley, but as he only mentioned it in a passing footnote appended to a paper dealing with much wider questions, and as he never figured them, I append figures, in illustration of my more detailed account of them. In concluding, I should like to express my thanks to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for his kind assistance in allowing me access to a fine series of Hyrax skulls in the British Museum, and to Prof. Howes for his valuable advice and suggestions during the progress of this work. V. List of References. . Buarnvitte. Ostéographie, t. vi. p. 38. - Branor, J.F. “Ueber d. Gattung d. Klippschliefer (Hyrax).” Mém. Ac. Pétersb. (7) xiv. 1869. . Cuvier, F. Dents d. Mammif. 1825. . Cuvier, G. Ann. d. Mus. Paris, t. ili. 1804, p. 177 - Recherches s.1. oss. Fossil. 4th ed., t. iii. 1834, p. 253. . Frower, W. H. ‘On the Homologies of the Teeth of the Mammalia.” J. Anat. Phys. vol. iil. 1869, p. 262. “On the Milk Dentition of Mammalia.” ‘Trans. Odont. Soe. 1871. . On the Succession of the Teeth in the Marsupialia.” Phil. Trans. vol. 157, 1867, p. 631. . FLrower, W. H., & LypeKxKker. ‘ Mammalia.” Lond., 1891. 10. Grorcr. “ Monogr. Anat. d. Daman.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) t. 1. 1874, Art. 9, pp. 83-86. 11. Gervais. Hist. Nat.d. Mammif. 18595. 12. GirseL. Odontographie, p. 75, 1855. Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Abth. v. p. 118, 1875. 14. Gray, J. E. Cat. of Carniv. and Pachyderm. Mammalia Brit. Mus. 1869. az D> oul co woe 1892. ] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 49 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Huxtey, T. H. Manual Vert. Anat. 1871. —. “Evolution and the Arrangement of the Vertebrata.” P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 655. Krause. Anat. d. Kaninchens. Leipzig, 1884, p. 198. KtxKentuat, W. “Bemerkungen i. d. Siugetier-Bezahnung.” Anat. Anz. 1891, pp. 364, 658. Lataste, F. “S.1. Systeme Dentaire d. Daman.” Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) t. iv. (xxiv.) 1886, p. 5. Mitne-Epwarvs. Mammif. 1868. Legons s. 1. Physiol. t. 6 (1860). Marsuaut & Hurst. Practical Zoology, 2nd ed. 1888. Owen, R. Comp. Anat. Vert. vol. ili. p. 356 (1868). Odentography. Patuas. Miscell. Zool. 1776, p. 34. Tuomas, QO. “ Milk-Dentition of Orycteropus.”’ Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xlvii. 1889-90, p. 246. “ Homologies and succession of Teeth in Dasyuride.” Phil. Trans. vol. 178. B. 1887, p. 443. Waener, A. Schreber’s Die Saugethiere, 1844, Bd. 4, p. 307. Warternouse. Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. ii., 1848. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II, Milk-dentition of Hyrax capensis and Lepus cuniculus. n=nasal, pm =premaxilla. mx=maxilla. md=mandible. ms=premaxillo-maxillary suture. di‘, di*, dt? =upper deciduous incisors. diy, din, di,=lower deciduous incisors. pi', pt =upper permanent incisors. pt, =lower permanent incisor. c=upper canine; ¢,=lower canine. I, I, I, IV=the 4 deciduous premolars. d.pm= deciduous premolars. m'=1st upper molar; 7,=1st lower molar. d=dentine; e=enamel; f=tang; p.c=pulp-cavity. Fig. 1. Clarified jaws of a foetal Hyrax, showing the teeth éz sztu, X 4. 2. Enlarged drawings of the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors (di?, di*) and the lower canine (c,) of the above, x 50. 3. Clarified vertical longitudinal section through the premaxilla of a Rabbit, showing the relation of the permanent front incisor (pi!) and the deciduous (di?) and permanent (pz) second incisor. 4. Clarified jaws of a fetal Rabbit, shortly before birth, to show the vestigial milk anterior incisors (dz' and d?,). 5. Enlarged drawing of the vestigial anterior milk-incisors of the Rabbit, x 100. - Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. IV. 4 50 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 5. On the Species of the Hyracoidea. By OuprieLp Tuomas, F'.Z.8. [Received December 1, 1891.] (Plate III.) The present paper is an attempt to work out the species con- tained in the group Hyracoidea, a group which has of late years attracted the attention of several prominent systematic workers, but which, owing partly to its inherent difficulties and partly to want of material, has remained in a terrible state of chaos. The difficulties of the subject are indeed so great, owing mainly to the slight differ- ences and great variability of the species, that in spite of my material being many-fold greater than that available for any of my predecessors, I can only feel that my results are quite provisional, and will need further revision when larger and better series from more localities are obtained. The material before me consists of about 120 skins and spirit specimens, and 122 skulls and skeletons, a number far in excess of what any previous worker has had. This number is made up, firstly, of the Museum series (71 skins &c., 67 skulls), which contains the types of the species described by Gray’ in his many papers on the subject, and the large series of Abyssinian specimens collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford and used as the basis of his work on the group. Secondly, the fine series (47 skins &c., 48 skulls) belonging to the Genoa Museum, containing large numbers of the Abyssinian and Shoan forms and also the only good specimens that I have seen of the Senegal Hyrax (Procavia latastei). This collection formed the basis of M. Lataste’s work on the group’—work only just begun, and of which only a few preliminary remarks had been published, but work nevertheless of the highest and most thoughtful character, so that it has been a great misfortune in this respect that M. Lataste has had to throw up the Hyracoidea on quitting Europe for 8. America. All his drawings and notes, however, have been transmitted to me by the Marquis G. Doria, to whom I also owe the loan of the collection itself, and to whom therefore my most sincere thanks are due. Thirdly, four skulls of the Angolan species, including the type skulls of both P. welwitschii and P. grayi, kindly lent me by Prof. Barboza du Bocage of the Lisbon Museum, these being the skulls described and figured by him in his excellent paper on the genus published in 1889. : Fourthly, two skulls ef P. syriaca lent me by Dr. P. Matschie of the Berlin Museum, with the permission of Prof. Mobius. I am also indebted to the former for much assistance in reference to the ' Except that of P. welwitschii. * Ann. Mus. Genoyv. (2) iv. p. 5 (1886). ay 1 Ag SMe) ¢ sell nM, M.Horman-Hisher del.et hth. F Mintern Bros. imp. SKULL OF PROCAVIA PALLIDA. 1892. ] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 51 type specimens of Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s species preserved in Berlin. : Fifthly, a skin of the same species lent me by Canon H. B. Tris- tram of Durham. It will be seen therefore that not only is the present series unpre- cedently large in point of numbers, but that it contains the actual specimens referred to by all the chief writers on the subject of recent years, viz. Gray, Blanford, Lataste, and Bocage. Of their papers I would call special attention to that by M. Lataste, already briefly referred to, on the skulls and dentitions of the different “‘ subgenera,”’ and especially to his theory that the minute anterior maxillary tooth of the milk-dentition is a milk-canine which does not have a successor. This theory I believe to be perfectly correct, and am most glad to be able independently to confirm Lataste’s observation. This tooth appears most certainly to be homologous with the milk-canine of other mammals, even though it is ordinarily situated some way behind the maxillo-premaxillary suture. M. Lataste’s other work on the group, being in the form of draw- ings and rough notes, I have found it very difficult to utilize, espe- cially as our opinions are naturally very frequently divergent. If, however, I have published any observation which he has previously discovered and recorded, I must ask his pardon and plead as an excuse the very rough character of the notes which he has made. The excellent paper by Prof. Barboza du Bocage* should also be referred to, as he has given in it not only full and detailed descrip- tions of the three Angolan species, in some ways the most interesting, because the most annectant, of the genus, but he has also given a complete list of all the known species, with notes on their characters and localities. This paper has therefore naturally been of much service to me while going over the same ground. To pass now to the subject-matter of this paper. In the first place, it must be admitted that, as pointed out by Lataste, the time- honoured name of Hyrax? should be superseded by that of Procavia’*, earlier by three years than Hyrax. ‘The family name will therefore be Procaviide, but the ordinal or subordinal name will remain Hyracoidea as before, a name of this rank not necessarily being based on that of a ‘constituent genus. “ Hyrax” might, however, be adopted as an English vernacular name, the species of Procavia not having as yet one generally and correctly applicable to them. Secondly, there arises the important question as to whether all th’ Hyraces should be placed in one genus, or whether “ Heterohyrax ’ and ‘“Dendrohyraz,” both proposed by Gray and admitted by Lataste and others, should be recognized as distinct genera or sub- genera. Now on this point I find it very difficult to come to a definite conclusion. Within the group there are two extremes, typified, for example, by P. abyssinica and P. dorsalis—the former with their 1 J, Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. pp. 186-196 (1889), ? Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 115 (1783). 3 Storr, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p, 39 (1780). 4e 52 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE’ [Jan. 5, molar teeth very large, hypsodont, and like those of a Rhinoceros in character, while the latter have small, brachyodont, Paleeotherium-like teeth ; and these two extremes have been commonly looked upon as the types of distinct genera, respectively Procavia (= Hyraw) and Dendrohyrax. But unfortunately there is really almost a perfect graduation in characters from the one extreme to the other, the chief link being formed by P. drucei, a species which has been made the type of a third genus or subgenus, Heterohyraz. Now this Hetero- hyrax has the essential dental characters of Dendrohyraw combined with the skull of Procavia ; while the one cranial peculiarity supposed to be characteristic of it, the early closure of the interparietal sutures, is not present in P. latastei, a species otherwise in every respect identical with P. brucei. On the other hand, the perfect orbits characteristic of Dendrohyrax occur in a form called “D. grayi,” which, except for this one character, does not differ either cranially or externally from P. bocage?, and will perhaps prove to be only a variety of that animal. One single external character, however, dis- tinguishes the three most typical Dendrohyraces, P. dorsalis, arborea, and valida, from all the other species in which the point has been noticed, namely the number of the mammz. These three species have a mammary formula of 0—1=2, while certainly in P. syriaca, ruficeps, abyssinica, shoana, welwitschii, and brucei, and therefore, judging from analogy, probably in P. capensis, pallida, bocagei, and latastei, there are 1—2=6. The mammary formule of “ Dendro- hyrax grayi”’ and P. emini cannot be forecasted, and therefore par- ticularly need observation. In any case, however, this character cannot be used as of generic value, for it separates “ Dendrohyrax”’ equally from both “ Heterohyrax”’ and ‘“ Procavia,” although the teeth prove that, if anywhere, the division should come between Heterohyrax and Procavia. But even then one would not know into which group to place such an annectant form as P. welwitschit. Balancing, therefore, these considerations for and against the retention of Dendrohyrax and Heterohyrax, | have come to the conclusion that it is better on the whole to recognize only a single genus for the whole of the Hyraces, which will of course bear the name of Procavia. Before passing to the actual descriptions of the different species, a few words are necessary as to the cranial, dental, and external characters found in the group, as a proper understanding of these is essential to anyone trying to work out the species of this most difficult group. Firstly, it may be noted that, thanks to the work of Lataste already quoted, and still more to the important paper by Mr. Woodward just read to the Society (supra, p. 38), the homologies of the teeth are fortunately quite clear throughout. Especially noteworthy is the discovery of rudimentary outer milk-incisors, a discovery which proves the persistent incisors to be really homologous with the first incisors of normal mammals. Lataste’s determination of the anterior upper cheek-tooth of the milk-series as me is fully con- firmed by Woodward, whose discovery of a corresponding lower milk-canine is of much interest. 1892. | SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 53 Owing to the comparative lateness in life at which apparently the Hyraces become fully adult, and the consequent frequency with which more or less immature specimens have to be dealt with, special attention has to be paid to the age of every specimen described. For purposes of comparison therefore the period of tooth-develop- ment has been divided into eight stages, mostly determinable by the relative development of a single tooth, and thus by the comparison of specimens of similar ages the true inherent differences in size between different forms become easily definable. A single tooth only is taken as the main determinant of each of the stages, no account of the general state of the dentition at any given stage being practi- cable for all species, owing to the fact, observed by Lataste, that the time of the fall of the milk-premolars as compared with the develop- ment of the permanent molars varies in different species. The following are the stages which I have found divide the specimens most conveniently into groups of individuals of similar age. The actual age, in time, at which in the different species these stages are attained may perhaps be found out later at a more advanced period of knowledge :— Stage I. Before the milk-dentition is fully in place. II. Milk-dentition all up and in use. mm" not visible. III. m' up; ™’ below level of bone. IV. m* just appearing or partly up. V. m® nearly or quite up ; m* below level of bone. VI. Tip of m* appearing. VII. m* partly or nearly up, but still unworn. VIIT. m* up and in use. No doubt Hyraces are practically adult, and are probably breeding, some time before Stage VIII. is attained, just as in the Kangaroos and other animals in which there is a horizontal succession of the teeth owing to the movement forward of the tooth-row, and the consequent replacement of the crushed and worn-down anterior teeth by the newly formed posterior ones. Of course the process is not nearly so highly developed as it is in the Kangaroos, Manatees, and others; but there is evidently a commencement of this remarkable provision for the replacement of the worn-out teeth in the Hyracoidea, especially in the hypsodont species, such as P. capensis, abyssinica, and their allies. Thanks to this process, the actual size of the teeth, however valuable for the discrimination of the species, cannot be defined satisfactorily by a simple antero-posterior measurement of the tooth- row or any part of it, for the larger posterior teeth as they push forwards gradually crush together the whole of the teeth and make their combined length less and less as time goes on. To gain an idea of the actual size of the teeth, it has therefore been found best to take the exact horizontal breadth of ™* at its broadest point, this tooth being present and available in specimens at all ages from Stage ILI. upwards. 54 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, As to the height of the teeth, by which their hypsodontism or brachyodontism can be gauged, the height of the crown of m* has been taken as the basis. It is measured, in a tooth as unworn as possible, from the top of the main anterior cusp* to the bottom of the valley on the outer side of the cusp ; when there is any trace of a cingulum it is placed at this point, but when there is not, the point at which the valley merges into the smooth basal outer surface of the tooth may always be clearly made out. The upper incisors of the Hyraces are of two forms, the one sharply ridged and angular in front, and the other more or less rounded or even flat anteriorly. This difference, though often incidentally noticed, never seems to have been referred to sex, of which, however, I believe it affords a constant index. The study of so large a series of specimens as the present proves conclusively that all the specimens with ridged incisors are males, and those with them rounded are females. It is of the greatest value to have this ready index to the sex of skulls, as so large a number are either without skins, or if these exist they are unsexable. It should be noticed, however, that in certain species, notably P. dorsalis, arborea, and brucei, the female incisors are also to a certain extent ridged, but to a degree very slight in comparison with those of the male sex. Other differences due to sex seem to be few and unimportant. Even as to size, although male skulls on the whole are rather larger than female ones, yet individual female skulls often exceed the great mass of the males. To take an instance, in P. shoana 5 male skulls give the following lengths—89, 90, 91, 92, 93, and 6 females the following—82, 84, 84, 85, 87, 88; but one of the types ' of the species, unquestionably a female, has alength of 96 mm., thus exceeding any of the males as yet recorded. Almost precisely the same thing occurs in the series of P. capensis, where our largest specimen is a female. No general rule therefore can be laid down as to the relative sizes of the two sexes. Throughout the history of the systematic arrangement of the Hyraces the interparietal bone has had a large share in causing con- fusion owing to the alterations that take place in its shape during life not being allowed for or understood. It was early seen that different specimens had very differently shaped interparietals, and in the absence of good series at different ages these differences were naturally supposed to be of specific value. Thus Hemprich and Ehrenberg in 1828 laid primary stress on the shape and form of this bone in separating the four species they recognized; while much later Gray referred a great deal to it, and the retention of “ Hetero- hyrax”’ asa subgenus by Lataste practically depended on the age at which it is united to the other bones of the skull. On the examin-- ation of a large series of specimens, however, it appears that this bone is by no means really so important as has been supposed for diag- nostic purposes, and that its differences in shape are really due to * Not the extreme antero-external cusp, which has no valley on its outer side ; the cusp measured from is nearly always the highest one of the tooth. 1892.] - SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 55 age, while its fusion or non-fusion with the other bones of the skull, although generally constant, is a character rather more variable than has been supposed. In a young specimen of one of the species in which it is generally distinct through life, the bone is clearly marked, ordinarily broadly trigonal in shape, its broad posterior end generally embraced by two little processes of the supraoccipital, but these vary very much in their development. At this stage its edges are vertical to the plane of its surface, or if there is any slanting, it is in such a direction that the inner cerebral aspect is rather smaller than the outer. This condi- tion of things remains constant up till somewhere about Stage V., when the ever extending temporal muscles begin to encroach in its vicinity. 'These muscles seem to induce the development as part of the parietals of a roughened surface-layer of bone, which, with the muscles, gradually creeps onwards over the brain-case, and by de- grees encroaches on and covers up the interparietal bone. The two parieto-interparietal sutures therefore constantly get closer together, the interparietal bone naturally appearmg narrower and narrower, and at last the two temporal ridges, which have already met some time before anteriorly, gradually coalesce further and further back, and finally block out all trace of the interparietal bone on the upper surface. Even then, however, for along period the bone may remain uncoalesced, its sutures, in section, describing a curved line following the increase of the parietal bone over it. This gradual narrowing upwards of the interparietal may be seen well in the British Museum skull, No. 69. 10. 24. 41, of P. abyssinica, in which, although the bone itself is broken away, the sutural edge of the parietal clearly exemplifies the steady extension of their upper layers at the expense of the smaller bone between them. Now as to the closing of the parieto-interparietal sutures, the early obliteration of which is the main character on which the group “ Heterohyraz”’ rests, some words are necessary, as although really useful in many cases for specific determination, yet the cha- racter is not one that can be used for breaking the family up into smaller groups. In the great majority of the species these sutures are ordinarily persistent and visible, except in so far as they are covered up in the manner above described. On the other hand, in P. brucei they close up so soon that in two specimens as young as Stage III. they have quite disappeared, and in one of Stage IT. they are only faintly visible. But two closely allied species, here provisionally admitted as such, but really only doubtfully distinguish- able from P. brucet, have either persistent sutures (P. latastei), or temporary ones, closing up as the animal gets fully adult (P. bocagei), thus proving that the character is at most only of specific importance. , A second character on which much stress has been laid, and one which has been supposed to be above all suspicion of variability, is the completion or non-completion of the orbit behind by bone. This is always accepted as the essential character of the group ‘‘Den- drohyraz,”’ and certainly, in the most typical species, P. dorsalis, 56 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, the orbit is closed, even in the youngest specimens available, down to Stage I. In P. arborea, however, the South-African form, one of our four specimens, already fully adult (Stage VIII.), has the postorbital processes of the frontal and malar separated by at least 2 mm.!, the other three having closed orbits. On the other hand, the type of Dendrohyraa grayi has them completely closed, as has also a second specimen from the same region ; but I am nevertheless most strongly inclined to consider these two specimens as only re- presenting an individual variation of P. bocaget”. As it appears therefore from both these characters that the Angolan Hyrax is the one which presents the greatest difficulty, I would strongly impress on collectors having the opportunity the great desirability of obtaining more specimens from that country. In this connection I must again thank Prof. Barboza du Bocage for the loan of the valuable Angolan specimens preserved in the Lisbon Museum, a loan which has been of the very greatest service to me. The development of the anterior lower premolar (p') is worthy of some notice. In the large-toothed, hypsodont species, such as P. capensis, abyssinica, &c., it is a simple slender tooth, with only one root, and is pushed out by the teeth behind it at a very early age, so that it is quite unusual to find it present in fully adult animals. On the other hand, in the small-toothed brachyodont species it is elon- gated, has two distinct roots, and is practically persistent throughout life. These differences are clearly correlated with the amount of the wear and tear of the teeth and their movement forwards in the jaw, characters at their maximum in the hypsodont and their minimum in the brachyodont species. The predecessor of this tooth (mp!) is always long and double- rooted, showing clearly which of the two adult forms is the primitive one of the group. The number of the ribs has also been used as a distinguishing character of the genera and subgenera, but, so far as I have seen, all the species examined (including such widely separated species as P. dorsalis, brucei, and abyssinica) have 21 (rarely 20), while P. capensis alone has 22. I have, however, thought it worth while to record the numbers in the specific descriptions wherever I have direct knowledge of them. Of the external characters by which the different species may be determined, the most important are the coloration, shape, and size of the dorsal spot, a patch of hairs growing on and around the dorsal gland, and almost invariably of a colour markedly contrasting with that of the body im general. The following are the chief variations in the dorsal spot met with in the different species :— 1 On one side; the other is broken. ? See below p. 72. 1892. | SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 57 A. Dorsal spot wholly black ..............csesescsecseeeeenes P. capensis, shoana. B. Dorsal spot whitish, yellowish, or orange, a. Spot comparatively small, roughly oval in shape. a. Hairs of spot, or at least the central ones, wholly yellow. P. syriaca, pallida. 61. Hairs of spot with dark bases and generally black tips. P. ruficeps, abyssinica. b. Spot elongate, linear. c', Hairs pale coloured to their bases. a>, Spot Orange Or CINNAMON Joi. .cs.ceecesecectceasereceereseare P. valida, b?. Spot pale yellow or whitish. P. brucei, bocaget, lataster, welwitschii, and arborea. d', Hairs black at base, white terminally ..................0..008 P. dorsalis. The central part of the dorsal gland is very commonly quite naked, notably in P. dorsalis, where the naked part is two or three inches long, and about half an inch broad. Owing, however, to the way in which the hairs round the naked part converge towards each other, this fact is very seldom observable without separating the hairs, but occasionally in old specimens the naked skin is clearly visible from above. The distinctions given above between the different sorts of spots are by no means to be taken au pied de la lettre for every specimen examined, many of the groups passing quite imperceptibly into each other, while in some species the spot itself varies so much as to be not easily definable. As to the geographical distribution of the different species the accompanying sketch-map (see p. 58) will show more clearly than any amount of description where the different forms are found, and will be a guide to anyone wishing to know what species may be expected to occur in any given locality, It may, however, be just noted that while many places have only one species known from them, most have two, and that these are almost invariably one of the hypsodont (Procavia) and one of the brachyodont (Dendrohyraz and Heterohyrax) groups. Thus in N. Abyssinia we have P. brucei and abyssinica, in Shoa P. brucei and shoana, in Angola P. bocaget and welwitschii, and in S. Africa P. arborea and capensis. The two tables exhibited (see pp. 59, 60) show respectively (1) the basal lengths * of considerable series of specimens of each species taken at as many age-stages as possible, and (2) (a) the breadth of m', (6) the height of m*, measured as already described, and (c) the hori- zoutal length of p*. It is to be hoped that, without a more formal synopsis, which at present I hardly feel capable of drawing up, these measurements, combined with the rough synopsis of the dorsal spots just given, will enable anyone to determine specimens without much difficulty. 1 Basion to gnathion. 58 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, Map showing the Distribution of the Species of Procavia. ABW IRUCA Eee! 1. Procavia capensis. 8. Procayia latastei. 2. shoana. 9. bocagei. 3. —— syriaca. 10. brucei. 3a. —— jayakari. 10 a, —— somalica. 4. —— ruficeps. 11. emini. 5. —— abyssinica. 12. valida. 5 a. —— minor. 13. —— arborea. _6, —-— pallida. 14. —— dorsalis. 7. —— welwitschii. 59 SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 1892.] 1. capensis ............... 2. shoana ..........0000 Gh, (VAWENER, pooponoonecnnce 3a. ,, jayakari...... AP IMUITIEEYOSS poco ncovoasca0s 5. abyssinica ............ Gh vy minor (}, jORNGC, ccanneodencesoe 7. welwitschii............ 8. latastei 9. bocagei .......... HO, \tebeCSNt sncooncononnoncos 10a. ,, somalica...... [eee pac amir. WL. COMIN couse we seeee ess ; 12), li Ey sannonnscoodesone ; 13. arborea ..............- 14. dorsalis ............... Stage I. 56, 56. Taste 1.—Basal Lengths (in millim.). Stage IT. 52. 51. eects 58, 62, eecroe @eceo> eonere eeneerc esosce oscvee Stage ITT. Stage IV. Stage V. @eccce asccee 61, 67. tvccce 61. 64, 67. eerceo eoecce 66, 67, 70*. 73%, socece e@eocvce Types or co-types, 69. 74, 74, 75, (Uy US, TS: pestee Stage VI. Stage VIT. Stage VIIT. 82, 87, 93. 84, 85, 87, 88, 90, 92, 938, 96%. ile 73*, 78, 86. 75, '78, 80, 82, 83, 84, 387. (¢) 72%. isin 79. 79, 80, 81, 82. 65, 74%. 82, 93, 86, 87, 92. 100, 113. 60 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [ Jan. 5, Tasie II.—Sizes of Teeth (in millim.). (a) Breadth of |(0) Height of| (c) Length of m/, crown of m. pl. ECAP CMSIS teas peas siencaciac+t os 7:0, 7:5, 8:0. Welly (ha 2:5, 2:7 Deshoanaimeeerecce Mas i WAN, (a, Tts3, Pilg) 7S: 2:6, 2:8 ESV TIACA Mes pee ssseeeceosn. Well, 7A, (Ak, 7-0. 2:2. GL h oe aI aKAL Gc sence 6:2, 6:4. (c) 5:5. aniee ARTI CODS) tae deeatiestiaceneekes EO) (BY Ha 6:9. 2:5, 2-6. DyepalbySSINICA) er cise ston ea oe ff ‘0, 7°4, 7°8,| 6°9, 7:0. 2:0, 2:2: 5a. ee TWINUOYE “socqcdpec G35 6'6: coat alae iaseeeey ¥en. aeons Gimpalllicdammeernssnesscee arses | GEL Oz I MIR HM OP irises Vewelwitschilpeeecseteesestee 6:5, 67 Bye, 41. 83, latasteliy sccusessceseeeern G:056:3:46255 ys |eeeer eee 3:0, 3:1. 9, bocagei ...... nie eae cs 5-4, 5:6, 6°4 45, Suir: MOP bri Cail eeir Aaesocee cose eee 5:4, 5:7, 6:0 4:5, 2:3, 3:0, 3-4 NOgas se SOmalicaberesss neee 50, 5:2. - 4:5. 3:0, 3:1. [femrcuyay eek ese Areata tice cere GOMG HE satel ene mcnees -4-0.] Mb Rema S223 thee ea scene WO Raval caine yeas niece teen UG} BRNO: cocboooadodesacoscod 6:0. 35 35, 3:8 142 dorsalisuencecscsccen eee 6:6, 6:8. 41, 4:3 47, 48 1. PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. Cavia capensis, Pall. Misc. Zool. p. 30 (1766). (2) Hyraw semicircularis', Gray, Cat. Carn. Pachyd. p. 285 (1869); Hand-l. Edent. &c. p. 44, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1873) (skull). Fur of medium length, soft and fine ; neither so long nor so fine as in P. shoana. [ars short, rounded. Generai colour dark sepia- brown, finely speckled with white or pale yellow. Straight upper- fur hairs dark brown, with a small pale yellow subterminal band ; underfur along the centre of the back dark smoky grey throughout, but along the sides, grey basally, and shining silvery yellow distally. Belly dirty yellow or brownish. Dorsal spots entirely black, irregularly oval in shape, not so large as in P. shoana. Skull* broad, stout and strong; muzzle short; interparietal sutures always persistent. Diastema short, 8 to 10 mm. Teeth large and hypsodont, but very variable in size; of the few specimens with exact localities the eastern ones, from Natal &e., seem to have smaller teeth than those from the Cape itself. Diameter of m' 8-0 in a Cape specimen, 7:0 in a Natal one, those being the extremes observed. Height of crown of m® 7-1 to 7:5. Pi minute, single- * The young skull on which this species was founded has not got completed orbits as stated by Gray, the connections being only ligamentous. ‘There appears to be nothing to distinguish it from skulls of P. capensis of the same age, but the skeleton shows only 21 pairs of ribs. It is also just possible that Hyrax niyricans, Peters, SB. Ges. Fr. 1879, p. 10, belongs here, in which cease the species extends very much further north-west than has been supposed. The type specimen, however, is too young for certain determination. * Good figure: De Blainville, Atl. iii, Hyrax, pl. ii. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 61 rooted, early deciduous, rarely or never present in adult specimens. Ribs 22. Hab. Cape Colony, from the Cape’ to Natal °. 2. PROCAVIA SHOANA °. Euhyrax abyssinicus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) 1. p. 47 (1868) (nec Hyrax habessinicus, Hempr. & Ehr.). Hyrax scioanus, Gig]. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 21 (1888). Size very large, form stout and heavy. Mamme 1—2=6. Fur very long, soft, and fine. General colour grizzled olivaceous grey, the straight lines of the back brown basally, with a broad dull yellow subterminal ring and black tip. The greater breadth of the yellow ring and the larger number of the straight hairs as compared to the woolly underfur quite take away the appearance of fine speckling characteristic of P. capensis, and produce a much coarser mottled appearance. Underfur coloured as in P. capensis, but the yellow band on both of the sides is broader, and its colour is duller and more tinged with olivaceous. Belly dirty yellow or brownish. Dorsal spot very large and diffuse, wholly black, very prominent in well-marked examples. Skull large and heavy, but very variable in its proportions, especi- ally in the length of the muzzle, and consequently in the length of the diastema. In the female co-type* the latter is fully 14 mm. long, while in another specimen it is only about 5 mm., but in the large Genoa Museum series nearly all the intermediate links are represented. On the whole the skull cannot be definitely distin- guished from that of P. capensis, although ordinary specimens run rather larger of the northern than of the southern form. Teeth also very variable in size: m* from 7*1 to 8:1 in breadth; crown of m° about 7°2 or 7°3 high; P* small, single-rooted, about 2°6 or 2°8 in horizontal length. 22 ribs (an one specimen). Hab. 8. Abyssinia and Shoa. Co-types (S$ & 2) from Ankober, collected by Major W. C. Harris. Other specimens from the Dalanta and Wadela Plateaux, S. Abyssinia (Blanford), Lit Marafia, Denz, Askalena, Monte Mabrat, and other neighbouring localities in Shoa (Antinori, Ra- gazzi, and Beccar?). This fine Hyrax, almost if not quite the largest of the genus, has been the cause of great trouble and uncertainty among writers on the group ever since Gray first described the specimens obtained by Capt. Harris at Ankober, these specimens being therefore the co- types of the species as renamed by Giglioli. Gray’s reference of this 1 T have myself seen these animals in numbers on the rocks near Fishhoek, a small village on the eastern side of False Bay. Further west than this I know of no exact record of their occurrence. 2 The Museum owes to the Rev. W. D. Newnham a beautiful pair of skulls obtained by him in Natal. Lieut. H. Trevelyan has also presented several speci- mens from Kingwilliamstown. ’ This alteration in the spelling of the name is necessary to bring its pronunciation into conformity with that of the country on which it is based. 4 7056 of Gray’s Hand-list Edent. &c. p. 42; not that figured pl. x. fig. 1, which is probably P. capensis. 62 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, form to Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s H. habessinicus has been frequently questioned, and, as will be seen below in the remarks to that species (p. 66), I have come to the conclusion that it cannot be supported. The species therefore requires the new name given it by Giglioli, if it is considered to be distinct from P. capensis, to which it is most certainly allied. However, although its skull cannot be with certainty distinguished from that of the Cape animal, yet its longer softer fur, its more olivaceous colour, its much larger dorsal spot, and its great difference in locality induce me to consider it as requiring specific distinction. The Genoa Museum possesses a large series of this handsome animal, obtained at many different localities in Shoa by Messrs. An- tinori, Beccari, and Ragazzi, while there are in the British Museum the two typical specimens, besides several skulls, collected by Capt. Harris at Ankober. In addition I refer to this species the two specimens from the Dalanta plateau spoken of as “ Hyraz sp. nov.” by Mr. Blanford’, this locality being the most northern recorded for the present species, and yet considerably south of any place at which he obtained H. abyssinica (his H. brucei)’. 3. PROCAVIA SYRIACA. Hyrax syriacus, Schreb. Siug. iv. pl. ccxl. B (1784), p. 923 (1792). Hyrax sinaiticus*, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 45 (1868). Size medium or rather small. Mamme 1-2=6. Fur long, rather soft and shaggy, not so smooth as in the other species. General colour a sort of dull orange-yellow or fawn, not so sandy as P. ruficeps. Belly yellow or brownish yellow, but very variable in tone. Dorsal spot large and clearly marked, yellow, the hairs yellow throughout, to their extreme tips and bases ; the yellow paler basally and darker terminally. Skull * broad and strongly made, rather narrower, however, in the S. Arabian subspecies. Interparietal sutures persistent. Diastema about 9 mm., very slightly longer in the southern specimens. Molar teeth variable in size. Ribs 20 (in one young specimen and also in that figured by De Blainville). Hab. Syria, Palestine, the Sinaitic Peninsula, and the whole of Arabia. This species was first described by Bruce in 1790 °, but as he confounded the Abyssinian and Palestine Hyraces, the name syrzaca, based on his description, has been rejected by some authors on the ground that his ‘‘ Ashkoko ” is the Abyssinian species and not the Palestine one. It is, however, quite clear that his main description Zool. Abyss. p. 257. Tivo: 352, Pee See footnote 1 to P. rujiceps, p. 64. Good figures: De Blainville, Ostéogr. iii. Hyraz, pls. i. & ii. 5 Bruce, Travels, y. p. 139. 1 2 3 4 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 63 was based on a specimen obtained by him on Mount Libanus, and the name syriaca given by Schreber is evidence as to what country he considered the home of the species. I am therefore glad to he able to retain the name by which the species has so long been known. Thanks to the energy of Dr. A. S. G. Jayakar, of Muscat, I am enabled to announce a very considerable extension of the known range of this species, and at the same time of the genus, for he obtained an adult female with its young at Dofar, on the southern coast of Arabia, about halfway between Muscat and Aden, no Hyracoidea having been previously known in Southern Arabia at all. Aithough agreeing in most of its characters with the typical P. syriaca of N. Arabia, this Dofar specimen differs so markedly in the size of its teeth, as also does a Central Arabian one kindly lent me by the authorities of the Berlin Museum *, that I feel compelled to consider the southern form as subspecifically distinct from the northern. I propose to name it in honour of its discoverer Dr. Jayakar, to whom the British Museum is indebted for examples of so many members of the Arabian Fauna. Subspecific diagnoses :— A. P. syriaca typica. Size rather larger; skull broader; teeth markedly larger and heavier, very hypsodont ; breadth of m! about 7:1 or 7:2 mm., height of crown of m* about 7-0. Horizontal length of p' about 2°2 mm. Hab. The northern half of the whole range of the species. B. P. syriaca jayakari, subsp. n. Size rather smaller, and skull narrow ; teeth smaller; breadth of m’ 6°27 mm. Hab. South-eastern half of Arabia.—-Dofar, 8. Arabia (Brit. Mus., Dr. Jayakar). Melhan, Central Nejd (Berlin Mus., Coll. Schwein- Surth). Judging only from the type-specimen, this southern subspecies seems to have a rather darker coloration, and less ragged, shagg hair, than the typical form, but of course one can lay no stress on these characters without further specimens for comparison. 4, PROCAVIA RUFICEPS. Hyrax ruficeps, Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. decas i. pl. ii. (upper figure) (1828). 1 T must thank Prof. Mobius and Dr. Matschie for the loan of this skull, and also for one of the typical variety from Sinai. In spite of the time that it has been known, specimens of P. syriaca are by no means common, and the British Museum possesses only one stuffed specimen without a skull. However, besides the two Berlin skulls just mentioned, Canon H. B. Tristram has kindly lent me a skin and skull from Palestine, and there are two Syrian examples in the Genoa Museum collection, originally obtained by Dr. Lortet. 2 6-4 in the specimen from Melhan. 64 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, Hyrax burtoni, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 43 (1868) ; Cat. p- 285 (1869). } Hyrax dongolanus*, Blanf. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 642 ; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 192 (1889). Size rather large; form elongated. ars apparently more sharply pointed at the tip than in the other species. Mammee 1-2=6, Fur long, but harsh and thin. General colour sandy fawn, grizzled with black, not so pale as in P. pallida, but paler than in P. syriaca. Dorsal spot small and very little prominent amid the general sandy colour. Its hairs coloured very much as in well-marked specimens of P. abyssinica—i. e. brown at the bases, bright orange-yellow subterminally or terminally, with or without black tips. Skull and teeth large and strong, not definitely distinguish- able from those of P. abyssinica. Interparietal sutures persistent. Breadth of m' 7-0 to 7:7 mm.; height of crown of m* 6-9 mm.; horizontal length of p! 2°5 or 2°6. Type in the Berlin Museum. Hab. Dongola (Hemprich & Ehrenberg); Egypt (Burton). This species, to which I follow Mr. Blanford in assigning Hyraw burtoni of Gray, appears to be essentially a northern desert form of P. abyssinica, and leads on towards P. syriaca of the other side of the Red Sea. All these species are very closely allied to one another, their skulls being practically indistinguishable, and their distinctions resting mainly on colour. P. ruficeps, however, has decidedly more pointed ears than the others, at least so far as the three typical specimens of “ H. burtoni” are concerned, but I do not know how far this is likely to be a constant character. It is unfortunate that the name ruficeps should stand for this species, as the rufous on the vertex is far less strongly marked than it is in many specimens both of P. abyssinica and P. shoana: 5. PROCAVIA ABYSSINICA. Hyraz habessinicus, Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. decas i. pl. ii. (the dark-coloured specimen) (1828). Hyraz abyssinicus *, auctorum plurimorum ; Blanf. P. Z. 8. 1869, p- 642; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) i. p. 122 (1889). Hyrax alpini, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 45 (1868); Cat. p- 287 (1869). Hyrax ferrugineus, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) ; Cat. p. 288 (1869). 1 The use of this name is due to a mistaken ideaof Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s meaning in first founding the species. ‘Their work being written throughout in Latin, the simple statement of the locality of the animal “ Hyrax ruficeps (dongalanus)” was taken for an alternative name, and then preferred to ruficeps as more appropriate. No doubt Gray’s misquotation of “ Hyrax ruficeps vel dongolanus” was the first cause of the mistake. The same remarks, mutatis mutandis, apply to the use of the word “‘sinaiticus” for H. syriacus by Gray. 2 Now that “Abyssinia” and not “ Habesh” is the form of the name in- variably used, it seems better to adopt the amended spelling “ abyssinica” rather than “ habessinica.” Mr. Blanford also comes to the same conclusion ; vide his footnote, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 639. : 1892. ] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 65 Hyrax irroratus, var. luteogaster*, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) ili. p. 242 (1869) (excl. description of dorsal spot)*; Cat. p. 288 (1869). Hyrax brucei, Blanf. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 642 ; Zool. Abyss. p. 252 (1870) ; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 193 (1889) (nee Gray). Size medium, smaller in var. minor. Mamma I1—2=6. Fur ordinarily fairly long, at least in the highland specimens, but always rather coarse and harsh, never long, soft, and fine, as in P. shoana ; quite short and crisp in the subspecies from the Assab region. Colour a coarsely-mottled grey-brown, varying towards either olive or ferruginous ; some specimens marked by rufous over the greater part of the back. The hairs dark brown at their bases, and black at their tips, with a broad subterminal band of dirty yellow. Dorsal spot very small, oval, more inconspicuous than in any other species, often only to be found after the most minute search, below and between the ordinary hairs, and sometimes not at all. It consists simply of a broadening and brightening of the ordinary subterminal yellow band of the hairs, and when well developed is of a bright orange-yellow colour. In the great majority of specimens the black tips to its hairs so hide the yellow that the spot is not visible at all unless specially searched for. Skull* stout and strongly built. Muzzle short. Coronal and parieto-interparietal sutures persistent *. ‘Temporal fossee extending backwards to within 3 or 4 mm. of the hinder edge of the skull. Diastema rather constant in its length, generally about 9 mm., but considerably less in var. minor. Teeth ordinarily very large and heavy in proportion to the size of the animal, the breadth of m' com- monly being about 7-4 to 7-9, but in some specimens, which I cannot otherwise distinguish, they are much smaller and lighter, all the intermediate links being, however, present. The least breadth of m’ among those before me is 6:7 in the type of “ #. irroratus, var. luteogaster,’ but here the two teeth are considerably worn down, and probably the true breadth would have been some- what greater. Height of crown of m* 6-9 or 7 mm. P! very small, styliform, single-rooted, early deciduous; the horizontal length of its crown only about 2 or 2°2mm._ Ribs ordinarily 21 (but 20 in one specimen and 22 in another). Type in the Berlin Museum. Hab. Abyssinia from Bogos and Massowa in the north, through the highlands, as far south as Adigrat. Represented in the lowlands more to the east by the variety manor. 1 Misprinted “ ewcogaster,” Hand-l. Edent. &c. p. 42 (1873). 2 See footnote, p. 70. 8 Good figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl.x. fig. 2 (“ bruce”), pl. x1. fig. 1 (“ ferrugineus”), pl. xii. fig. 3 (“ trrorata ”), 1873. 4 Tn one specimen (B.M. 69. 10. 24. 37), an old male, the parieto-interparietal sutures are Closed, but the suture down the centre of the interparietal bone itself still persists. The latter condition also obtains in 6 out of 18 very young skulls (stages I. and II.) of different species, but in no other specimen of adult age. Among the 12 very young skulls with the central suture closed is at least one taken from a fetus. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. V. 5 66 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, Subspecific diagnoses :— A. P. abyssinica typica. Size larger. Fur longer. Colour as above described. B. P. abyssinica minor, subsp. n. Size smaller (see skull measurements in table). Fur short and crisp. Colour much as in the typical subspecies, but, owing to the shortness of the fur, there is an appearance of a greater general uniformity on the back. Dorsal spot not more prominent than in var. ¢ypica, its hairs being equally tipped with black. Skull small, with a comparatively very short diastema, almost rivalling that of P. pallida, 6°2 and 6:5 mm. in the two co-types. In neither specimen is p! present, so that the tooth is evidently dropped very early in the present form. Hab. Alali, between Beilul and Assab, on the west shore of the Red Sea, about 13° N. Two specimens of this peculiar little form were obtained from the above-mentioned locality by Dr. V. Ragazzi for the Genoa Museum. © Both are somewhat immature, being at stage VI. P. abyssinica minor is interesting, as leading on from the true P. a. typica towards P. pallida, found still further east in Somali. Both in size and in its shortened diastema it approaches that species, although in colour it shows no tendency to the greater paleness of the back and conspicuousness of the dorsal spot characteristic of P. pallida. P, abyssinica, with its variations in colour and size, has always been and still is the most difficult form to work out of all the family, and I cannot at all hope to have satisfactorily settled the many problems which arise in the contemplation of any considerable series of specimens apparently belonging to it. In the first place, the original description was founded mainly on a specimen with a black dorsal spot, a character found in the Shoan species, but not ordi- narily in the Abyssinian one, but with this specimen there was a second showing the typical black and yellow spot of the ordinary Abyssinian form. Now, as Mr. Blanford* states so directly that “the species identified by Gray with Ehrenberg’s HH. abyssinicus” is a very distinct form,’ and geographical considerations point so strongly in the same direction, I am induced to look upon Ehrenberg’s black-backed specimen from Massowa as one of those troublesome individuals of the present species in which the yellow dorsal spot is practically absent, and the black tips to the hairs are so developed as to form a small dorsal black spot *. In any case I feel I cannot allocate this Massowa specimen *to the Shoan black-backed form Zool. Abyss. p. 251. I. e4he Shoan Coney. See, for instance, Mr. Blanford’s specimen No. 886 (B.M. 69. 10, 24. 28). * Dr. Matschie, of the Berlin Museum, however, is inclined to hold the op- posite opinion, believing at the same time that the Massowa form is a small Jocal race'of the biack-backed Shoan one. Should this view be correct, and I am 1 2 3 1892. | SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA.’ 67 in the face of the fact that Mr. Blanford thoroughly hunted all the country between, specially looking out for Hyraces, without finding any trace of P. shoana until he penetrated as far south as the Wadela plateau, while the yellow-backed form was exceedingly common throughout the country from Massowa southwards. The skulls of the two forms unfortunately give no help in the matter, as they differ only in size; and although P. shoana ordinarily is far larger than what I consider as P. abyssinica, yet dwarfed individuals seem occasionally to occur, in which the skull is searcely larger than in the latter species. Still, as a fact, the sizes of the skull and teeth of Ehrenberg’s type specimens agree closely with those found in the ordinary Abyssinian form to which I refer them. 6. Procavia PALLIDA. (Plate III.) Procavia pallida, Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) x. p. 908 (1891). Size small, form stout and squat. Fur very short, close, and crisp. Colour pale sandy grey, the hairs chocolate-brown basally, with a broad cream-coloured subterminal ring and a black tip. Rump rather more rufescent. Dorsal spot small, oval, pale creamy yellow, the peripheral hairs with a broader and the central ones with a narrower brown basal part, but none of them with darker ups. Skull (Plate III.) short, broad, and stout, in general appearance a miniature of the large-toothed Abyssinian forms P. abyssinica and ruficeps; coronal and interparietal sutures persistent. Molars very large in proportion to the size of the animal, and in consequence of this the diastema is shorter than in any other known species, being only 5°6 mm. between the alveoli, and 5 between the teeth above, while in the lower jaw it is practically non-existent, p? almost touching the outer incisor basally and only distant from it about 1 mm. terminally. It therefore leaves no room for p', oc- casionally present in other species. M' 6-9 mm. broad in the type ; m° with a high crown, but, as it is somewhat worn, I can only say that it is more than 5-4 mm. high, that being its present height. Pi gone in the type; no doubt small and early deciduous. Hab. N. Somali-land. Type in British Museum (85. 11. 16. 4). This peculiar little species bears, within the typical Procavia with open interparietal sutures and large teeth, very much the same relation to P. abyssinica that P. brucei somalica does in the ** Hetero- hyrax” group to P. b. typica, the geographical relations of each pair by no means positive about the opinion advocated in the text, the name of the Massowa Hyrax would be P. aéyssinica typica, of the Shoan one P. abyssinica shoana, and of the ordinary N. Abyssinian one with yellow dorsal spot P. alpini, Gray. In this connection I must again express my sincere thanks to Dr. Matschie for the patience and kindness with which he has borne the brunt of question after question about this unfortunate type of Hemprich and Ehren- berg’s, a specimen which, in spite of all, must still remain a stumbling-bloeck for naturalists until it is supplemented by a proper series of fresh examples col- lected exactly at the same place. i) 68 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, being just the same. Its differentiation has, however, proceeded so much further that I have had little hesitation in erecting it into a distinct species, even though P. abyssinica minor approaches it in some respects. The type is a fully adult female obtained on the 25th of December, 1884, by the well-known collector Herr J. Menges, on the Hekebo plateau, N. Somali-Jand. It is much to be hoped that further specimens of this little species will be soon obtained, so that we may gain an idea of its variation and geographical distribution. 7. PROCAVIA WELWITSCHII. Hyraz arboreus, Peters, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 401 (nec Smith). Hyrax welwitschii, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 43 (1868) ; Cat. p. 286 (1869); Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) i. p. 186 (1889). Size medium. Mamme 1—2=6. Fur short, very coarse and hispid, quite unlike that of any other species. General colour of back coarsely grizzled sandy brown, the hairs dark blackish brown for five-sixths of their length, dull yellow terminally or subtermin- ally, the tips, however, more rufous on the face and along the centre of the back; the brown bases of the hairs showing through and materially darkening the general colour. Dorsal spot, in the single specimen available, rather elongate, al- though not so much so as in P. brucei and its allies. Its hairs dull pale yellow throughout. Skull’ stout and strong; muzzle short; frontal region unusually broad, the ledges overhanging the orbits, more developed than in other species; interparietal sutures persistent ; diastema short, about 8 mm. in each of the two specimens before me; temporal fossee extending backwards quite to the occipital ridges. Teeth rather small, breadth of m* 6°4 and 6°5 in two skulls; height of crown of m® 5-2; p! elongated, two-rooted, more as in the Hefero- hyrax and Dendrohyrax groups, its crown 4'1 mm. long horizontally. Hab. Angola, coast-region (Bocage). The only specimens of this rare species that I have been able to examine are the skull of Dr. Welwitsch’s original type, most kindly lent me by Prof. B. du Bocage, and a skin with its skull received in 1888 by the British Museum from the Lisbon Museum. Both these specimens have been examined and the typical skull figured by Prof. Bocage, so that I have no material by which to supplement the excellent description he has there given to the species. The true position of P. welwitschii in the genus is somewhat doubtful, as its skull agrees best with those of P. syriaca, abyssinica, &c., its elongated dorsal spot and rather small teeth but long p! approach those of P. érucei and bocagei, while the peculiar quality of its fur separates it from any other species. Dealing only with the Angolan species, Prof. Bocage has taken it as a type of the Procavia group ; but I consider that if anything it is further from P. capensis and abyssinica than it is from P. brucei and * Good figure: Bocage, ¢. c. pl. i. fig. 1. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 69 bocagei. More specimens, however, to show its variability and geographical distribution will be needed before its true relationship can be cleared up. 8. PROCAVIA LATASTEI, sp. 0. Fur close, soft and fine. General colour soft fawn-grey, more pallid than in P. drucez. A large patch on the side of the neck pale yellowish white, the hairs pale at their bases; this patch is not, however, conspicuous amid the general pallor. Dorsal spot narrow, elongate, clear pale yellow to the bases of the hairs ; in fact, just as in P. brucei and bocaget. Skull in general form much as in P. brucei, except that it appears to be rather broader and more stoutly made. Muzzle short and conical. Interparietal and coronal sutures persistent. | Diastema long, 10 to 12mm. ‘Teeth small, but proportionally rather larger than in P. brucei. Breadth of m' 6 to 65 mm. P! small, but two-rooted, 3 or 3:1 long. Co-types nos. 55-3238 (skin) and 2684 (skull) of the Genoa Museum (coll. Lataste). Hab. Senegal. M. Lataste obtained several specimens at Félou and Medine, Upper Senegal, and there is a young one in the British Museum received in 1844 from the dealer Parzudaki, and referred to “ H. burtont” by Gray (Cat. Carn. &c. p. 285). From M. Lataste’s notes and drawings I gather that he referred his Senegal specimens to P. docagei, a reference by no means very wrong, as they are unquestionably closely allied to that form. I am, however, induced to separate them, at least for the present, by the fact that the whole of his specimens, 7 in number, besides an eighth, fully adult, of which he gives a drawing, have their inter- parietal sutures persistent, thus differing from P. becaget, in which the sutures are all closed by about stage IV. or V. The close alliance of this species to “ Heterohyrax”’ brucei in general characters, while it has the open sutures of Procavia 8.s., is a striking proof of the necessity for abolishing Heterohyrax as a separate genus. It is with great pleasure that I attach to this species the name of the distinguished author of the paper “‘Sur le systéme dentaire du genre Daman’’', who collected the specimens himself, and after whom it is particularly suitable that a member of this imteresting genus should be named. 9. PROCAVIA BOCAGEI. Hyrax bocagei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) ; Cat. p. 289 (1869). Heterohyrax bocagei, Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) ili. p. 188 (1889) (general description, habits, &c.). Size rather small. Fur soft and close. General colour soft 1 Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) iv. p. 5 (1886). 70 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, erizzled grey, very much as in P. brucei. Posterior back not tinged with rufous. Belly white or yellowish. Dorsal spot inconspicuous, nearly hidden by the surrourding hairs, but on separating these it is seen to be well-developed, elongate, its hairs white or pale yellow to their bases. Skull? light and slender, with a narrow elongated muzzle and flattened frontal region. Parietal, interparietal, and coronal sutures closing at about stage V., always closed in adult animals. Diastema long, about 13 mm. in adults. Teeth small and delicate, markedly brachyodont ; breadth of m* 5°6 to 6:4; height of crown of m* about 4°5. Pp! elongate, two- rooted, long, persistent, its crown about 3°7 or 3°9 mm. long. Type in British Museum (68. 12. 19. 3). Hab. Angola (‘région moyenne, et les hauts plateaux,” Bocage). The retention of this species as distinct from P. brucez rests on very much the same, rather slender, foundation that the separation from it of P. latastei does, namely the age at which the interparietal sutures ordinarily close. This seems to take place in P. brucei at about stage II., in P. bocagei at stage V., and in P. latastet never, or at least not until fully adult life is reached. ‘The longer and slen- derer muzzle of P. bocagez and its more developed p! may also serve to distinguish it from both, which then, the intermediate link being gone, seem more than ever distinct by their interparietal characters. 10. PROCAVIA BRUCEI. Hyrax brucei, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4) 1. p. 44 (1868) ; Cat. p- 287 (1869) (excl. syn.—not of later authors ”). Dendrohyrax blainvillei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 50 (1868); Cat. p. 293 (1869). | Hyrax tirroratus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) (excl. description of dorsal spot *); Cat. p. 288 (1869). Hyrax mossambicus, Peters, SB. nat. Fr., 1869, p. 25. Dendrohyrax bakeri, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xiv. p. 132 1874). Size small; forms lender. Mammz 1—2 = 6. Fur short and close, but fine and generally soft. Colour clear grey, finely grizzled with white; underfur pale silvery fawn, rather darker basally. Posterior back generally quite similar to the rest, very rarely more rufous, and then only just above the anal region. Dorsal spot narrow, elongated, white or yellow, the hairs often white at base and becoming more fulyous terminally, but never with any admixture of brown. aeecicoe figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xi. fig. 2 (1873); Bocage, t. c. pl. i. * Nor of the same author’s Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 40 (1873), where the great majority of the specimens snentioned, and the figured skull, belong to P. abyssi- NICE. g By some curious error the descriptions of the dorsal spots of “ H, irroratus” and ‘7. Jerrugineus” were interchanged in Gray’s original paper, but the error was corrected in the “ Catalogue” published shortly afterwards. 1892. | SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 71 Skull* as described in the so-called subgenus “ Heterohyrax ””, of which this is the typical species. Interparietal early united to the parietals, and the latter to each other; the coronal suture seldom visible in adult animals. Temporal fossze only extending backwards to within about 8 or 10 millimetres of the lambdoid crest. Diastema long, generally about 10 or 12 mm. in adult specimens. Molars very small and light; m* rarely or never exceeding 6 mm. in breadth ; generally from about 5°6 to 5:9; rather less in the Somali subspecies. Height of crown of ™’ 4:5 mm.; p! small but double-rooted, its horizontal length 2°8 to 3-4 mm. Ribs 21 (in the type of var. somalica). Subspecific diagnoses :— A. P. brucei typica. Synonymy as above. Size comparatively large, basal length about 80 mm. Hab. Abyssinia [Senafé and Adigrat, Tigre (Blanford); Shoa (Antinori)]. Central Africa [Latiko, near Wadelai (Baker); Usambiro, Victoria Nyanza® (Hmin)|; Taita (Wray). Mozambique (Peters). B. P. brucei somalica, subsp. n. Size markedly smaller than in the typical form, the skull of an old female having a basal length of only 74 mm.; colour rather paler. Hab. Somali-land. ‘ Two specimens, male and female, sent in spirit by E. Lort Phillips, Esq., from Berbera (the female the type of the subspecies); anda skin (@ ) from Gerbatir, N. Somali-land, by J. Menges. This species has: been peculiarly unfortunate in the large number of names that have been applied to it, and still more in ane frequency with which its proper name has been applied to other species. The chief cause of the confusion has been the fact that the skull of the type has never been extracted until now, and that on this account the common large-toothed N. Abyssinian species (P. abyssinica) was, without much close examination, dubbed with its name. On extracting, however, the skull of the specimen in the Museum collected by Dr. Riippell, and specially mentioned as the type by Gray, it is found to belong without question to the small-toothed species, which must therefore bear the name of P. brucei. To this species also belongs the ‘‘ aberrant specimen of H. brucei” (No. 786) referred to by Blanford (Zool. Abyss. p. 254, 1870), aberrant really only in so far as it differs from the large-toothed form, to which, naturally following the founder of the name, he wrongly applied the designation P. brucei. The fact of the skull of this 1 Figures: Gray, Hand-l. Hdentata, &e. pl. xi. fig. 3 (1873). 2 See Gray and Lataste, //. cc. 5 This specimen was marked by Dr. Emin: —“Iride fusco-umbrina.—Native name ‘ Pembe’”. 72 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [ Jan. 5, specimen being crushed, as mentioned by him, sufficiently accounts for his not realizing that the animal belonged to quite a different species from the rest of his specimens. P. brucei is the most widely distributed of all the Hyraces, extending from Senafé, N. Tigre, its most northern recorded locality in Abyssinia, straight southwards as far as Mozambique, while its subspecies extends eastwards into Somaliland. The typical race of P. brucei seems to be a highland form, as Mr. Blanford’s specimens were taken at 7500 feet and 8000 feet in Abyssinia; the inland examples come from the great lake plateau, and Mr. Wray’s Taita one was taken in the mountains at an altitude of 4500 feet. On the other hand, Mr. Lort Phillips tells me that var. somalica occurs at an altitude of three or four hundred feet only, about 20 or 30 miles inland of Berbera. In Abyssinia P. brucei seems to be far rarer than the two large- toothed species occurring with it, P. abyssinica in the north and P. shoana in South Abyssinia and Shoa; as both Mr. Blanford from the former and the Italian collectors from the latter each obtained only two or three specimens of this species as compared with some twenty or more of its rivals. This is of course only what one might expect, judging from the lesser specialization of its teeth, which presumably put it at a disadvantage compared with its hypso- dont competitors. [PROCAVIA GRAYI. Dendrohyrax grayt, Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 190 (1889). External characters as in P. Gocagetz. Mammary formula unknown. Skull and teeth also as in that species, except that the orbits are completed behind by bone. Type in the Lisbon Museum. Hab. Angola; Quissange, Capangombe (dnchieta). Basing his allocation on the presumably important character of the completed orbits, Prof. du Bocage assigned the only specimen of this form of which he had seen the skull to Dendrohyrax, and then naturally distinguished it from “ D.” arborea and dorsalis; but I am much more disposed to consider it as an abnormal variation of P. bocagei for the reasons set forth below. In fact I give it a separate heading chiefly to stimulate inquiry, so that the point may be later settled with certainty. Its position, if a good species, would be here between the brucei group and the more typical Dendrohyraces. To begin with, I am a disbeliever in species only distinguishable by a single character of nearly or quite generic rank, and believe that if P. grayi really were a distinct species of a different group there would be some other characters besides the completed orbits that would betray the fact to an eye so trained as that of the describer himself. As a matter of fact, however, the British Museum received from Prof. du Bocage in 1888, under the name of “ H. bocagei,” a skin (88. 12. 6. 1) which, when its skull was extracted, proved to have completed orbits, and therefore to be a ‘‘ P. grayi.’ No 1892. | SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 73 better proof could be needed of the close external resemblance which P. gray? bears to P. bocagei. But this specimen is of further interest, for while it has the completed orbits of P. grayi, it has the closed coronal sutures ordinarily characteristic of adult P. bocagei; while the type of P. grayt, most kindly lent me for comparison by Prof. du Bocage, has at stage V. the coronal and the parieto-interparietal suture of the right side still open, the left one was closed. This closure at stage V. is very characteristic of P. bocagez; but, had it not been for the second specimen, one might have been doubtful whether the coronal suture was destined to close in P. grayi. While leaving the question still open, however, I may point out that one external character, when observed, will really settle it. If a P. gray? is found with ouly 0O—1=2 mamma, it will be a Dendro- hyrax and a distinct species ; but if, as I expect, it has 1_—2=6, as in P. brucei, &e., there will be no louger any reason for keeping it sepa- rate from P. bocagei*. Both the examples before me are males, and therefore the discovery of its mammary formula must wait until more specimens are collected. | 11. PRocaviA EMINI. Dendrohyrax emini, Thos., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xx. p. 440 (1887), P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 15, pl. ii. (animal). Not having received any further examples of this remarkable species, I can only reproduce the salient points of my original dia- gnosis, which is based on a young specimen still only at stage I. Fur very long, soft, and fluffy. General colour pale yellowish white, not unlike the belly colour of P.arborea. Hairs above brown for their basal, and pale yellow for their terminal halves. Belly hairs white to their roots. Dorsal spot white, the hairs white throughout. Skull about the same size and shape as that of a P. dorsalis of the same age, markedly narrower and more elongated than that of similarly aged specimens of P, shoana. Orbit not closed posteriorly. Interparietal sutures open. Teeth not distinguishable at this early age from those of P. dorsalis, except that mp’ is decidedly narrower. Breadth of mp* 5:6 mm. ; height of its crown 4:1 2. Hab. Monbuttu, Central Africa (Dr. Emin Pasha). I am unable to give further particulars about this animal, owing to the want of adult specimens, but an increased knowledge of the group in general only convinces me more of its distinctness from any other species. In one respect it is especially interesting as showing a general relationship to Dendrohyrax, while it has not the one par- ticular cranial character supposed to be distinctive of that group, the completed orbit. 1 The mammary formula of P. docagez itself is not as yet absolutely known, but I have little doubt that it is the same as that of its close ally P. brucei. 2 By mistake the dimensions of this tooth were given in 1888 as those of ml; but the specimen is younger than I then realized, and ™! has not yet been developed. - 74 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [ Jan. 5, 12. PROCAVIA VALIDA. Dendrohyrax validus, True, P. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi. p. 227 (1890). Fur thick and close, but rather coarse. Ears short and rounded. Mamme 0—1=2. General colour dark grizzled brown, with a strong suffusion ofdark fulvous. Hairs of back dark slaty grey, with a subterminal ring of orange and a black tip. Belly bright deep fulvous, quite different to anything found elsewhere in the genus. Upper surfaces of hands and feet dark brown or black, darker than the general body colour. Dorsal spot prominent, narrow, elongate, bright cinnamon or fulvous, the hairs rather darker basally. “¢ Skull depressed, muzzle elongate, nasal bones rectangular, slightly expanded posteriorly. Orbit completed behind.” (Z?we.) Type in the United States National Museum. Hab. Mt. Kilima-njaro, E. Africa (1. H. Johnston, Dr. W. L. Abbott). This species is of course that referred to by me with much doubt as “ Hyrav brucei, Gray (?),” when working out the collections of Mr. H. H. Johnston from Kilima-njaro. As the skins had no skulls with them, and I did not then know how much reliance might be placed on the peculiarities of the coloration, I naturally referred them to a previously known species, rather than run the risk of describing them unnecessarily. 15. PROCAVIA ARBOREA. Hyrax arboreus, A. Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 468 (1827). Dendrohyrax arboreus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 49 (1868). Size medium ; form thick and squat; head not disproportionally large. Fur very long and soft ; muzzle always hairy ; ears fringed. Mamme 0—1=2. General colour coarsely mottled fawn or yel- lowish grey with a certain infusion of rufous; the hairs black for their basal seven-eighths, then with a subterminal band of dirty fawn- colour, becoming darker distally, and with a decided black tip. Belly pale yellowish white, sharply defined. Dorsal spot elongate, very prominent, wholly white, the hairs white to their bases, their-tips with a yellowish tinge. Skull* flattened, but not in so exaggerated a manner as in P. dorsalis. Muzzle not so markedly elongated; distance from be- tween the postorbital processes to occiput equal to that to the tip of the nasals. Orbits ordinarily, but not always, quite complete behind. Temporal crests as in P. dorsalis. Diastema about 16 or 17 mm. in adult specimens. Molar teeth very small, rounded, brachyodont.. Breadth of m' about 6 mm.; height of the crown of m® 3:5; p! elongate, two- rooted, 3°5 to 3°8 mm. in horizontal length. 1 Good figures: De Blainv. Ostéogr. ui. Hyrax, pl. ii. (this clearly is P. arborea, and not P. dorsalis as stated by Gray); Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xii. fig. 2 (1873). 1892. ]| SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 79 Hab. Eastern and South-Eastern Africa. Taita Mountains inland of Mombasa, 4500 ft. (Brit. Mus., J. Wray). Mozambique (Peters). Kingwilliamstown (Lieut. H. Trevelyan) and Hlands Post (7. C. Atmore), Eastern Cape Colony. 14. PRoCAVIA DORSALIS. Hyrax dorsalis, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1852, p. 99, pl. xxxiii. (animal). Hyrax sylvestris, Temm. Esq. Guin. p. 182 (1853). Dendrohyrax dorsalis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 48 (1868) ; Bocage, ¢. c. p. 194. Hyrax stampflii, Jent. N. L. M. viii. p. 209 (1886). Size large, but, owing to the great proportionate length of the head, the general size is not nearly so large as measurements of the skull wouldimply ; bulk of the body apparently never equal to that found in fine specimens of P. shoana. Fur very long, coarse and shaggy. Muzzle in adult specimens nearly or quite naked in front of the eyes. Mamme (0—1=2. General colour dark purplish brown or black, the hairs black for about four-fifths of their length, with reddish or purplish-grey tips. Hairs of belly similar but paler. Dorsal spot elongate, very prominent, its hairs very long, their basal halves black and their terminal white or pale yellow; the dorsal glandular region quite naked in adults. Skull? very large, much flattened ; muzzle elongate, distance from a point between the postorbital processes to the occiput much less than that to the tip of the nasals. Frontal region markedly concave. Temporal ridges thick, much developed, but not extending back nearly to the occipital edge, more closely approaching each other in the centre lines of the skull. Interparietal sutures quite obliterated in adults *; clearly visible in a skull at stage III. Orbit completely closed behind in all the specimens examined, however young. Diastema very long, from 17 to 20 mm. inadults. Teeth—Incisors becoming exceedingly large and strong in old males, further apart than in the true large-toothed species, such as P. abyssinica &c. Incisors of female more ridged than usual. Molars and premolars small, rounded, brachyodont, their series more parallel than in most species. Breadth of m’ 6:6 or 6:8; height of crown of m* about 4-1 to 4-3 mm. Pp? very large, larger than in any other species, double-rooted, its horizontal length about 4°7 or 4-8 mm. Ribs 21. Hab. W. Africa from Liberia to the Cameroons and Fernando Po, probably extending further both north-west and south-east, but as yet no trustworthy record has been given beyond the above limits. 1 Good figures : Gray, Hand-l. Hdent. &e. pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1873); Jentink, Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. pl. iv. (1887). 2 The suture at the anterior edge of the interparietal seems to close first in ' this species as in P. bruce?, while in P. arborea the reverse appears to be the case. Gray’s distinction of the skulls of the two species by the positions of the sutures is based on a misconception, the sutures compared by him with each other not being homologous ones. That shown in the figure of D. dorsalis is the pos- terior, while that in the figure of D. arboreus is the anterior suture. , 76 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON GEOPHAPS SCRIPTA. [ Feb. 2, P. dorsalis is one of the few species of the group that is quite distinct from all its neighbours, and presents therefore but little difficulty as to its determination. Its long shaggy fur, peculiar coloration, and proportionately Jarge head and small body distinguish it at once from allitsallies. Dr. Jentink’s Hyrawv stampflii presented a remarkable degree of variation in the shape of its lower jaw, and in other characters—variations so great that without a very large sereis of specimens he naturally considered them to be of specific value. Other specimens, however, since obtained both in Liberia and elsewhere prove the essential identity of H. stamp/fiit with dorsalis. February 2, 1892. W. T. Blanford, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1892 :— The tctal number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January 1892 was 56, of which 29 were acquired by presentation, 7 by birth, 6 by purchase, 8 were received in exchange, and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 71. Mr. W. Bateson, F.Z.S., exhibited some Crab’s limbs bearing supernumerary claws. It was shown that these extra parts are really a complementary (right and left) pair of indices or pollices, according to their position of origin, and not repetitions of the two pincers of the claw, as was commonly stated. A letter was read from Prof. R. Ramsay Wright, F.Z.S8., of the University of Toronto, enclosing and calling attention to some photographs of the heaps of skulls of the American Bison (Bison americanus), which are commonly collected on the plains of the Saskatchewan, and are piled up on the sidings of the Canadian Pacific Railway awaiting transport, and which testify to the enormous number of these animals recently exterminated in this district. Mr. Sclater laid on the table two specimens, in spirit, of chicks of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta) which had been hatched in the Society’s Gardens on the 7th of June last ; also an egg of the same species of bird, laid in the Gardens, and made the following remarks :— I cannot at all agree with Dr. Bowdler Sharpe in his recent proposal to divide the very natural order ‘‘Columbe” into two portions, and to associate the Geophabes or Ground-Pigeons with - the Gallinaceous birds ?. According to the observations we have made from time to time in 1 See ‘ Review of Recent pl to Classify Birds,’ pp. 69, 70.—N.B. The correct plural of Geophaps is Geophabes, from dap, gen. paPos. 1892.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW. 17 the Society’s Gardens, where several species of the Ground-Pigeons * have bred repeatedly, the young of the Ground-Pigeons when hatched are nearly naked and quite helpless, and differ in no respect from the young of the typical Columbz. In proof of this I exhibit two specimens of the young of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta), hatched in the Gardens on June 7th last, and about 14 days old when they died. It will be observed that at this date they were barely covered with feathers and hardly fledged. In fact one of them was actually killed by falling from a slight elevation in the Aviary, having been hatched in the nest of a Barbary Turtledove (Turtur risorius), to which the egg had been removed in consequence of the bird that laid it refusing to sit upon it. It cannot therefore be said that these birds are ‘‘able to run soon after birth.” Nor, in the reference given by Dr. Sharpe, does Mr. Gilbert, so far as I can gather from his remarks, say so; he merely states that ‘‘the young bird on emerging from the egg is clothed with down like the young of the Quail a (Gould’s ‘ Hand- book to the Birds of Australia,’ vol. ii. p. 134). I cannot therefore allow that on this ground there is any justification for the important step that Dr. Sharpe proposes to take. As regards the other point put forward by Dr. Sharpe in justi- fication of his proposal, it is no doubt the fact that the sternum of the Australian Ground-Pigeons is longer and narrower than the corresponding organ in the typical Columbe. But the general characiers of the sternum in Geophaps and its allies remain the same as in the typical Columbe, so that on this point also I see no sufficient ground for the alteration proposed. I prefer to keep all the Columb together, as heretofore, in one group of ordinal value, as constituting a very well-defined and very natural division of the class of Birds, and I even doubt whether more than one family can be properly made of them. The following papers were read :— 1. On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the Evolution of the Sirenia. By R. Lyprxxer, B.A., F.G.S. [Received December 9, 1891.] Among a series of Tertiary Vertebrate fossils recently acquired by the British Museum my attention was specially directed to one labelled by the dealer from whom it was received, ‘‘ Sirene, Oligo- caen, Monte Grumi, Vicenza.” At the first glance I felt convinced that the assignation of the specimen to the Sirenia was correct ; but, at the same time, one of the two teeth contained in the specimen struck me as presenting a peculiarity of form such as I had never seen in any other Sirenian. Further examination led me to the conclusion that the specimen had an important bearing on the 1 Viz.: Ocyphaps lophotes, Phaps chalcoptera, Leucosarcia picata, Phlogenas crimigera, Calenas nicobarica, and others. See List of Vertebrate Animals (1883), pp. 459 et seqq. 78 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW [ Feb. 2, unsolved problem of the evolution of the Sirenian order, and that it was accordingly worthy of being brought under the notice of this Society. Before proceeding to the description of the specimen a few words are necessary as to the Sirenian remains hitherto recorded from the Venetian Tertiaries. Some years ago the late Baron Zigno’ described and figured a certain number of Sirenian remains from the Miocene of Belluno, in the north of Venice, which were referred to four species, under the names of Halitherium bellunense, H. angustifrons, H. curvidens, and H. veronense. At a later period these four species were reduced by Professor Lepsius*, of Darmstadt, to two; H. bellunense being transferred to Metaxytherium, while H. angusti- frons and H. curvidens were merged in H. veronense. Since to my mind the distinction between Metaxytherium and Halitheriumis not of sufficient importance to be regarded as a generic one, we may, so far as this information goes, reckon the Venetian Sirenians as indicating two species of Halitherium, under the names of H. bellu- nense and H. veronense. Vicenza, where the specimen under consideration was obtained, is situated, I need hardly say, in the south-western half of the Province of Venice, a little north of the parallel connecting Verona and the city of Venice. In spite, however, of its distance from Belluno, it is most probable that the mammaliferous beds of both localities are of the same horizon; in which case those of Belluno should be reckoned as Upper Oligocene. Of the Sirenians from Venetia the types of Halitherium bellunense and H. veronense exhibit the cheek-teeth in a good state of pre- servation. In the latter species ® the upper premolars are very small teeth, with nearly cylindrical crowns. On the other hand, the upper molars are relatively large teeth, with oblong crowns, carrying two transverse ridges, with fore-and-aft talons. The anterior talon in these teeth is very large and prominent, while the posterior one is considerably smaller. Their first transverse ridge is more nearly continuous than the second. When somewhat worn, as is the case with those of the type specimen, these transverse ridges show neatly straight bands of dentine, and not the distinct trefoils observable in the molars of Halitherium schinzi from the Oligocene of Hessen- Darmstadt. ), Phalanger orientalis (2°), Gs The power of a single organ to reproduce itself is of course not confined to teeth, but will be shown to be present in many different kinds of organs, and especially in those which are arranged as a Series of Multiple Parts. Variation in Terminal Teeth when a new member is added to the series. This is a phenomenon which is most instructive as a guide to the Fig. 3. Canis azare, from specimens in the Leyden Museum. I. Right upper molars of a specimen having a supernumerary third molar on each side. II. The right lower jaw of the same. III. and IV. The right upper and lower jaws of a normal skall of rather larger absolute size, to show the increased size of the teeth in the abnormal specimen. C. The carnassial tooth. nature of the process by which Multiple Parts are formed. It may be stated generally that if the tooth which is the last of a normal 110 MR. W. BATESON ON [ Feb. 2, series is relativelya small tooth, as, for example, m3 or m* in the Dog, then in cases of an addition to the series by which this terminal tooth becomes the penultimate it will be found that this penultimate tooth is larger and better developed than the corresponding ultimate tooth of a normal animal of the same size. Of this phenomenon two examples must here suffice. The first is a skull of Canis azare in the Leyden Museum (fig. 3}, p- 109). In this figure, I and II represent the back-teeth of this abnormal specimen, I being the upper, and II the lower jaw. By the side of these are shown the upper and lower jaws of a normal specimen of rather larger absolute size. In the upper jaw there is a supernumerary m’° on both sides and the great enlargement in m’ and especially in m? is very striking. In the lower jaw there is no extra tooth, but the molars are considerably larger than the normal size. The next case is that of Dasyurus maculatus, having an extra S=- SE: —————— (te Gy Se SR Dasyurus maculatus. A. Right upper jaw of a normal specimen. B and C. Upper and lower jaws of an abnormal specimen having an extra molar in each lower jaw and in the left upper jaw. In correlation with this change the sixth upper back-tooth (m’) has been increased in size. (The abnormal specimen was of less than normal size.) From specimens in the British Museum. molar in the left upper and both lower jaws. In this case, owing to the great difference which normally exists both in shape and size between the last tooth and the last but one, some obscurity is intro- duced by the changes associated with the presence of an extra tooth, and it would be difficult to determine the nature of the upper teeth if this phenomenon of Variation were unrecognized. The structures are shown in fig. 4, A being the right upper jaw of a normal specimen, while B and C are the jaws of the abnormal form (Brit. Mus. 983 6). The normal specimen is unfortunately much larger * This drawing was kindly made for me by Mr. J. J. Lister. 1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 111 than the other, which Mr. Thomas tells me is abnormally small for the species. In the upper jaw of a normal skull there are two small premolars (p' and p? of Thomas) and behind these four molars. The molars increase in size from the first to the third, which is by far the largest. Behind the third is the fourth molar, which is much thinner than the others. On comparing the abnormal skull with the normal one it is seen, firstly, that on the left side there are seven teeth behind the canine, while on the right side there are only six such teeth, as usual. On the right side, however, the last molar has not the thin flattened form of the last molar of a normal skull, but is a fair-sized thick tooth. In each lower jaw there are seven back-teeth instead of six. In making a more detailed com- parison, the first five teeth on each side are clearly alike, while from its form the seventh on the left side might be thought to represent the normal sixth, and this is the view originally proposed by Mr. Thomas in his ‘Catalogue of Marsupialia,’ p. 265, note. The difficulty in this view is that it offers no suggestion as to the nature of the sixth tooth on the right side. In the light, however, of what has been observed in other cases of extra molars, it seems likely that on the right side m* has been raised from a small tooth to one of fair size, while on the left side the process has gone further, m* being still larger and another tooth having been formed behind it. Mr. Thomas, to whom I am greatly indebted for having first shown me this specimen, allows me to say that he is prepared to accept the view here suggested. This phenomenon, of the enlargement of the terminal member of a series when it becomes the penultimate, is not by any means con- fined to teeth, for the same is true in the case of ribs, digits, &e., and it is possibly a regular property of the Variation of Series of Multiple Parts which are so graduated that the terminal member is the smallest. This fact will be found of great importance in any attempt to conceive the physical process of the formation of Mul- tiple Parts, and, pending a full discussion of this and kindred pro- cesses, it may be remarked that such a fact strikingly brings out the truth that the whole Series of Multiple Parts is bound together into one common whole, and that the addition of a member to the series may be correlated with a change in the series itself, and may occur in such a way that the general configuration of the whole series is preserved. In this case the new member of the series seems, as it were, to have been reckoned for before the division of the series into parts. This is, of course, only one way in which numerical Variation may take place; for, as was described in the previous section, ad- ditions to the series may be formed by the division of single members of the series, and in this case the configuration and proportions of the rest of the series remain normal. Examples of these two distinct methods of numerical Variation occur among Series of Multiple Parts of many kinds (digits, vertebrae, &c.). Re-constitution of Parts of the Series. Some curious instances of what is almost a remodelling of parts 112 MR. W. BATESON ON [ Feb: 2; Upper Diagram. Teeth of Rhinoptera javanica, specimen having asymmetrical dentition (after Smith Woodward). The arrangement on the right side of the figure is normal. The lettering shows Mr. Woodward’s suggestion as to the cor- respondence of the parts. Middle Diagram. Rhinoptera sp.inc. From a Hunterian specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. On the left side there are three rows of small lateral teeth, while on the right side two of these rows are represented by one row, which in places shows an indication of division. Lower Diagram. Rhinoptera javanica, in which the row of teeth marked I. is on the other side represented by two rows. (After Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. xxv. fig. 2. From a specimen in Coll. Surg. Mus.) Norzn.—That in these two cases, though the general proportions are maintained, the lines of division between the lateral plates on the abnormal side are not in their normal morphological positions relatively to the median a the interspaces on the one side corresponding to the teeth on the other. 1892. | NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 113 of the series have been met with. Cases of this kind are known in the tessellated teeth of Rhinoptera (an Eagle-Ray), the most remarkable being that described and figured in R. jussieut by Smith Woodward in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. i. 1888, p. 281. In this specimen (fig. 5, upper diagram) the number and arrangement of the teeth were quite different on the two sides, those on the one side being normal, while those on the other were unlike any known form. This new kind of tessellation was, nevertheless, so regular and definite that had it been existing on both sides the specimen would undoubtedly have Ateles marginatus, having four premolars on each side in the upper Jaw instead of three. The lower jaw is normal, and the lower canine consequently bites behind the upper. (Brit. Mus. 1214 6.) been made the type of a new species. There is, indeed, in the British Museum a unique pair of jaws in both of which a very similar tes- sellation occurs in a nearly symmetrical manner, and though this specimen has been described as R. polyodon, it is by no means unlikely that it is actually a ‘“‘sport”’ of this kind derived from the usual formula of Rhinoptera. One case in Mammals may be mentioned. This is a specimen of Ateles marginatus (Brit. Mus. 1214 6) having four premolars in each upper jaw instead of three (fig. 6). The lower jaw is normal. There is nothing in this specimen to indicate Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, that any one of these teeth should be considered supernumerary more than any other; and in the absence of such evidence it would, as I think, be best to regard the four premolars in this specimen as collectively representing the three premolars of the normal. For just as a stick may be broken into three pieces or into four, so would it seem to be with Multiple Parts. The epithelium which normally gives off three enamel-germs has here given off four such germs, and I believe that it isas impossible to analyze the four teeth and apportion them out among the three teeth as it would be to homologize the sides of an equilateral triangle with the sides of a square of the same peripheral measurement, or to homologize the seg- ments of a 4-rayed Sarsia* with segments of its 6-rayed “sport.” To make such an attempt would be to disregard the plain and ob- vious indications of the true nature of the phenomenon, and any theory of Homology which recognizes this class of problem as profit- able or legitimate is, I believe, founded upon a wrong conception of the physical process of Division. For, after all, it is with a process of physiological Division that we have here to do, and the Division which results in the formation of a series of Multiple Parts is probably a manifesta- tion of the same physical process as the Division of a cell or the segmentation of an ovum. Whoever will discover by what physical process an ovum segments will give us the key to the problem of the segmentation of tissues into Series of Multiple Parts; and though we are far enough from having any such knowledge, we should at least recognize that this is the problem to be dealt with, and any working hypothesis of the nature of Homology should be, at all events, in harmony with what is known of the processes of Division and should be founded upon them. Now the ordinary conception of the relationship of Homology as defined above, though it has been a useful instrument as a basis of nomenclature and so forth, is nevertheless inconsistent with the facts of Division and is founded on assumptions which are not justified, suggesting a view of the physics of Division which is wrong. In order to appreciate this, let the reader consider, for example, the case of Ommatophoca rossii given above. Judged by the ordi- nary rules of morphological criticism, this specimen shows one or both of two things :— (1) The first premolar of Ommatophoca may in itself represent two premolars of an ancestor. Or (2) In the descendants of Ommatophoca the single first pre- molar may be represented by two distinct and several pre- molars. | * Sarsia is the Medusa of a Gymnoblastic Hydroid (Syncoryne). The normal form has 4 radial canals, 4 ocelli, and 4 tentacles. ‘Three specimens having six of each of these parts are recorded, two (American) by L. Agassiz, Mem. Amer, Acad. Sci. iv. 248, pl. v. fig. 5, and one (British) by Romanes, Journ, Linn, Soe. xii. p. 527. All of these were radially symmetrical. 1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 115 One or both of these propositions may be true. If the division of the other three first premolars were as complete as that of the left p* there would be no indication of their origin. But if it is possible for a premolar to represent or to be represented by two premolars, without any visible indication of its double nature, may not the same be true of the premolars of other forms? May it not be true of teeth generally ? And if it is true, how are the homologies of teeth to be determined? Nevertheless teeth are almost preemi- nently amenable to this kind of treatment. ‘They have been studied with immense care. The facts which they present, and on which their homologies are to be determined, are remarkably compact, and of all Series of Multiple Parts they offer the best chance. But ex- amined in the light of a knowledge of the facts of Variation, that process is fara to be capable of occurring in a way which precludes the possibility of carrying out an analysis of the relation between the parts and suggests that such relationship need not necessarily exist at all. This subject cannot now be discussed further; but if any one wishes to realize the difficulties suggested by the Variations of which instances have been given, let him read some good dis- cussion of dental homologies, as, for example, Thomas’s excellent paper *, with these cases in his mind, and as he reads let him ask himself what margin is left for the occurrence of phenomena like this. Such schemes as that alluded to, though they have done a most useful work, and though they are ingenious, logical, and orderly, are orderly because they are made without regard to the ways of Variation, which is arbitrary and capricious and follows no order that we have yet devised. An illustration will perhaps help to make clear the point at issue. The received view of homology supposes that a varying form is derived from the normal much as a man might make a wax model of the variety from a wax model of the type, by small ad- ditions to, and subtractions from, the several parts. This may, to our imaginations, seem, perhaps, the readiest way by which to make the varying form if we were asked to do it; but the natural process differs in one great essential from this. For in nature the body of the varying’ form has never been the body of its parent and is not formed by a plastic operation from it; but in each case the body of the offspring is made again from the beginning, just as if the wax model had gone back into the melting- pot before the new model was begun. The present system of Homology must probably be retained as a basis of notation, imperfect though it is and though it is founded on a misconception of essential facts. It is likely that many will be disposed to doubt the reality of this misconception. and I can only ask that they should suspend judgment until the whole evidence can be produced. In the meantime this summary of facts and conclusions is put forward, together with a few “ Prerogative Instances,” in the hope that some one may be thereby attracted to a most powerful and fascinating method of zoological research. 1 Phil. Trans. 1887, vol. elxxviii. B, p. 443. i 8 116 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE YARKAND STAG. [Feb. 16, February 16, 1892. Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited two heads (one mounted) and a skin of the Yarkand Stag. The specimens had been lent for exhibition by Major C. 8. Cumberland, who shot the animals in the woods on Yt iy Skull and horns of Yarkand Stag (from specimen in Nat. Hist. Mus.) 1. the Yarkand or Tarim river in 1890, as described by him in ‘ Land and Water’ (vol. li. p. 318, March 14th, and p. 446, April 11th, 1891). Mr. Blauford made the following remarks :— The Stag of Eastern Turkestan was first brought to notice by 1 The head here figured is in the British Natural History Museum, and was presented by Mr. A. O. Hume. The skull measures in basal length 14 inches, in breadth across the orbits 6°75; the two horns are 35 and 34 inches long respectively, measured along the beam and round curves, and the girth of the right horn, just above the burr, is 6:75 inches. 1892. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON HEADS OF ANTELOPES. na some of the officers who accompanied the Mission under Sir D. Forsyth sent by the Government of India to Yarkand and Kashgar in 1873; and by Colonel Prejvalski, who found this Deer common around the Lower Tarim and Lobnor in 1876, and noticed it (Pet. Mitth., Erg. Heft, No. 53, p. 9) as Cervus maral. In the ‘ Mam- malia’ of the Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission, p- 92, this animal is mentioned, and a photograph of its horns obtained by Mr. R. Shaw noticed. From the photograph it was surmised that the horns resembled those of C. affinis. Several fine heads have since been obtained by Mr. A. O. Hume from Yarkand; of these three are now in the British Museum. All are very similar: they have 5 tines on each horn, as is generally the case in C. cashmirianus and C. offinis, but differ greatly from the last named in the curve of the beam, and somewhat from C. cashmirianus, to which, however, they appear very closely allied. At the same time the horns of the Tarim Stag appear always distinguishable as spreading less and by the terminal tine never being curved inwards to anything like the extent that it is in C. cashmirianus. There is very little resemblance to C. maral, in which the crown appears to consist of more than two tines. C. maral, C. cashmirianus, and some other Deer may be ultimately classed as subspecies of C. elaphus. The Yarkand Stag is apparently another subspecies, distinguished by its unusually straight horns. As a distinctive name is useful for these races, each of which appears to occupy a small isolated area, the name C. yarkandensis may be applied to the Yarkand and Tarim Deer as a subspecific name, it being understood that the form is not regarded as specifically distinct from C. cashmirianus. The skin of the body is unusually pale in colour, with a well marked caudal disk. Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on some “Spinning or Japanese Mice,” as a particoloured breed of Mus musculus or one of its allies, now commonly kept in captivity, is usually called. The curious habit of spinning round and round after their tails like a kitten was highly developed in this breed and continually exercised. It was very difficult to imagine a reason how this habit originated, and why it was so readily inherited. My. Sclater exhibited a series of mounted heads of Antelopes belonging to Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E., and made the following remarks :— My communication upon Capt. Swayne’s Antelopes to the last meeting having been rather hurried owing to stress of time, I thought it might interest the Society to examine Capt. Swayne’s private col- lection of heads, which have been beautifully mounted for him by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. of Piccadilly, and kindly sent here for exhibition. 118 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANTHROPOID APES. — [Feb. 16, They belong, as will be seen, to the eight following species :-— (1) Bubalis swaynei. (5) Lithocranius wallere. (2) Neotragus saltianus. (6) Orga Geisa.. * (3) Gazella scemmerringi. (7) Strepsiceros kudu. (4) Gazella spekii. (8) Strepsiceros imberbis. Amongst these, I am specially pleased to be able to draw atten- tion to a beautifully prepared head of Swayne’s Hartebeest (Bubalis swaynei), the new Antelope of which I pointed out the characters at the last meeting. It will be observed that this mounted head fully confirms the points of difference between Swayne’s Antelope and the allied species (B. tora) on the North, and Coke’s Hartebeest (B. cokii) on the South. From both these species, without reference to the form of the horns, of which I spoke on the former occasion, the new species is at once distinguished by the dark chestnut colour of the whole head and neck, which is relieved by the black face below the eyes and the light isabelline of the nose and lips.. The ears also are of an isabelline tint, with the hairs edging the interior rim nearly white. This, I may remark, is the fourth new species of Antelope that we have lately received from Somaliland, and it is even possible that the Water-buck (Cobus) met with, but not obtained, by Mr. James’s party in the interior, as well as the small Antelope called “ Beira” spoken of by Capt. Swayne, may turn out to be novelties also. Mr. Sclater gave the following list of the known Antelopes of Northern Somali-land and their native names :— List of the Somaliland Antelopes. 1. Swayne’s Hartebeest. Bubalis swaynet. SSic-g 2. Salt’s Antelope. Neotragus saltianus. “ Sagaro.” 3. Klipspringer. Oreotragus saltator. “ Alikhud.” 4. Water-buck. Cobus sp. inc. 5. Seemmerring’s Gazelle. Gazella swmmerringt. “ Aiwal.” 6. Pelzeln’s Gazelle. pelzelni. ‘¢ Dehro.” 7. Speke’s Gazelle. spekit. do ? 8. Clarke’s Gazelle. Ammodorecas clarkii. “ Debo Tag.” 9. Waller’s Gazelle. Lithocranius walleri. “¢ Gerenook.” 10. Beisa Antelope. Oryx beisa, “ Bat.” 11. Greater Koodoo. Strepsiceros kudu. “ Goriali Godir.” 12. Lesser Koodoo. inberbis. “ Arreh Godir.” Mr. A. Smith Woodward exhibited and made remarks on speci- mens of the supposed jaws and teeth of Bothriolepis from the Upper Devonian Formation of Canada. — Mr. F. E. Beddard read a paper entitled ‘Contributions to the Anatomy of the Anthropoid Apes.” This contained a description of the external characters, brain, and muscles of the Bald-headed Chimpanzee “‘ Sally,” and the reputed Lesser Orang “ George,’ lately living in the Society’s gardens. The Bald-headed Chimpanzee, Troglodytes calvus, was established as a second species of Chimpanzee by M. Du Chaillu. The Natural 1892. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANTHROPOID APES. 119 History Museum possessed skins and skeletons of this Anthropoid which were obtained from M. Du Chaillu ; a comparison of these with the skin and skeleton of “« Sally ” showed that the Chimpanzee which lived for so many years (from 1883 to 1891) in the Society’s Gardens was undoubtedly referable to Du Chaillu’s Troglodytes calvus. The late Dr. Gray had refused to admit the validity of this species; but the present paper afforded additional reasons for accepting T'roglodytes calvus as a distinct form of Chimpanzee, not synonymous with the 7’. tschego of Duvernoy. The animal was unfortunately so diseased that the viscera could not be satisfactorily studied ; the bones, too, exhibited pathological appearances, so that the supposed differences in the skulls of T’. calvus and T. niger must probably be liberally discounted. The animal had acquired the permanent incisors and bicuspids of the upper jaw; the first molar being the only one of the molar series which wasin place. The canines were along way from their defini- tive position, and protruded through the bone. In the lower jaw the only representatives of the milk-dentition which had not been replaced were the canines. The condition of the teeth, were their possessor a human being, would suggest the age to have been between ten and eleven years: this was in all probability the age of the Chimpanzee. The muscular anatomy did not, as might be expected, show many differences from the common Chimpanzee, T. niger. At present it was impossible to state how far even these slight differences might be individual. Although so many anatomists— Brith], Bischoff, Humphrey, Macalister, Sutton, Chapman, Vrolik, Gratiolet, and Alix, &e—had recorded their dissections of 7 niger, the normal muscular structure of even that Species was not yet beyond dispute. And as the present paper contained the only account yet published of the myology of 7. calvus, the facts stated must be taken for what they were worth. In the following table the principal differences between Troglo- dytes calvus and Troglodytes niger were shown (according to Sutton’s account of the myology of the latter) :— T. calvus. ; T. niger. CC CaNINUN OTe eae ee Insertion : coracoid. Insertion: capsule of shoulder-joint. Biceps cruris ......... Ischial head present. Ischial head absent. ISOLEUSS AY, POM ARE eae from head of fibula only. from upper third of pos- terior surface of fibula only. Flex. prof. digit....... attached by a vinculum No such vinculum (?)}. to flex. long. digit. Flex. long. digit....... supplies digits 11., Iv., v. supplies digits 1, v. Tambricales .......06... three. four. Flex. long. poll. ...... well developed, supplies absent or feebly deve- index and pollex. loved, supplies only pol- ex Ext. min. digit. ...... absent. present. This vinculum, however, is stated by Macalister to occur. Sutton does not say it is absent ; he does not refer to it, 120 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, In the brain the chief differences from 7’. niger were: the greater depth in proportion to the length; the Sylvian fissure was much more upright than in the common Chimpanzee, and therefore approached the Gorilla and the other Anthropoids; the common Chimpanzee came nearest to man in the direction of this fissure. The middle lobe of the cerebellum was overlapped posteriorly, and nearly concealed, by the two lateral lobes. The Orang “ George’’ was believed on its arrival to be an adult example of the Lesser Orang, Stmia morio, originally described by Sir R. Owen. It proved to be a much younger specimen than had been supposed. All the milk-teeth were present ; and, although they were unusually worn, none had been repiaced by the permanent teeth. The shape of the head was, however, rather different from that of the typical Simia satyrus, being distinctly longer and not so markedly brachycephalic. The external characters, particularly the hands and feet, were described and illustrated, and a full account was given of the muscular anatomy of the limbs. This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were read :— 1. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. Borneo. By Arruur G. Burisr, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &e. [Received January 8, 1892.] (Plate VI.) The Lepidoptera here enumerated were obtained by Mr. W. B. Pryer and presented by him to the National Collection; many of them have suffered considerably from damp, but, fortunately, the examples of the finest of the new species are in excellent condition. RHOPALOCERA. This part of the collection is of little value, and the specimens are much damaged ; it, however, contains examples of an interesting Elymnias. The following is a list of the species :—Calliplwa ma- zares, Moore, Salpinw kadu, Eschscholtz, Elymnias (probably the male of E. penanga, Westw., black above, with the interno-basal half — and a belt across the apical area of the primaries slaty Jilacine), Eurytela castelnaui 9, Felder, Neptis thamala, Moore, Rahinda sandaka, n. sp., Athyma nefte, Cram., Euthalia ‘dunya, Hew., Lebadea padaka, Moore, Amathusia phidippus, Linn., Hypolimnas * Exactly like R. peraka, excepting that the submarginal band of the primaries is single instead of treble—a distinction which is believed to be constant, PZS 1892 Plate VE W-Purlass hthadnat. West, Newman mp. Lepidoptera from Sandakan. 1892. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 121 wallaceana 3, Butl., Narathura pryeri, n. sp.', N. achelous Q var., Hew., Papilio prexaspes, Feld., P. evemon, Bdv., P. telephus, Feld., P. bathycles, Zinck., P. arycles, Boisd., P. agamemnon, Linn., Astictopterus sindu, Feld. HETEROCERA. Amongst these are several beautiful new insects, as well as others which are by no means abundant in collections. No Sphingide are represented, but there is a lovely new Zygenoid Arcticd. CHALCOSIID&. MILLERIA FICTA. Cyclosia ficta, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 97 (1862). Milleria pontioides, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 35 (1881). Walker’s description of this species is so bad that without exam- ining the type it would be quite impossible to guess at its identity with M. pontiotdes. CALLAMESIA STRIATA. Amesia striata, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. p. 142 (1891). This species appears to be allied to C. submaculans of Walker (Journ. Linn. Soc. iii. p. 185, 1860). I have to thank Mr. Druce for identifying it for me as his species. CHALCOSIA INDISTINCTA. Chalcosia indistinctu, Swinhoe, in litt. One imperfect female. ARCTIUDE. MypDROTHAUMA, N. gen. Nearest to Hupyra, the primaries a little narrower, the subcostal branches emitted regularly from the cell instead of branching off from the main nervure; the second and third median brauches wider apart at their origins; the secondaries with strongly arched costal margins; three instead of two median branches; palpi extremely short and porrected, instead of very long and almost erect ; tibial spurs also very short; abdomen much_ broader, flattened and tufted at the sides. From Mydrodowa, to which it is also allied, it differs in its considerably narrower primaries with sinuous instead of arched inner margin ; in the important point of 1 Differs from N. amphimuta, to which it is allied and which it nearly re- sembles on the under surface, in its much inferior size and in the deep glistening ultramarine (rather than violet) blue colouring of the upper surface; the female, which is in the B.M. from Sarawak, has a much more restricted blue area, especially on the secondaries: expanse of wings, ¢ 43 millim., © 40 millim. ’ 122 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, the absence of an accessory cell, in the non-furcate subcostal branches, in the very important point of the absence of a costal vein to the secondaries, the simple instead of forked subcostal vein, the presence of a radial vein, which in Mydrodoza is absent, and the more slender legs with better defined tibial spurs. Altogether, in spite of a similarity in the palpi of Mydrodoxa and Mydro- thauma, the latter is decidedly more nearly allied to Eupyra. Type I. ada. MyproTHauMA Aba, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.) 3. Nearest to WM. semperi (Mydrodoxa semperi, Druce, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 519, pl. xxxii. fig. 1), which is a true Mydrothauma, but far more beautiful; primaries above velvety greenish black, with three metallic violet spots forming an arched stripe across the base ; a narrow band of gold with diffused greenish edges across the basal third, its inferior extremity not quite reaching the inner margin ; the disk almost wholly occupied by two large unequal golden spots or patches with diffused greenish edges: secondaries intense seri- ceous black; the costal area greyish; a minute steel-blue spot at the end of the cell; a trifid subeuneiform hyaline patch divided by the secoud and third median branches: head and collar vivid carmine; thorax velvety black, the meso- and metathorax clothed at the sides with deep smoky brown hair: abdomen blackish brown, almost black, with velvety black lateral tufts; each segment marked with lateral metallic violet-blue dashes: wings below very like the under surface of M. semperi, excepting that they are blacker, the discocellular veinlets are defined by metallic blue instead of green spots, and the gold and green on the external area is much more extended ; body below black, the legs and sides of venter spotted with metallic blue spots. Expanse of wings 48 millim. A single example only of this charming novelty was captured by Mrs. Pryer, to whom (at her husband’s request) I have dedicated it. PHISSAMA VACILLANS. Amphissa vacillans, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 685. n. 1 (1855). LITHOSIIDA. CABARDA BIZONOIDES. Lyclene bizonoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 111 (1862). C. molliculana=C. sequens is perhaps only a variety of this species. KaTHA, sp. inc. The single example is not perfect and therefore I hink it better not to describe it; it is like a small example of K. intermiata, Walk., from Southern India, but the face is greyer. ‘ 1892. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 123 NYCTEMERIDE. {L,EPTOSOMA INTEGRUM. Nyctemera integra, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. v. p. 1879 (1866). Originally described from a Philippine example. LEPTOSOMA REGULARE. | Leptosoma regularis, Snellen, Veth’s Midden-Sumatra, Lep. p. 34 (1880). The specimen in the present collection differs from the typical form in the abbreviation of the outer marginal border of the secondaries on the upper surface. LIPARIDA. ADLULLIA GUTTULATA. Euproctis guttulata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxix. p. 36. n. 3, pl. 1. fig. 3 (1886). One female. Described from a Sumatran example. ADLULLIA, n. sp., Swinhoe, zm litt. A slightly damaged female. The generic term Adlullia of Walker takes precedence of Chero- tricha, Felder, as in general use. Mr. Kirby, however, holds that the type of Cherotricha is synonymous with Gogane. LimMacopip&. SCOPELODES VENOSA. Scopelodes venosa, Walker, Lep. Het. v. p. 1105. n. 3 (1855). A male example. The female only was previously known to us from Silhet and “E. India” ; the male now sent is very like that sex of S. auro- grisea, but the abdomen is more decidedly banded with black ; the abdominal half only of the secondaries is ochreous and the primaries below are more distinctly veined with whitish. The following appears to me to be a new genus of Nycteolide; the male, from Borneo, has been for some years in the Museum collecticn. NYCTEOLID. SIGLOPHORA, n. gen. Allied to Chandica, primaries with nearly straight costa, slightly ‘arched external margin and more strongly arched inner margin; a deep longitudinal groove behind the costal vein on the under surface ; subcostal with four ordinary branches, the two last emitted from a long footstalk; the fifth branch emitted from the end of the cell close to the upper radial, the lower radial emitted near the third median and therefore looking like a fourth median branch: secondaries rather short, deeply excised in the male on the radial interspaces, merely angulated m the female; costal vein united to the subcostal 124 MK. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Feb. 16, close to the base, separating from it at about the middle of the discoidal cell and running thence to apex; subcostal emitting two branches from the anterior angle of the cell; discocellular weak, in- arched; radial emitted at the inferior angle of the cell; second and third median branches emitted from a long footstalk near to the radial: body robust, similar to that of Chandica; palpi long, thick, and compressed ; antenne, long, thick, simple; legs rather thick, the middle tibisee armed with two unequal spurs, the inner ones very long ; posterior tibie with four spurs. Type S. della. SIGLOPHORA BELLA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) Basal three-sevenths of primaries bright lemon-yellow, ornamented by little irregular undulated lines and rings of blackish brown and bounded externally by a dark imperfect line; a costal patch beyond this area of the same colour and crossed by dark brown irregular lines; remainder of wing vinous brown in the male, rust- red in the female, varied by a few inconspicuous darker spots; a deeply dentated submarginal line of yellow—indistinct in the male, but sharply defined and partly bounded internally by black spots in the female; fringe vinous, sericeous, spotted with grey: secondaries with the basal half (3) to third ( 9 ) sericeous semitrans- parent white, tinted externally with yellow and bounded by a badly defined reddish band ; remainder of wing vinous grey; fringe with a pale basal line: thorax bright yellow, varied with rust-red markings: abdomen bright rust-red, with a yellow spot in the centre of the basal segment, in the male specimen before me the sides and margins of the segments are pearly whitish (possibly owing to abrasion) and the anal tuft is blackish; on the under surface the defined markings have all disappeared; the yellow portions of the wings are softened down and the remaining area is grey, a reddish band separating the yellow from the grey areas: body below pearly white; palpi and fore tibize yellowish, banded with vinous grey. Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, 2 23 millim. 3, Borneo, 1879 (coll. B.M.). 9, Sandakan. NoToponrTip&. CELEIA, sp. inc. A much broken example of a fine and apparently new species of this genus. CAREIDE. CarEA, 0. sp. Fragments of an unnamed species, shortly to be described by Col. Swinhoe, were in the collection. DREPANULIDE. DRAPETODES NUMMULARIA. Drapetodes nummularia, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxxii. n. 11, pl. 1. figs. 4, 4 a (1889). A single female example. 1892. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 125 AGNIDRA CARNEA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 3.) 3 . Sericeous pale brownish flesh-colour, sparsely irrorated with blackish atoms, which are most abundant on the outer half of the secondaries: primaries crossed by two very indistinct oblique darker lines—the first before the middle, irregular, almost }-shaped, the second regular, discal, more oblique, elbowed below apex; a submarginal series of rosy spots on the veins: secondaries with two whitish stigmata on the discocellulars; under surface rosy flesh- coloured, veins ochraceous; wings sprinkled with black atoms; primaries crossed by an oblique grey discal stripe, which is vaguely continued by the black atoms across the secondaries ; fore tibiz scarlet. Expanse of wings 35 millim. Although the apices of the primaries are broken the specimen of this very distinct species in the collection is sufficiently perfect for description. BomMBYCID. ERNOLATIA SIGNATA. Ernolatia signata, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 131. One female. A discoloured male in the Museum from Java’ is wamed “ Ocinara lida,” Moore. * CaRADRINIDZ. PRODENIA LITTORALIS. Hadena littoralis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 91. n. 2, pl. 13. fig. 8. CALLOPISTRIID&. I have waded laboriously through Walker’s long paper on the Lepidoptera of Sarawak in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society ’ without being able to identify the three following species with certainty ; the first, however, is probably his Eutelia? consentanea, and therefore I so name it, although it is not a Hutelia but belongs to a new genus allied to Hyperdasys. PacHYDASYS, 0. gen. Primaries with straight costa, rectangular apex, and obtusely angulated outer margin; palpi broad, obliquely ascending, com- pressed, terminal joint short; antenne of male subserrate, fasci- culated: all the femora and tibize and the tarsi of the hind legs very broadly fringed and clothed with coarse hair-scales. PACHYDASYS CONSENTANEA. (Plate VI. fig. 5.) Q. Eutelia? consentanea, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vii. p. 68. n. 313 (1864). One male example. 126 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Feb. 16, PLATYDASYS, n. gen. Allied to the preceding genus and to Cotanda ; the wings of the same form as in Dissolophus; the antennee most like those of Cotanda but thicker, the femora and tibiz of all the legs and the tarsi of the middle and hind pairs very densely clothed with coarse hair-scales. Type P. pryeri. PLATYDASYS PRYERI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6.) Sepia-brown with faint roseate reflections; the primaries with black and white lines and spots almost exactly as in the European Methorasa latreillei; but the reniform spot is larger and more indented in front, and the pink hastate spot immediately beyond the sinuous black-edged white discal line and situated upon the upper radial vein is much less prominent, so that it is scarcely distinguishable from the remaining portion of the pale stripe bounding the external edge of the discal! line. Expanse of wings 34 millim. 6, Sarawak; 2, Labuan. In coll. B.M. A fragment of the female was obtained by Mr. Pryer in Sanda- kan. This species should be among the insects described by Walker; but, if so, the description is not good enough to render its identification possible. P@CILOGRAMMA, 0. gen. Nearest to Gnamptocera, but in the pied character of its markings very dissimilar, superficially, from any of the allied genera; antennze normal im character, with short sparse ciliations; palpi broad, compressed, curved obliquely upwards, with short terminal joint ; collar and tegule ample ; metathorax with prominent central crest ; basal segment of abdomen probably tufted; legs long, the front tibize broad, the external edge being densely fringed with coarse scales; femora of middle pair of legs flattened and grooved, the tibize densely clothed with hair and with two long terminal spurs ; posterior legs almost naked, the tibiz with the usual spurs. Type P. picata. Pa@cILOGRAMMA PICATUM, nh. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 4.) Primaries above sepia-brown, spotted and streaked with black, the internal area whity -brown ; base white, marked with two black spots, an oblique bisinuated white stripe from the base of the costa to an oblique white band across the basal two-fifths of the wing, the latter band is traversed by a black line and is angulated at its costal extremity ; an oblique white streak from the apex, interrupted by the reniform spot, which is white, oval, and encloses two unequal black spots, and the postmedian stripe, which is white, internally edged with black, zigzag and very irregular, a slightly sinuous white submarginal stripe, connected on the second median interspace by a white spot, with a marginal series of internally white-edged black dashes ; fringe whitish, spotted with grey: secondaries grey, with diffused darker external border : head and collar blackish, partly 1892. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 127 white-edged ; mesothorax buff, speckled with black; tegule and metathorax white, spotted and speckled with black ; abdomen whitish with grey dorsal spots: primaries below smoky grev, with dull white inner margin; costa partly whitish ; an indistinct trans- verse dark postmedian stripe and a subapical pure white spot: secondaries whitish irrorated with grey scales; a black crescent at end of cell followed by an arched discal grey stripe and a diffused grey external belt which tapers towards anal angle; body below whitish, palpi brownish, fore and middle tibize white barred with blackish. Expanse of wings 33 millim. A single male example, with slightly damaged abdomen, but otherwise in good condition. HOMOPTERID. HoMOPTERA CRUEGERI. Homoptera cruegeri, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 411. n. 51. Evidently a very wide-ranging species. CaTEPHIID. MELIPOTIS CYLLARIA. Phalena (Noctua) cyllaria, Cramer, Pie Exot. ii. pl. 251. figs. C, D (1779). This species, which varies greatly in the coloration of the primaries (like the other species of Melipotis), is identical with M. cyllota and M. signivitta. Achea purpureilinea, Walk., is probably the same species. OPHIDERID. OPHIDERES FULLONICA. Phalena-Noctua fullonica, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 812. n. 16. OPHIDERES AURANTIA. Ophideres aurantia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 607. PHYLLODIDZ. PoTAMOPHORA MANLIA. Phalena-Noctua manlia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 144, pl. 92. fig. A (1779). The variability of this species is well known; one of Mr. Pryer’ S specimens is very pretty, the reniform spot and a stripe connecting it with the inner margin being bright ochreous: we have one similar example from Darjiling. LYGNIODES MAURUS, Staud. An imperfect example of a fine species allied t» L. endoleuca, but with the fringes and the abdominal area of the secondaries bright ochreous. Mr. Druce has received examples of this species from Dr. Staudinger with a name ADEE given, but I am not certain that it has been published. 128 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Feb. 16, DysGontrD&. LAGOPTERA HONESTA. Thyas honesta, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii., Lep. iv., Noct. iii. figs. 1, 2. LAGOPTERA MAGICA. Corycia magica, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 535, 536. OPHIODES DISJUNGENS. Othiodes (sic) disjungens, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1360 (1857). PINDARA ILLIBATA. i Noctua illibata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 592. n. 8 (1775). OpHISMA INVERSA. Ophisma inversa, Walker, Lep, Het. xiv. p. 1384. n. 34 (1857). ACHZA FASCICULIPES. Achea fasciculipes, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1400. n. 20 (1857). SERRODES CAMPANA. Serrodes campana, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 252. n. 1673 (1852). An unusually lilacine example. DysGONIA FULVOTENIA. Ophiusa fulvotenia, Guenée, Noct. iti. p. 272. n. 1710 (1852). AMPHIGONIID&. AMPHIGONIA COMPRIMENS. Amphigonia comprimens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1540. n. 5 (1858). THERMESIID&. PLATYJA UMMINEA. 2. Phalena-Noctua umminea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 267. fig. F (1782). Ginga removens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1638. n. 1 (1858). 3. Sympis subunita, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 344. n. 1810 (1852). Cotuza drepanoides, Walker, |. c. p. 1552. n. 1 (1858). Both varieties of this species were obtained by Mr. Pryer. CAPNODES MACULICOSTA. Capnodes? maculicosta, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1608. n. 19 (1858). 1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 129 HERMINIIDA. AMBLYGOES OILEUSALIS. Herminia oileusalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 116. n. 38. Madopa 1 quadristrigata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1877, p. 73, pl. 5. fig. 7. PYRALES. STERICTA DIVITALIS. Glossina divitalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 124. n. 20. ARTHROSCHISTA HILARALIS. Margaronia hilaralis, Walker, Lep. Het. xviii. p. 532. n. 33 (1859). SYLEPTA IOPASALIS. Botys iopasalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xviii. p. 652. n. 182 (1859). MESANCHYLA ILLECTALIS. Desmia ? illectalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xix. p. 931 (1859). TALANGA SEXPUNCTALIS. Oligostigma sexpunctalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 616, pl. 60. fig. 12. DicHoCROCIS PANDAMALIS. Botys pandamalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xix. p. 999 (1859). SICULODIDZ&. DurDARA OVIFERA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 7.) Nearest to D. fenestrina, but differing from all the named forms of the genus in its grey coloration above and in having an oblique oval hyaline spot near the base of the first median interspace of the ptimaries ; the outer half of the fringe of the secondaries is white ; the primaries below are almost wholly glaucous grey, with white internal border, and in the secondaries the costa and veins are greyish ; the palpi are even longer than in D. plagifera, and are whitish internally and along their inferior margins. Expanse of wings 28 millim. Mr. Meyrick says (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 185) that “ Microsea plagifera is a variety of Striglina myriea, Drury (=fenestrina, Feld., and fenestrata, Gn.), with the spot (which varies very much and is sometimes absent) unusually large. With every wish not to admit too many species, I cannot conceive that Mr. Meyrick is correct in this assertion ; for, however much a spot on the wing may vary in size and shape, it appears highly improbable that the palpi would follow suit, and assuredly there is little resemblance between the palpi of D. fenestrina and D. plagifera (which I described as a Microsca). Our example of D. fenestrina is a female, and so far as can be judged from the type of D. plagifera, in which the frenulum ~ Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1892, No. IX. 9 130 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, on one side is concealed and on the other broken, the latter is of the same sex ; it bas the last joint of the palpi much more slender and of nearly twice the length of that of D. fenestrina. When it is proved beyond question, by carefnl breeding, that dissimilar forms are varieties of one and the same species, the sooner they are put together the better; but this guesswork, especially when concealed under the guise of an authoritative declaration, is a positive hindrance to the acquirement of accurate knowledge. In many cases where Mr. Meyrick has stated his conviction that a long series of described forms belong to one variable species, he has been subsequently obliged to alter his opinion; surely he cannot claim that his first action advanced science, since he must know of a truth that it only retarded it. DuRDARA ROBUSTA. Durdara robusta, Warren, in litt. The type of Mr. Warren’s unpublished description is from Sarawak ; it is just possible that Walker may have described it as an Anisodes or a Capnodes in his Supplement, or in one of the papers published in the Linnean Journal; but I cannot venture to attempt its identi- fication. PHARAMBARA VINOSA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 8.) Pale vinous-brown ; wings reticulated with darker brown: pri- maries crossed by six imperfect darker bands, the outer edges of which, and the inner edge of the third one, are defined by blackish lines; the fourth and fifth lines are inarched towards the costa; the sixth, which is submarginal, is abbreviated and cuts off the apical half of the external border ; on the secondaries there are about three black-edged, ill-defined, abbreviated bands from the costa, the central one is acutely elbowed and bounded on each side near the centre of the wing by a hyaline, subquadrate, white spot ; on the under surface all the markings are more sharply defined, and on the primaries is a subcostal, basal, shining, pearly tuft covering the base of the frenulum. Expanse of wings 26 millim. A single male example. The species does not appear to be very closely allied to any named form. URAPTERYGIDE. SYNGONORTHUS, 0. gen. Allied to Gonorthus : of the same form and with similar neuration ; but the male antennze much shorter and with very short fine ciliations instead of being strongly pectinated. SYNGONORTHUS SUBPUNCTATUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9.) Pale creamy stramineous, slightly sericeous; the wings irrorated with greyish argillaceous; the primaries crossed by two nearly parallel, straight, transverse stripes of the same colour ; outer margin and fringe forming a third stripe rather more ferruginous in tint ; 1892. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 131 costal margin narrowly ochraceous, speckled with blackish : second- aries with only a discocellular spot to represent the inner stripe of the primaries, but with a well-defined subangulated outer stripe from outer fourth of costa to inner margin, close to anal angle ; marginal stripe blacker than onthe primaries: head and collar rutous-brownish : wings below without irrorations, but crossed by a straight discal series of blackish spots on the veins; primaries tinted with pink, with a transverse blackish dash on the discocellulars ; pectus whitish. Expanse of wings 38 millim, This very distinct species is unfortunately only represented by one imperfect specimen; it is, however, so unlike anything else that I have seen or of which I can find a description, that I have no hesitation in naming it. BoaRMIID&. ELPHOS HYMENARIA, Var. Elphos hymenaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 285. n. 446, pl. 16. fig. 4 (1857). The single female obtained by Mr. Pryer has lost the white patch upon the secondaries. TERPNIDIA NELEARIA. Hypochroma nelearia, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 279. n. 444 (1857). HyPocHROMA NETUNARIA ? Hypochroma netunaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 279. u. 445 (1857). The two examples, both females, seem to agree fairly well with the description of this species. HyPoCHROMA VITTICOSTA. Hypochroma vitticosta, Walker, Lep. Het. xxi. p. 438. n. 25 (1860). A male example in good condition. I have to thank Col. Swinhoe for the identification of this species ; he tells me that the type from Sarawak is somewhat faded. ASCOTIS SELENARIA. Geometra selenaria, Schiffermiller, Wien. Verz. p. 101 ; Hiibner, Geom. pl. 31. fig. 163. A damaged female only was obtained. ZERENIDE. PANZTHIA GEORGIATA. , Panethia georgiata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 196. n. 1243. NAXA TEXTILIS. Naxa textilis, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1743 (1856). g* 132 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16; EUsCHEMIDE. EUSCHEMA DOUBLEDAYI. Hazis doubledayi, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent, xxvii. pp. Ixxxii and 96-98 (1884). IpDa#1IDz. CHRYSOCRASPEDA VINOSA. Chrysocraspeda vinosa, Warren, in litt. A beautiful little bright yellow species, maculated and banded with plum-colour; it is to be hoped that a description of it will soon be published. A much-worn example, apparently of a true Jd@a, new to the Museum collection, was also obtained by Mr. Pryer. MESOSTROPHE OVISIGNATA. Anisodes ovisignata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. p. 444 (1884-7). The specimen from Sandakan agrees perfectly well with the Ceylonese type. CABERID. MareEsta ? UNDIFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10.) Basal area of wings white, speckled with black and transversely striated with pearl-grey ; remainder of wings pearl-grey, striated with white and crossed to near costa by white-edged, zigzag, dark brown stripes, three on the primaries and two on the secondaries, also by a submarginal stripe, slightly waved on the primaries, but distinctly zigzag on the secondaries, the third and sixth angles filled in so as to form blackish, more or less triangular spots ; a slender, slightly zigzag, black marginal line; fringe, excepting along the abdominal margin of the secondaries, very short: head and collar blackish ; thorax white, speckled with black; abdomen wanting: under surface pale pearl-grey ; the disk of the wings crossed by two subparallel darker grey bands, enclosing a white belt; the outer band angulated on the primaries ; legs silvery whitish. Expanse of wings 33 millim. _ I have been unable to find any description or figure of this lovely little moth ; judging by the descriptions alone, it would seem to be allied to Acidalia destituta and Maresia binotata, described by Walker from specimens coming from Sula and in Mr. Saunders’s collection. Macarip&. PLUTODES CYCLARIA. Plutodes cyclaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 118. n. 1111, pl. 20. fig. 3. TRYGODES DIVISARIA. Macaria divisaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 107 (1861). ES 925 ie LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 133 Microniip&. ACROPTERIS LEPTALIATA, Micronia leptaliata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 28. n. 935. PSEUDOMICRONIA C@LATA. Pseudomicronia ccelata, Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk. p. 257 (1887). EUMELEIDA. EUMELEA LUDOVICATA. Eumelea ludovicata, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 393. n. 629 (1857). GEOMETRID&, ORNITHOSPILA SUBMONSTRANS. Geometra submonstrans, Walker, Lep. Het. xxii. p. 526. n. 36 (1861). ORNITHOSPILA CINCTA. Geometra cincta, Walker, Lep. Het. xxii. p. 527. n. 38 (1861). This species is of the same size and general colour as the preceding, but differs in the nearly straight instead of distinctly dentate-sinuate dark green lines across the wings and in the uniformly vinous-coloured fringes. CoMIBZNA MEGASPILARIA. Phorodesma megaspilaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 371. n. 593. ZAMARADA, 0. Sp. One much shattered example of an apparently new species ; its condition unfits it for description. HYBLAID&. The position of this family is somewhat doubtful; the aspect of the species forcibly reminds one of the Tortrices, but the neuration does not altogether correspond with that of the Tortricide; at the same time the Hybleide do not appear to be true Noctuites. HyYBLAA CONSTELLATA. Hyblea constellata, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 391. n. 1251. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Mydrothauma ada, p. 122. . Siglophora bella, 2, p. 124. . Agnidra carnea, p. 125. . Pecilogramma picata, p. 126. . Pachydasys consentanea, p. 125. . Platydasys pryeri, p. 126. . Durdara ovifera, p. 129. . Pharambara vinosa, p. 130. . Syngonorthus subpunctatus, p. 130. . Maresia? undifasciata, p. 132. SO MONI op oo dD 134 . MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Feb. 16, 2, Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A. 8. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia’. By G. A. BouLEncER. [Received January 19, 1892.] Two further collections received from Mr. Jayakar mm 1891 enable me to supplement the list of Muscat Fishes with the names of seventeen species, of which one (Histiopterus typus) belongs to a genus, previously unknown from the Indian Ocean. TELEOSTEI. ACANTHOPTERYGII. PERCID. 1. SERRANUS HOEVENII, Blkr. 9. Hisrioprerus Typus, Schleg. This fish is on record from Japan only; but a fine specimen from Duke-cf-York Island is preserved in the British Museum. The genus Histiopterus is an important addition to the fauna of the Indian Ocean, and it seems surprising that so striking a form should have hitherto escaped notice on the coasts of India and Ceylon, where it will no doubt be eventually found. SPARIDE. 3. Box LINEATUS, sp.n. Dee Byes ThE Os Uh tie ey Length of head a little more than one fourth of the total (with- out caudal) ; diameter of the eye a little greater than the length of the snout, two sevenths the length of the head. Pectoral three fourths the length of the head. Depth of the body thrice and one third in the total length (without caudal). Caudal deeply forked. Upper half of body greyish olive, lower half yellow; four rather indistinct dark lines along each side of the body, the uppermost running along the lateral line; a black spot in the upper axillar portion of the pectoral. Total length 250 millim. A single specimen. This species is very nearly related to the Atlantic and Mediter- ranean Box vulgaris, from which it differs in the deeper body, the somewhat larger scales, and the slightly different number of rays. The fin-formula and the axillar spot differentiate it from Cuvier and Valenciennes’s 2. salpoides, stated to be from the Indian Ocean. 4. Pime.errervs Fuscus, C. & V. ' Cf. P.Z.8. 1889, pp. 286-246. 1892. ] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 135 SCIZNID2&. 5. Sctmna sina, C. & V. ScoMBRID. 6. THyYNNUS ALBACORA, Lowe. Thynnus macropterus, Schleg. Several large Tunnies sent by Mr. Jayakar belong to this species, being undistinguishable from Atlantic specimens. In my first report I recorded the true Tunny, 7. thynnus, from Muscat. And if I am right in not separating the Pacific T. macropterus from the Albacore, it must be admitted that both the true Tunny and the Albacore roam over the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacifie Oceans. In the Indian Ocean T. thynnus must be by far the rarer of the two species, since it was not on record until discovered at Muscat by Mr. Jayakar. CaRANGIDE. 7. CARANX ROTTLERI, BI. 8. CARANX LIOGLOssus, Gthr. A specimen 29 inches long. It differs from the much smaller specimens described by Bleeker as Lioglossus carangoides in the total absence of teeth, the still greater projection of the lower jaw, and the very small extent of the scaleless portion of the breast. The differences are, however, ascribable to age; and I have not the slightest hesitation in referring this large example to the species described by Bleeker, of which a type specimen is now in the British Museum. 9. LACTARIUS DELICATULUS, C. & V. PHYSOSTOMI. CyYPRINID&. 10. DiscogNatHus LAMTA, Ham. Buch. _ This well-known Indian freshwater fish has been previously re- corded from Aden, in Arabia. It is also found in Abyssinia. MurR2NIDz. 11. Murana arra, Bl. CHONDROPTERYGII. CARCHARIIDE. 12. Carcwarias acutTvus, Riipp. 13. CarcHarias ELLIOTI, Day. This Shark is very closely allied to C. murrayi, Gthr.; but differs 136 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, in having the upper teeth narrower and more oblique, and the snout longer, the distance between the mouth and the end of the snout being equal to the width of the mouth. Fig. 2 on pl. 189 of Day’s ‘Fishes of India’ refers to C. acutidens, whilst fig. 1 represents C. ellioti. 14. CaRCHARIAS LAMIA, Risso. _ RHINOBATID2. 15. RuyNCHOBATUS ANCYLOSTOMUs, Bl. Schn. TRYGONIDZ. 16. TRYGON sEPHEN, Forsk. 17. THNIURA MELANOSPILA, Blkr. 8. Descriptions of Three new Species of Earthworms. By W. Buaxtanp Bennam, D.Sc. (Lond.), Aldrichian Demonstrator in Anatomy in the University of Oxford *. [Received February 1, 1892.] (Plates VIL. & VIII.) In July of last year (1891) I received from Professor Jeffrey Bell three bottles containing Earthworms which had been presented to the National Collection. With the permission of Dr. Ginther, I was allowed to make an examination of these specimens, and to treat them in any way necessary for their identification. I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Giinther for this privilege, and to record my appreciation of Prof. Bell’s kindness in allowing me to examine many Earthworms which from time to time have come into his hands for identification. The contents of the bottles were as follows :— A. Three small worms [| Plutellus perrieri, nu. sp.| collected at Masset, Queen Charlotte’s Island, British Columbia. Pre- sented by the Rev. T. H. Keen. B. A single specimen [Microcheta papillata, n. sp.| from Port Natal. Collected and presented by H. A. Spencer, Esq. C. A single specimen [Microcheta belli, n. sp.| from Hast London, Cape Colony. Collected and presented by H. A. Spencer, Esq. A. In the bottle from Queen Charlotte’s Island were three worms, two mature and one apparently immature; the latter I cut into a series of transverse sections after the examination of one of the mature forms, under the impression that it belonged to the same * Communicated by Franx E. Brpparp, M.A. Oxon., Prosector to the Society. le AS Mee Tell WL, ve YI Zoe h i) ex NEO I Oy SI x\i C= CEL. Hh pp site j y Y errr) ~ Ly oy UL i 7 MD. neph*o LVM, 2 Sige 1X b a 4 A AL pap v.ch, pap! FE AIL fez UL =| \ Sel | ~Sp. SAL co ——__— SR EE 4 a WA] 7 Kao) AVL XIX AX Benham del. J. Smit Lith. Mintern Bros . imp. NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 4 ro). WSO tale Wily Yy x St SAV ELVEN \\ ie Ly = d my se Benham.del. J, Smit hth, Mintern Bros. imp. NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 137 species as the other two, but I find that it is an Enchytreid, the anatomy of which, however, I have not yet worked over. Of the two other specimens one remains entire, and was returned to the British Museum, the drawing of the external surface (Plate VII. fig. 1) being taken from it; the second was partially cut into sections—after being opened and examined—the anterior twenty somites being cut sagittally, the posterior portion transversely. The chief characters of the worm may be summed up as follows :— (1) The eight chete are isolated, though they are not all equidistant. (2) The clitellum is complete, and occupies somites xiii. to xviii. (3) The male pores are on somite xviii. (4) The nephridiopores alternate in position, one series being in line with the cheetze ‘‘3,” the other with the cieetze “4.” There are (5) one pair of ¢estes in somite x.; (6) one pair of sperm-sacs in somite xi.; and (7) four pairs of spermathece, without diverticula, in somites vVi., vii., vill., and ix. (8) The cylindrical prostate lies in somite xviii. (9) The gizzard occupies somite v.; there are no definite cesophageal diverticula. The Earthworm which appears to agree most clearly with this diagnosis is Plutellus heteroporus * from Pennsylvania; but this worm, according to Perrier’s description, presents two very striking anom- alies, which do not occur in the present instance: (a) the nephridia are entirely confined to one somite, 2. e. the funnel does not perforate the septum ; (0) the “ ovary” is placed anteriorly to the testes. But these two peculiarities are anomalous, not amongst Earthworms only but amongst all the Oligocheta ; the post-septal position of the nephridiostome is indeed totally at variance with the arrangement met with throughout the whole group of Cheéopoda ; hence, we must look with very great suspicion on these supposed characters, and indeed Perrier himself, in writing of the presumed “ovary ”’ in the tenth somite, recognizes its abnormal position and expresses himself, not only with great caution, but also with a good deal of doubt—“ Mais nous devons dire qu’a cet égard notre conviction est loin d’étre aussi compléte qu’en ce qui concerne les testicules.”’ Most zoologists working on this group have thrown doubts on the accuracy of these supposed facts, and this without impugning the carefulness of M. Perrier, for he had two specimens only, and these, having lain in spirit for 50 years and more, were in a very bad condition of preservation; moreover, his statements were drawn from observations on the dissected specimens, which are not so likely to be correct as those obtained from examination of serial sections. We must then remove these two characteristics from the diagnosis of the genus Pluéellus, and thereby we bring the worm into accord with what has become regarded as the normal condition of things. I believe the worm which forms the subject of this communication 1 Hd. Perrier, Arch. de Zool. Expér. ii. 1873. 138 _ DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, belongs to Perrier’s genus, and name it after that zoologist. I shall reserve certain histological points for later consideration. PLUTELLUS PERRIERYI, 0. Sp. It has a length of 2 inches (50 mm.) and a comparatively great diameter—namely a little more than ¢ inch (4 mm.); the length of the clitellum is 4 mm., and the distance from its anterior margin to the tip of the prostomium is 7 mm.’ There are 126 somites in the specimen which remains uninjured; they are all well marked and are only obscurely annulated. The two extremities of the worm are rounded, obtuse, and not noticeably attenuated, and at the posterior extremity the body is slightly dilated. The prostomium is distinct and completely dovetailed into the buccal somite, as it is in P. heteroporus. The clitellum, when the worm is fully developed, extends all round the somites xili. to xviil., with the exception of the median ventral region of the last somite and a short portion of the first somite. The intersegmental grooves are entirely obliterated and the anterior and posterior boundaries are very sharply defined. In the specimen dissected, where the clitellum was not so fully developed, the ventral surface of the somites was less glandular and the grooves less obliterated than in the entire specimen, and a pair of papillee exist on somite xviii. between the cheetze “1” and ‘<2.’ In the fully matured form, the glandular modification of this somite extends ventrally so as to become continuous with these papillz, which are then no longer evident. [In P. heteroporus the clitellum is also complete, occupying somites xiv. to xvil., but overlapping the anterior part of somite xviii. | The chete, eight in number, are isolated ; the ventralmost—con- stituting the series of chzetze “1’’—on each side is close to the middle line ; if the space between “1” and “2” be taken as the unit, represented by S, the space between the ventral chet of the two sides is 2.8, that between the second and third is 14S, that between “3” and “4’’ is 2S, and the dorsal area, between the dorsalmost cheete of the two sides, is 5S; the chete “4” lie dorsally (Plate VII. figs. 2 and 4). Posteriorly the space “ 1-2” is slightly greater than it is anteriorly; and anteriorly to the clitellum, space 1—1 is less than it is posteriorly. [In P. heteroporus the cheetze are equidistant, but posteriorly the dorsal and ventral spaces are a little greater than the lateral spaces, and spaces 1—2 and 3-4 are a little less than anteriorly. | The cheetee themselves are of the usual lumbricid form, without ornamentations ; there are no modified, copulatory chzete of any sort. The nephridiopores are not visible externally in my specimens, which are very well preserved, and the segments probably a good | deal closer together than in life; but I find from my longitudinal sections that they have the following arrangement (Plate VII. figs. 2 & 4) :—The first pore lies on the anterior margin of somite ii., and, * These figures for P. heteroporus are 15 cm. as length of body, 6 mm. as length of clitellum, and 4 mm. as its distance from the extremity of the body. 1892.] NEW sPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 139 like the pore of the next somite, is in line with the cheete “4”; the pores in somites v., vii., 1x., xi., xlii., xv., &c. are in line with chetee *“©3”; those of the even-numbered somites aré in line with cheetee “4”; but in the case of somites vi., viii., x., xil., I did not actually see the pores, as the dorsal body-wall in this region of the body had been injured in dissecting the worm, but there is no pore in either of these somites in line with either of the other cheete. . [In P. heteroporus, the nephridiopores of somites iit., iv., v., vi. are in line with the third cheetze, those of vil., ix., xi., &c. with the fourth cheete, and those of viii., x., xii., &c. with the second cheetee, with some divergence from regularity in certain somites. | The male pores are on somite xviil., just between the first and second cheete ; but in the immature specimen, as I have mentioned, there is a pair of papillee in this position, which carry the pores ; the papille in the fully developed individual being continuous with the rest of the glandular modification of the clitellum. With regard to P. heteroporus, Perrier states (p. 255) “il nous semble que les orifices males étaient accompagnés chacun d’une papille en avant et en arriére,’ but owing to the state of preservation of the worm he was uncertain on the point. The figure (Plate VII.. fig. 1) which accompanies the present paper might suggest these papillee, but the slight pit represented between somites xvii. and xviii. is not the male pore, which lies on the slight papilla on somite xviil. I was unable to see the pores in somite x. which Perrier regarded as those of his ‘‘ oviducts ”; they, in fact, do not exist in the present worm. With regard to these pores, his figures are not in agreement with one another. The spermathecal pores (which are in line with cheetze “2,” at the anterior margin of somites vi. to ix.) and oviducal pores (on somite Xiv.) are not visible in surface view. There appear to be no dorsal pores; this is one of the few points in which my specimen differs from P. heteroporus. Internal Anatomy. The septa bounding posteriorly each of the somites v. to xi. are considerably pouched centrally, so that the organs in these somites are carried backwards in such a way that they appear to occupy a more posterior position than they actually have ; the septa behind the somites vill. to xii. are slightly stronger than the others (Plate VII. fig. 3). The nephridia conform to the usual type; the coiled tube pre- senting the three regions which I have described* in those of Lumbricus and which appear to be pretty generally present in “ meganephric ” Earthworms. The muscular region or “ bladder”? is very large, and differs in size in the two series of nephridia. The funnel has the normal structure and position—2. e. it is preeseptal. The genital organs have the following arrangement, as determined 5) 1 « Loe. cit. p. 114. 8 “Descriptions of Earthworms, V.,” Notes Leyden Mvs. vol. xii. p. 232. It should be remarked, however, that Vaillant neither figures nor describes sete upon the clitellum; he remarks, indeed, ‘‘la ceinture seule en [des soies] est privée.” They are present in Pericheta affinis, so that probably Dr. Horst’s earlier (Midden-Sumatra, Vermes, p. 4) identification of P. cingulata (of Vaillant) with Pericheta indica was more correct. 164 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, no reasons either for believing or disbelieving that Vaillant’s Per7- cheta cingulata is the same species as Schmarda’s Pericheta cingulata. In the specimens which I examined there is no trace of the natural colour left; the worms are a pale brownish grey—the clitellum a darker brown. As they do not agree with any Pericheta of which there is an adequate description, I give them the new name Pericheta taprobane. There are only four species of Pericheta which agree with the present in possessing only a single pair of spermathecee, so that it is more easily to be discriminated than species which possess the more typical number of three or four pairs. The species in question are Pericheta sangirensis, Mich.', Pericheta ceylonica, F. HK. B.’, Pericheta quadragenaria, HK. P., and Pericheta elongata, EK. P. Pericheta taprobane differs from the last two species in a number of points ; it will be sufficient here to mention one point of difference only for each species. Pericheta taprobane differs from Pericheta quadra- genaria in the size and form of the spermathecal appendix ; from Pericheta elongata in the characters of the ‘‘ prostate” ; from Peri- cheta sangirensis in the absence of a dilated sac at the distal extremity of the atrium. Pericheta ceylonica is distinguished by having two pairs of atria. Pericheta taprobane is a stout worm, measuring about 80- 100 mm. ; the largest specimen was 105 mm. in length; an in- dividual measuring 84 millims. in length had a breadth of 6°5 mm. and was composed of about 114 segments. The worm undoubtedly belongs to the restricted genus Pericheta, although, as will be seen presently, one of the distinctive characters of the genus is absent: the sete form continuous rows and are numerous; on the first setigerous segment of one specimen I counted 52 setze, on the fifth 81, on the twelfth segment of the same indi- vidual there were 74, on the twenty-fifth 67. The seta .formula is therefore as follows :— Segment I. Vv. XII. XXV. 52 81 74 67 The setze are present on all the clitellar segments and form complete circles. Their form is not different from that of the setze elsewhere. Those upon the hinder segment of the body are nearly twice as long as those upon the anterior. The clitellum is composed of the usual three segments, but is a little indistinct at both ends. The oviducal pore is single and median; it lies in front of the circle of setee of segment xiv. The atrial pores are upon the xviiith segment and are sometimes very prominent—forming conical elevations—owing to a protrusion ‘-“Oligochaeten des naturhistorischen Museums in Hamburg, IV.,” Jahrb. Hamburg. wiss. Anst. viii. p. 35. 2 * “Notes on some Harthworms from Ceylon and the Philippine Islands, &e.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1886. 1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 165° of a part of the atrium; the setee are interrupted for a short space on either side of each pore, which, however, lie directly in the line of the sete. I counted seventeen setze between the male pores. I could find xo genital or copulatory papille of any kind. The spermathecal pores were very evident in all the specimens ; they lie between segments vil./Vviil. The dorsal pores commence between segments xii./xill. The anterior segments of the body are bi- or tri-annulate. With regard to the internal anatomy of the species, I only direct attention to those points which are known to be of importance in’ the discrimination of species. The position of the gizzard is perfectly normal ; it lies in segments viii—x., and the septa between these segments have nearly entirely disappeared, beimg represented only by a few ligaments binding the gizzard to the parietes. ‘The intestine is very remarkable on account of the fact that there are no ceca. I looked for these structures very carefully, and entirely failed to discover them; they are always (according to my ex- perience) quite easy to find when present. I must therefore conclude that the present species is unique in the absence of cca. Although there appears to be no Earthworm known on other grounds referable to the genus Pericheta (s. s.) which possesses no intestinal ceca, Mr. Fletcher* has described a Megascolexr in which ceeca are present. In Pericheta queenslandica, a worm with “ interrupted circles of sete,’ there are a pair of lateral ceca arising from the intestine in segment xxv. and directed anteriorly, as in all true Perichete with the exception of Pericheta taprobane* ; these two species evidently render it impossible to define strictly the genera Pericheta and Megascolex, though as a matter of convenience those names may he, for the present at least, retained until more exceptions are made known. In other particulars the alimentary tract of this Earthworm does not diverge from the normal. The intersegmental septa commence to be distinct after the fourth segment ; the first four septa, viz. those bounding segments v.—vii., are rather thickened ; as are also the first two septa which lie behind the gizzard, that is to say those which separate segments x./xi. and x1./xil. The thick septa in front of the gizzard are covered with very con- spicuous nephridial tufts. The sperm-sacs lie in segments x., xi., and xi. The atria consist as usual of a thick muscular duct bent upon itself and of a glandular portion consisting of ramifying ceeca; the latter is fairly compact except where it is cleft at its junction with the non-glandular part. The glandular part is much smaller than is usual in this genus, and is entirely limited to the xviith segment. The muscular duct is unprovided with a dilated sac at its extremity. There is only a single pair of spermathece, which lie in segment vill. They also are small; and, as the facts contained in this account are based upon the dissection of several examples, I may emphasize the 1 “Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part II.,” P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 964. 2 Tam not certain as to Pericheta ceylonica. 166 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, smallness of the atria and the spermathece as a characteristic of the species. Each spermatheca consists of a globular portion communi- cating with the exterior by a narrow duct, to which is appended a small diverticulum consisting also of a swollen terminal portion and of a narrow duct. PERICHZTA MORRISI, 0. Sp. I name this species, of which I obtained several living examples from Kew, after Mr. Morris, Assistant Director of the Royal Gardens. Three or four specimens were forwarded to me, of which only one was sexually mature; the following description is based upon that specimen. The species comes from Penang. The accompanying coloured sketch by Mr. Smit (Plate IX. fig. 1) represents the natural colours of the worm and shows its distinctness from Pericheta sinensis, with which species, however, it cannot be confounded, as will be seen in the course of the following description. The worms during life protruded the buccal cavity, as apparently all species of Pericheta do. The length of the specimen (after preservation in weak, followed strong, alcohol) is 52 mm.; the number of segments in the body is 93. The sete, as in other species, form continuous rows. The clitellum begins abruptly with the commencement of segment xiv., but does not terminate exactly at the posterior boundary of segment xvi.; the glandular substance ends at the level of the setee which are present on the last segment of the clitellum, as in Peri- cheta bermudensis (see p. 160); the setee of this segment, as in the species with which I have compared Pericheta morrisi in this particular, are only present upon the ventral surface. The oviducal pore occupies the usual position. The atrial pores open on to the xviiith segment, and are not separated by a very wide interval; they are in the line of sete, but the setze cease for a short space on either side of each pore. The spermathecal pores lie between segments v./vi. and vi./vii. There are no papille in the neighbourhood of the male pores, although on a subsequent dissection of the worm I noticed some minute white glands in the xviiith segment. Papillz, however, are present upon certain of the anterior segments in the neighbourhood of the spermathecal apertures. Upon each of segments vii. and viii. is a single circular disk occu- pying the median ventral line of the segment and lying just in front of the circle of setee belonging to the segment. The gizzard lies in segments viii.-x., the mesenteries which should divide those segments being absent. The usual pair of ceca are present. The wsophagus in segments x.-xiv. is much thickened and of a whitish appearance. This region doubtless corresponds to the calciferous glands of other Earthworms, which do not appear to be developed as distinct pouches in the genus Pericha@ta. 1892.] OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 167 The atrium is not furnished with a distal sac. There are two pairs of spermathece, which lie in segments vi. and vii.; the appendix is a tube of uniform calibre and is very nearly as long as the pouch. In the case of one spermatheca, the appendix is twisted at its commencement round the stalk of the spermatheca. PERICHETA BARBADENSIS, 0. Sp. In June of the present year I received from Kew Gardens five living worms of the genus Pericheta, which were all of a reddish- brown colour with a grey clitellum ; the iridescence of the cuticle was very marked, on account of the dark pigment in the body-wall ; when the worms were killed in weak alcohol, a quantity of yellowish fluid was expelled from the dorsal pores. In spite of the close similarity in colour between all five specimens, I believe that they are to be referred to two distinct species, of which one—that which I call Pericheta barbadensis—is somewhat protean, showing considerable variations, which I do not, however, regard, for reasons which will be stated presently, as being of specific value. I describe the second species subsequently (see p. 169). Two of the specimens were of about the same size, measuring 4j inches in length (when preserved in strong alcohol, after having been killed in weak alcohol); the diameter in front of the clitellum is 4 mm. The length of the preclitellar somites is 18 mm.; the clitellum itself measures 4 mm. The number of segments is 78. In this individual—which I call a—setze were present upon.the last segment of the clitellum (Plate IX. fig. 6); the clitellum itself in all three specimens is fully developed upon all the segments xiv.—xvi. and bears anteriorly the single median oviducal pore; the number of setze upon the last segment of the clitellum is small, about half a dozen. In the second individual (6) the number of setee upon the last segment of the clitellum is greater than in a. In the third individual (¢) the number of setze upon the last seg-- ment of the clitellum is about as great as in 6, but in addition the first segment of the clitellum (¢. e. no. xiv.) bears three, or possibly four, setee on each side of the oviducal pore (Plate IX. fig. 7), which there lies within the circle of setze of its segment, and not, as is usually the case in the genus Pericheta, in front of the sete. It might be supposed that these three individuals represented merely three stages in the disappearance of the setee belonging to the clitellar segments. In immature worms setee are always present upon the clitellar seg- ments. Iam not aware that any exact observations have been made as to the time and manner of their disappearance in those species which have, when adult, a clitellum devoid of sete. But in the present species the differences in the clitellar setze coincide with differences in the genital papillze and also with differences in the number of spermathecee. But, as will be seen presently, it does not happen that the worm with the fewest setze upon the clitellum has the most marked development of the genital papillae. Hence I 168 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [Feb. 16, should conclude that this species is one whose characters are not yet definitely fixed ; it is evidently on the way to entirely losing the setze upon the clitelluw. The genital papille, as has been already remarked, differ in the three individuals. In a there is, in the first place, a median sucker-like papilla upon segment vii., just in front of the circle of sete; and in the second place, a single median papilla occupying an exactly corresponding position upon segment xvill. In 6 there is no anterior papilla or papillee ; on segment xvill. are two papille placed on the inner side of each atrial pore and lying below the circle of setee; the innermost papilla on each side is below as well as to the inside of the outermost, which occupies a corre- sponding position with regard to the male pore. In c the arrangement is by far the most complicated, and yet this individual is the one which has the most setze upon the clitellum. There are no anterior papille; on the eighteenth segment a small circular papilla lies above each atrial pore and another lies exactly beiow it, on the boundary-line between segments xviii./xix. In the middle of segment xviii. are two papille lying side by side and above the setze of that segment. On the right-hand side of the body is another papilla, which lies just above one of these two. There are thus seven papillee in all. In all three individuals the atrial pores are lateral in position, being separated by the entire diameter of the body, which is here a trifle wider than either anteriorly or posteriorly. With regard to the internal anatomy, all three specimens showed the following characters in common :— The gizzard occupies the usual position, and there are a pair of intestinal ceca. The inéestine has a sinall typhlosole. The atria have an extensively developed glandular portion, which extends from segments xvii.-xxi. in 6 and from xviil.—xxil. in @; itis rather smaller in c, but then the worm itself is smaller *. I found two pairs of egg-sacs attached to the posterior face of the septa dividing segments xii./xiii. and xiii./xiv. ; they are pear-shaped with a long stalk, and not very wide at the widest end. The position and number of the spermathece differ in the three individuals: in @ there were two pairs somewhat unsyimmetrically disposed ; they open, however, in the intersegmental grooves v./vi. and vi./vii. In segment vi. lie a pair, of which one was very small and immature; the fully developed spermatheca consists of an oval pouch terminating in a narrow duct, from which arises a long cylindrical appendix. In segment vii. the spermatheca of the right side of the body had the same characters ; on the left side the duct of the spermatheca, although opening in the normal position, is greatly elongated, traversing septum vii./viil. and expanding in the vilith segment into the large oval pouch. ‘The diverticulum of this spermatheca lies in segment vi. * It measures 84 mm. anc consists of 64 segments. 1892. } OF THE GENUS PERICH4ETA. 169 In 6 there are three pairs of spermatheee in segments vi., vii., and vili., which are in every respect perfectly normal. In c there are two pairs lying in vi. and vil., but quite normal in structure. It may be that Iam wrong in assogiating all these individuals together under one specific name. PERICHAETA HESPERIDUM, Ni. Sp. Two individuals out of the five specimens just referred to, of which I have described three under the name of Pericheéa barbadensis, presented certain differences; these differences would, if the speci- mens had come from a different locality, be undoubtedly considered of specific value. As it is, I am uncertain, considering their ex- ceedingly close similarity in coloration, whether to regard all five individuals as belonging to one protean species, or whether to regard the two specimens described here as a distinct species. Since the differences which they show to the three described as Pericheta barbadensis are more marked than either of the three exhibit among themselves, I give them at least a provisional name. The external characters are those of Pericheta barbadensis, ex- cepting that there are no set@ upon the clitelium and that there are no genital papille. In describing the last species, I pointed out that there is a gradual reduction in the three specimens of the sete upon the clitellum, which is accompanied by a reduction in the genital papille. In the two specimens which I describe here as Pericheta hesperidum this reduction in number has culminated in the total disappearance of both the clitellar setze and the genital papille. Tf it were not for certain differences in the internal anatomy, to which I shall call attention later, these facts would rather show that there is no necessity for separating the forms specifically. In the internal anatomy there are, however, differences. I should say, however, that I have only dissected one of the two individuals associated together here under the name of Pericheta hesperidum. In that worm the c@ca are remarkably small as compared with those of other species. The intestine is provided with a fairly well-marked typhlosole ; it commences in the xvth segment. There are two pairs of spermathece, which lie in segments vii. and viii. and open on the border-line between segments vii./viii. and vili./ix. ; in the case of the anterior pair, the displacement of mesentery makes the apertures, when viewed from the inside of the body, look as if they were placed in the middle of segment vii. The diverticulum is contorted. I only found a single pair of receptacula ovorum in place of the two pairs of the last species; they are attached to the front wall of segment xii. and lie above the ovaries; they are elongate and lie obliquely on the septum. The a¢rium shows a difference of importance from the last species ; this is the presence of a terminal sac. This sac is, however, so extremely small in the present species that it needs careful looking Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1892, No. XII. kz, 170 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON WORMS [ Feb. 16, for and might very easily escape attention; the muscular duct of the atrium becomes very narrow just before it opens into this sac. PERICHATA MAURITIANA, 0. Sp. In August of last year I received from Kew a number of living Earthworms which had been accidentally imported from Mauritius; they proved on examination to belong to two distiuct species: one is a Urocheta, indistinguishable, so far as I can see, from Urocheta corethrura ; the other is a Pericheta belonging appare.stly to a new species. At present one species of Pericheta is known to occur in Mauritius ; and a second, although described trom Australia, is believed to be indigenous to Mauritius. The first is Pericheta mauritii of Kinberg, which cannot be satisfactorily identified ; the second—Pericheta peregrina—has been lately described by Mr. Fletcher *, and so can- not be confounded with Pericheta mauritiana, which comes much nearer to Pericheta robusta from the neighbouring Ile de France. The colour of the living worms was reddish brown, with a pale greyish-brown clitellum. Their habits are those of other species of Pericheia. The length of the largest specimen, after preservation with corrosive sublimate and alcohel, is 80 mm. The number of segments is 85. The clitellum occupies the usual segments; the last segment of which it is composed has a short row of setee in the middle ventral line, as in Pericheta bermudensis. The oviducal pore is single and median upon segment xiv. The atrial pores are in the line of sete of segment xviil.; the sete are interrupted for a short distance on each side of both apertures. The genital papille are restricted to the neighbourhood of the atrial pores. ‘There are three on each side, lying below and to the inside of the atrial pores. The gizzard lies im segments vill. and ix.; it apparently does not 3 extend, as this organ so often does in other species of Pericheta, ito segment x. The usual pair of eeeca are present, which originate from the intestine in segment xxvi. and extend forwards to the anterior boundary of segment xxv. There are two pairs of spermathece in segments vil. and vill. The diverticulum is as long as, or perhaps rather longer than, the sperma- theca itself. It consists of a slightly sinuous tube with a globular extremity. There are two pairs of receptacula ovorum (Plate X. fig. 5), both of which have the form which seems to be so generally met with in this genus of Earthworms. The organ is oval, with a long tail directed towards the median ventral line. The receptacula ovorum are attached to the front wall of segments xiii. and xiv. The anterior pair lie above the ovaries. * “Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part II.,” Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 969. 1892. | OF THE GENUS PERICHATA. 171 The atrium is not provided with a terminal sac; the glandular part of each atrium is very extensive, and reaches from segment xvil. to segment xxii. Between the opening of the atrium and the nerve-cord on each side of the body are three small white oval glands (p,g., fig. 6, Plate X.), which correspond to the papillee visible on the exterior of the xvnith segment. Note on a Pericheeta from Singapore. I received a single specimen of this Pericheéa in a living condition from Kew Gardens; it had reached there in a Wardian case from Singapore. Unfortunately I omitted to make any notes upon the worm while alive; a quantity of other material which came about the same time obliged me to preserve it at once for future study; the specimen was killed in Perenyi’s solution and investigated by means of transverse sections. It is very possibly the same species as that which I have called Pericheta morris, and described in the present paper; but my notes upon its diagnostic characters are so far from being complete, that I do not venture to express an opinion as to the name which should be applied to it. It measured 23 inches when preserved. The clitellum occupied the usual three segments, but I am not certain as to whether setee were, or were not, present. On the xviiith segment was a single median papilla placed between the two atrial pores. I observed the gizzard to occupy the usual position and that ceca were present. There are two pairs of spermathece in segments vi. and vil. ; these agree very closely with those of Pericheta morrist in the proportions of the appendix to the spermatheca, but the extremity cf the former was swollen, forming an oval sac. This is possibly merely due to the presence of more sperm in one case than in the other. I desire to call special attention to the structure of the atria. These organs have the usual form characteristic of the genus Pericheta. Their minute structure, however, presents one character of some little interest, which has not yet been recorded in the genus. Transverse sections through the stout muscular duct by which the secretions of the glandular part of the atrium reach the exterior show that the muscular sheath encloses three separate ducts instead of only one, as is the case in all other species which have been as yet investigated microscopically. One of these tubes is large and is the main conduit of the secretion of the gland ; the two other tubes are equal in size to each other, but very much smaller than the main tube. The smaller tubes retain their distinctness from the larger tube until near the external orifice, though still remaining enclosed within the same muscular sheath. Just before the external aperture 172 ON WORMS OF THE GENUS PERICH ATA. [Feb. 16, they fuse with the larger tube, and all these open by a common orifice. Traced in the reverse direction, one of the two smaller tubes was found to communicate with a separate lobe of the branched atrium. Whether this was or was not the case with the second of the two smaller tubes, I am not able to say. These facts are of interest in relation to the structure of the terminal portion of the male efferent apparatus in Pericheta ceylonensis, a species which I described some years ago. Pericheta ceylonensis differs from all other species of the genus in possessing two glandular bodies on each side in the xvilith seg- ment. One of these is a lobed atrium like that of Pericheta in general, but with a straight instead of a curved muscular duct; the other is a tubular gland like the atria of Acanthodrilus. Unfortu- nately I have not been able to ascertain with which of these two glandular appendages the vasa deferentia communicate. It seems to me that in this Pericheta there is a commencing separation of each atrium into two halves which culminates in Pericheta ceylonensis. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate IX. . Pericheta morrisi. Nat. size. . Pericheta dyeri. Nat. size. . Pericheta sinensis. Nat. size. . Pericheta sumatrana (?). Nat. size. Genital segments of Pericheta sinensis. 9, oviducal pore; <4, atrial pore; p, genital papillz. The segments axe numbered, those of clitel- lum in roman numerals. 6, 7. Genital segments of Pericheta barbadensis, two varieties; letters as above. 8. Genital seyments of Pericheta dyeri; letters as above. OU Co bo PuatTE X., Fig. 1. Pericheta dyeri, a portion of intestine and dorsal vessel showing septal glands. D.V., dorsal vessel; Jnz., intestine; Sp7., inter- segmental septum ; g/., septal glands. 2. Pericheta sinensis, mulberry-shaped glands (p.g.) corresponding to papillee. 3. Pericheta sinensis, a portion of contents of spermatheca in fresh condition. 4, Pericheta sinensis, a spermatheca drawn in the fresh condition. sp., spermatheca ; d., diverticulum. 5. Pericheta mauritiana. Spt., septum between segments xii./xiii. ; Spt.', septum between segments xiil.)xiv.; 7.0., receptacula ovorum ; ov., ovary ; f., funnel of od., oviduct. 6. Pericheta mauritiana. N., nerve-cord; v.d., vas deferens; az¢., mus- cular part of atrium; p.g., glands corresponding to papille. 7, 8. Pericheta sinensis, vascular plexus from spermathecal appendix. 1892.] ON HALIAETUS PELAGICUS AND H. BRANICKII. 173 5. On Specimens of Haliaetus pelagicus and H. branickii now living in the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg. By Hzrnricu Borav, Ph. D., Director of the Hamburg Gardens, C.M.Z.S. [Received February 6, 1892. ] On Dee. 12th, 1882, we received as a present from Capt. Haveker a very fine specimen of Haliaetus pelagicus, the Giant Sea-Eagle, which he had brought from the Amur River in Eastern Asia. This bird is still in our possession, and is, I believe, the first of the species that has ever been received alive in Europe. On Feb. 6th, 1887, a second specimen of a giant Haliaetus from Eastern Asia was presented by Capt. B. Dethlefsen, who had brought it from Corea. This bird was so much like the first one—except especially in the want of the white patch on the shoulders—that I long thought it a young of Haliaetus pelagicus. 1 expected it would get the white shoulder- patches after some time and turn out to be a true H. pelagicus; but year after year elapsed and no change took place. Last summer, when Dr. R.. Bowdler Sharpe visited our Gardens, I told him about our birds and communicated to that excellent ornithologist my observations about our Corean bird. A short time after, Dr. P. L. Sclater asked me about our two Haliaeti and directed my attention to the new species Haliaetus branickii of Taczanowski, described in his “ Liste supplémentaire des Oiseaux recueillis en Corée par M. Jean Kalinowski”’ (P. Z.S. 1888, p. 451). I compared my bird with the description given by Taczanowski, and was at once convinced that our Corean bird belongs to the new species. I now send for exhibition exact figures of our two birds, carefully taken from life, and the following short descriptions of them. The Corean Sea-Eagle (Haliaetus branichit) is of a deep dull slaty- black colour, which inclines to brown only in certain reflexions of light ; the streaks of the feather-shafts on the neck are somewhat lighter. The upper and under tail-coverts, the shoulders, and the thighs are black, and only the tail is white. The bill is not very different from that of Haliaetus pelagicus except in colour. The bill and feet of H. Granickii are less yellow than those of the other species. The Giant Sea-Eagle (H. pelagicus) is decidedly brown-black ; besides it is at once to be distinguished from 4. branickii by its shoulder-patches, thighs, and upper and under tail-coverts being white, so much so that the whole hinder part of our beautiful bird is of a white colour. The iris of H. pelagicus is pale yellow, that of H. branickit of the same colour, but many delicate streaks make it somewhat darker. In both species the margin of the upper eyelid is bare and yellow hike the bill; but in Z. ‘branichii the bald’ streak is more distinct than that of H. pelagicus. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XIII. 13 174 ON THE EXPEDITION UP THE RIO PILcoMAYO. [Mar. 1, In the plumage of the lores our birds are not quite so different as would appear from Taczanowski’s description above referred to; probably these differences vary according to age or sex. Both our birds have the lores delicately feathered, but the bristle-feathers of H. branickii are lighter than those of H. pelagicus. H. pelagicus and H. branickii are the largest of all the Eagles. Both our birds live, together with many other Eagles and birds of prey, in a large cage of our Hagle-house. When at rest they are generally to be seen sitting close together; their cry is in corre- spondence with their giant size, much louder and more penetrating than that of all the other Kagles. March 1, 1892. Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1892 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 84, of which 37 were by presentation, 7 by birth, 30 by purchase, 4 were received in exchange, and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 75. Amongst these special attention is called to the following :— 1. Two Short-winged Tyrants (MJachetornis rizosa), purchased Feb. 15. These are the first examples of this bird that have reached us. 2. A female Beatrix Antelope (Oryx beatriz) from Arabia, presented by Lt.-Col. Talbot, Feb. 18. The pair of this Antelope presented by Col. Ross in 1890 being still alive, the receipt of another female makes a very acceptable addition to our series. Mr. J. Graham Kerr gave a short account of the late Captain John Page’s expedition up the Rio Pileomayo, which he had accompanied as Naturalist upon the recommendation of the Council of this Society. Leaving England in the summer of 1889, Mr. Kerr spent some months studying the Zoology of the Pampas. In January of 1890 he left Buenos Aires in the steamship ‘ Bolivia,’ which had been specially constructed for the expedition, and after several weeks spent on the Parand, and a short preliminary trip up the Bermejo River, entered the Pilcomayo in March of 1890. Rapid progress was made for the first few days—the river being, although intensely tortuous, comparatively broad and unobstructed. The banks were here covered with thick and almost impenetrable forests, chiefly of small scrubby trees, and characterized by a great paucity of animal life. The most conspicuous mammals were :—the Caraya Monkey (Mycetes caraya), troops of which were to be seen in the trees by the river-side ; the Mirikind (Myctipithecus trivirgatus), of which some half a dozen specimens were killed ; the Tapir (Tapirus americanus), the tracks of which were to be seen in all directions ; ie PAS Ween (PLC . Berjeau & Highley del.et ith. NEW. OPH Wo EiOonD Ss % Hanhart imp. DAS WSg2 el MM. Benjeau& Highlay delet hth. Hanharb imp. NEW OPHIUROIDS . 1892. ] ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 175 two species of Deer—Cariacus paludosus, frequenting the open marshy spots, and Cariacus simplicicornis, inhabiting the woods; and two Peccaries (Dicotyles torquatus and D. labiatus). Of Carnivora, the Jaguar was the most frequently seen; the Puma being equally abundant but less conspicuous, owing to its inhabiting the open campo. In the waters of the river near the mouth an Otter (Lutra paranensis) was abundant. As the expedition proceeded farther up the Pilcomayo, the channel became narrower, and a great fall in the level of the water taking place, progress became much obstructed. Still, however, the ‘ Bolivia’ struggled to get onward, but eventually came to a full stop about 300 miles from the mouth of the river, in the midst of a parched and salt-saturated country, consisting almost entirely of open campo, in which animal and vegetable life of all kinds was marked by extreme poverty and lack of variety. The greater part of the men here deserted, the leader and the doctor both died; and the remainder, numbering nine in all, after a detention of over four months, were ultimately rescued by a military search-party sent out by the Argentine Government. Mr. Kerr was compelled to leave the steamer ‘ Bolivia’ in the Pilecomaye, and with it the greater part of his collections. The more portable portions—the bird-skins and the plants—were brought off on mule-back. The birds have been worked out, and an account of them has been published in the ‘Ibis’ for January 1892; while the Botanical collections are being investigated at Kew. In illustration of his remarks, Mr. Kerr exhibited a series of 14 views taken from his own negatives, representing the progress of the expedition, and the life of the district traversed by it. The following papers were read :— 1. A Contribution to the Classification of Ophiuroids, with Descriptions of some new and little-known Forms. By F. Jerrrey Beir, M.A., Sec. R.M.S. (octet February 15, 1892.] (Plates XI. & XII.) The Calycinal Plates of a young Ophiuroid, p. 175. The Classification of Ophiuroids, p. 176. . Account of Ophioteresis elegans, g. et sp. n., p. 178. . The Subdivisions of Ophiuroids, p. 179. The Relation of Ophioteresis to Fossil Forms, p. 182 . The Radial Shields of Ophiomaza obscura, p. 182. . Ophiobyrsa hystricis, p. 183. WT OUR Oo LOE 1. Tur CALYCINAL PLATES OF A YOUNG OPHIURID. Among the valuable collections recently made by Messrs. J. J. Walker, R.N., and P. W. Bassett-Smith, R.N., of H.M.S.‘ Penguin’*, 1 Forwarded to the British Museum through the Hydrographer. L3* 176 PROF, F. JEFFREY BELL ‘ON THE [ Mar. 1, on the north-west coast of Australia, are a number of young Echinoderms; in many cases it is not possible to assign them a definite specific place, but to the morphologist they will offer charms less patent to the systematist. Among them there is an Ophiurid which is remarkable for the large size of what are now generally regarded as the plates of the calycinal area, and which my lamented friend P. Herbert Carpenter in his valuable essay * called respectively centro-dorsal, under-basals, and radials. These plates are so well marked that it is quite im- possible for the most sceptical to regard them as anything else than the components of a vestigial calyx, and I think their relations to the rest of the organism are perhaps better shown in the drawing given herewith than in any previously published figure of an Ophiurid (Plate XI. figs. 6, 7). It is certain that the specimen is the young of a species of Pectinura or of some form closely allied to that genus. 2. CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. Since the year 1867, when Dr. Lyungman” published his still valuable classification, no serious attempt has been made to classify the Ophiuroidea, and it is possible that some doubts remain as to the relations of the genera that compose that class ; the question whether the simple-armed Ophioderma or the much-branched Astrophyton has the more archaic characters is one which systematists have neither asked nor answered. The majority of naturalists would probably confess that their impression was that the many-branched forms had succeeded those with simple arms. At any rate all are agreed that there are two equivalent orders or groups—the Ophiure and the Euryale of Johannes Miller, the Ophiuride and Astrophytide of Theodore Lyman; if these two groups are really sharply separated from one another, it will follow that we must look upon one as derived from the other and now separated from it by the disappearance of the connecting-links, or » we must suppose that they had long ago a common ancestor and have since been evolved along distinct*lines; the latter is the view adopted by Prof. Haeckel in his ‘Generelle Morphologie.’ Mr. Lyman, though retaining the bifid division of the class, recognizes the resemblance of some of the Ophiuride to the Astro- phytidee, for his “group m1.” is called ‘‘ Astrophyton-like Ophi- urans.”” One striking point in which Sigsbeia and Hemieuryale, for example, two members of the group, resemble Astrophyton is the power of rolling their arms. And the function has a corresponding similarity of structure. In most brittle-stars the “several ossicles of the arm have a certain power of movement on one another, but this is limited by the development of processes and pits analogous to the zygosphenes and zygantra of the Ophidian vertebree. In such * Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. xxiv. (1884) pp. 1-28. * Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. xxiii. (1867) p. 303. 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 177 Ophiuroids, however, as are, like Astroschema, capable of twisting or twining their arms round a straight Gorgonian, the saddle-shaped faces are well developed, but the limiting pits and processes are absent” *. The former plan of structure may be spoken of as zygospondyline and the latter as streptospondyline; there can be no doubt that the latter is the simpler, and there is much evidence to support the view that this simplicity is archaic and not second- arily acquired. For example, no Astrophytid, all of which exhibit the streptospondyline type, has the investiture of the central arm- ossicles differentiated into upper, lower, and side arm-plates; the madreporites are inconstant in number and position, and pedicellariz, never known among Ophiurida, may be present. If the possession of streptospondyline ossicles is an archaic character in the Astrophytide, it is so also in the Ophiurids. Have any of them other archaic characters? Ophioscolex has no upper arm-piates ; Neoplav has a single, complete, upper arm-plate ; species of Ophiomyxa have or have not arm-plates, which, when present, may be in two pieces; the tentacle-scales, which are so characteristic of most Ophiurids, are wanting from Ophiomyza and Ophiobyrsa, are small and single in Neoplaz, small and narrow in Ophiochondrus ; the teeth and teeth-papillee of Ophiobyrsa are spiniform ; and the teeth-papillee are wanting in Ophiomyxa, Ophio- chondrus, Sigsbeia, and Hemieuryale. Such a combination of characters points to the forms just men- tioned as the simpler of the class; they might have led to the vegetatively multiplying Gorgon’s-head or to the more highly differentiated Ophiothriz. Before coming to any definite opinion, let us consider the value of the evidence of the calycinal plates. But little is known of the development of any streptospondyline Ophiurid ; indeed, all that we do know is, I think, contained in one passage in Mr. Lyman’s ‘Challenger’ Report. There we read of the young Gorgonocephalus (p. 252): “ Above there is in the centre a group of six or seven primary plates, each encircled by a superimposed line of grains.” Later. on, the ‘‘disk-plates” become obliterated. Mr. Lyman’s observations show that there is no regularity of the plates, which, as he calls them primary, we may suppose to be the representatives of the calycinal plates of recent Echinoderm Morphology. But, after all, this is what may well be expected ; now that we are, as I hope, delivered from the theory of the pelmatozoic* origin of the Echinoderms, we may go a step further and recognize, as the Cystidea teach us to do, that the calyx did not appear at once with all the diagrammatic regularity that it has retained during the manifold changes in name that its parts have suffered. It is, then, among those Cystid-like forms in which a definite pentamerous arrangement was not permanently established * that we must seek for the ancestor of the Ophiurid. At present, palzeonto- 1 Bell, Comp. Anat. & Physiology, p. 316. * See Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. (1891) pp. 206 ez seg. * Cf. Bather, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. 1889, p. 166. 178 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [ Mar. 1, logists have no form known to them which gives any certain indication of Ophiurid affinities. The considerations which I have urged will perhaps induce the student to regard the streptospondyline type as earlier than the zygospondyline. I have now to show how that type 1s modified. Mr. Lyman has shown how the “ Astrophyton-like Ophiurans eH make an attempt to acquire the saddle-shaped ossicle of the Astro- phytidze ; we have among the several genera various modifications of the type which is seen at its simplest in Ophioéeresis. 3. ACCOUNT OF OPHIOTERESIS ELEGANS. Among the specimens collected by Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ while in the waters of the Western Indian Ocean, were some examples of a remarkable Ophiurid, the explanation of the structure of which was quite unattainable at the time when I was engaged in preparing a portion of the Report published by order of the Trustees of the British Muséum, under the editorship of Dr. Ginther, F.R.S. Description of the General Appearance of a Specimen. This form is particularly elegant in appearance, owing to the green colour of the upper surface of the arms and the margins of the disk, and the ornamentation by light, wavy, meandering lines of ‘the central portion of the disk with its dark background. Below, the colour is pale yellow, except in the interradial portions of the disk, which are dark, and marked by white wavy lines. The contour of the disk, which is of moderate size in proportion to the arms, is more or less distinctly pentagonal ; the regularity of the disk is, no doubt, due to the large size of the radial shields. These, however, are not apparent from the outer surface, for, like all the rest of the animal, they are enclosed in a thick softish skin. The oval slits are pro- vided with teeth and tooth-papillee, but there are no mouth-papille. The arms twist and coil on themselves; at their sides the spines form mere papilliform projections, owing to the fact that their bases are encased in the thick investing skin; on the middle line of their lower surface there is a distinct groove. Anatomical Details. Since the publication of Mr. Lyman’s ‘ Challenger’ Report, in which so many valuable figures were given of the characters of the ossicles of which the arms of various species of Ophiuroids are made up, every student of the group turns first to an examination of these parts of the skeleton. Those of Ophioteresis are particularly interesting from the ex- tremely generalized condition which they present. As will be seen from the drawings (figs. 4 and 5, Plate XI.), the recesses on the adoral side of the ossicle are excessively shallow, and, in correspondence with that, the articulating elevations on the aboral side are very slight and inconspicuous. But, at the same time, it is to be noted that 1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS, 179 the saddle-shaped face of the Astrophytid ossicle is not seen here ; we have merely a generalized Ophiurid ossicle, without knobs or pits. The most remarkable character of this Ophiurid (see Plate XI. figs. 3 and 4) is the complete absence of a ventral plate; no other existing brittle-star is known to want this plate. The upper plates are definitely double, and the side-plates, instead of lying flat against the side of the central ossicles, are wider than long and stand out from the sides of the arm. The radial shields are very large and extend almost to the centre of the disk ; they have the form of right- angled triangles, the hypothenuses of which face, but do not touch, one another ; there are no other plates on the surface of the disk. It is necessary to form a new genus for this form, which may be called Ophioteresis *. Definition of the Genus and Species. Ophioteresis is a streptospondyline Ophiurid in which the cover- ing-plates of the arms are double above, wanting below, and wedge- shaped at the sides; the radial shields are well developed, and there are ordinary teeth and teeth-papille. Ophioteresis elegans has the disk more or less distinctly pentagonal, of moderate size; arm-spines five. Elegantly coloured, the upper surface of the arms and the margins of the disk green, the central portion of the disk dark, with an irregular pattern of meandering white lines; interradial portions of lower surface of disk dark, with white lines; the rest of the lower surface yellow. Hab. Seychelles, 4-12 fms. In coll. B. M. From this simple form differentiation would seem to have preceded along two lines ; there has been an increase in complexity of articu- lation, associated with the fixation of certain ossicles and spines, or there has been vegetative repetition and branching with a more primitive inconstancy and irregularity of anatomical characters. Around the primitive stock some forms—those which Mr. Lyman calls the ‘‘ Astrophyton-like Ophiurans’””—have remained, such as Ophioscolex, Ophiobyrsa, Neoplax, and Ophioterests. 4. Tur SUBDIVISIONS OF OPHIUROIDS. It will perhaps be found convenient to give distinctive names to the three groups; for brevity’s sake I add here the definition of Ophiuroids which I ventured to publish last September °. The Ophiuroidea are caliculate, actimogonidial, eleutherozoic, azygopodous Echinoderms, in which there is no distinct arnbulacral groove. The “arms” are sharply marked off from the disk, are very rarely more than five in number, and are sometimes elaborately branched. The digestive system, which is aproctous, and the gene- rative are confined to the area of the disk, as is also the specialized respiratory apparatus, which takes the form of deep clefts. The Streptophiure are Ophiurids in which the ambulacral 1 Trpnots, alertness. 2 T.¢, ps 214. 180 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [Mar. 1, ossicles articulate with one another by means of a more or less simple ball-and-socket joint; the covering plates are more or less regularly developed as superior, inferior, and two lateral, the last of which bear spines. The Astrophiure (s. Cladophiuree) are Ophiurids in which the ambulacral ossicles articulate with one another by means of hour- glass-shaped surfaces, and are covered by granular deposits in the thick integument ; the arms may be simple or branched repeatedly. The Zygophiure are Ophiurids in which the movement of the ossicles on one another is limited by the development of lateral processes and pits ; superior, inferior, and lateral spine-bearing plates are always developed as a covering for the arms, which are always simple, and incapable of coiling round straight rods. The Streptophiure. The following facts justify the vagueness of the definition offered. S . Upper arm-plates: absent in Ophiomyxa vivipara, double in O. pentagona, of several pieces in O. flaccida; double in Ophioteresis ; in Hemieuryale a mosaic of small plates; single but incomplete in Neoplaz. (3. Under arm-plate: absent from Ophioteresis, alone among existing Ophiuree. y. Tentacle-scales: absent from Ophiomyxa, Neoplax, and Ophiobyrsa. 6. Tooth-papille: absent from Sigsbeia, Hemieuryale, Ophiochon- drus, and Ophiomyxa. e. Radial shields are small and short in Ophiobyrsa, small and irregular in Ophiomyxa, rather large in Ophioteresis, large in Hemieuryale, and very large in Sigsbeia; on the other hand, they are absent from Neoplax. The order in which the genera just mentioned should stand to one another is a question which cannot be discussed now, nor can that of the relation, clearly enough marked in many points, between the Streptophiurze and the lowest of the Zygophiure: the “articulating peg” in Ophioscolex is described as minute; it, Ophiambix, Ophio- sciasma*, Ophiogeron*, Ophiohelus*, and Ophiotholia have no upper arm-plates, while in Ophiomyces they are, if present, minute ; in the three genera marked with an asterisk the arm-ossicles retain the embryonic character of being nearly divided into two. In addition to the genera placed under the “ Astrophyton-like Ophiurans” of Mr. Lyman—Ophiobyrsa, Ophiomyxa, Ophiochon- drus, Hemieuryale, and Sigsbeia—to which, of course, must be added Neoplax, I would place in the Streptophiuree the genera Ophio- myces, Ophiotholia, Ophiohelus, Ophiosciasma, Ophiambix, and Ophioscolex. Mr. Lyman says of Ophioblenna, which he places next to Ophio- scolex, ‘Of its skeleton I am quite ignorant.” I applied, therefore, to Dr. Liitken, who has charge of the only known specimens, and he 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 181 most kindly informs me the arm-ossicles remind him most of those of Ophiothrix and Ophiacantha. The Streptophiurze may be thus arranged :— A. No under arm-plates ...... 1. Ophioteresis. B. Under arm-plates imperfect.. 2. Ophiosciasma. C. Under arm-plates moderate or well developed. a. No upper arm-plates. I. No radial shield .. 3. Neoplax. - Ophiohelus. Ophiotholia (2). Or 2 co co ry Il. Radial shields presen Ophioscole«. - Ophiambix. Ophiogeron. Ophiobyrsa. 10. Ophiomyxa (pars). {. Upper arm-plates minute or formed of scattered plates. Il. Ophiomywa (pars). 12. Ophiomyces. 13. Ophiochondrus. 14. Hemieuryale. 15. Sigsbeia. ODS It will be gathered that I regard the simple-armed Astrophiurze as the more archaic, and I propose, therefore, an arrangement of the genera which is altogether different from that of Mr. Lyman :— A. Arms simple. ieDiskelanee, < ./sge ce 1. Astrotoma. 2. Astronya. 3. Astrochele. ii. Disk moderate (about one-tenth of the length of the AIS) yo) cats ens Ae 4. Astrogomphus. 5. Astroporpa. ii. Disk small, even very small. 6. Ophiocreas. 7. Astroschema. 8. Astroceras. B. Arms branch a few times near their free ends. 9. Trichaster. 10. Astroclon. 11. Astrocnida. C. Arms branch much and from near their base, 12. Huryale. 13. Gorgonocephalus. 14, Astrophyton. These three groups (A, B, ard C) correspond to the subfamilies of Ljungman—Astronycinz, Trichasterinze, and Gorgonocephaline ; and the fact that it should be so, notwithstanding the multiplication almost by three of the genera of Astrophiuree since 1866, is another 1§2 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE [ Mar. 1, proof, if more were needed, of the acumen of the distinguished naturalist who proposed them. For the Zygophiurans assistance in classification will be gained from Ljungman’s well-known work *, and the families may be dis- posed thus :— I. Arm-incisures on the disk. : 1. Ophiodermatide. a. No dental papillae < 2. Ophiolepedide. | II. Arms inserted on ventral surface of disk. i 3. Amphiuride. I. Oral papille present. 4. Ophiocomde. II. No oral papillee. 5. Ophiothricide. @. Dental papille. 5. Tne RELATION oF OpHIOTERESIS TO Fossit Forms. Zittel places in the suborder Euryalez (= Cladophiure) the genera Onychaster and Eucladia, of which he says (Handb. d. Pal. p. 444) that they are “die einzigen fossilen Formen, welche mit einiger Sicherheit zu den Euryaliden gestellt werden kénnen.” But Eucladia, as described by Dr. Woodward (Geol. Mag. 1869, p. 241), has the madreporite on the abactinal surface, whereas all Ophiuroids have that plate actinal in position. As I purpose to confine myself for the present to the Ophiuroids, I need not discuss what is the exact systematic position of Hucladia, beyond urging that it should be recognized as a form which cannot be placed in the group Ophiuroidea, as now recognized. Onychaster has the granular investment which is now found only in Astrophiuroids, but the articular surface of the arm-ossicles appears to be rather on the Streptospondyline than the Astrophiuroid (hour- glass-shaped) type. Teniaster (Billings, Geol. Surv. Canada, Canadian Organic Re- mains, dec. iil. p. 80) and Protaster (Forbes, Mem. Geol. Surv. U. K., dec. i. pl. iv.) are examples of a group of which the most salient known fact is the absence of ventral arm-plates. I have no information as to the character of the faces of their arm-ossicles ; but, as the arms of both are flexible, I have no doubt that their proper place is with the Streptophiure. 6. THe RapiaL SHIELDS OF OPHIOMAZA OBSCURA. In his description of this species Herr Ljungman (op. cit. p- 333) says, “in dorso scutis radialibus maximis gibboso-carinatis.”’ So far as I can discover, this species has not been seen by any subse- quent student of the group, and no figure of this very interesting species has been published. Its discovery by Mr. Bassett-Smith off the N.W. coast of Australia (Bassett-Smith Bank, 9 fathoms) extends its geographical range, as the type was taken off Singapore. The figure which is now given 1 Op. cit. 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF OPHIUROIDS. 183 (Plate XII. fig. 1) shows very well the definite carination of the radial shields ; the term carination has been and is applied to keels varying so much in depth that it is difficult to gauge how slight or how great it may be in any particular case. Herr Ljungman says ‘ Brachia longitudine diametrum disci ter haud eequantia,” but in the specimen before me the proportions are nearly 5 to 1 ; I cannot suppose that this difference is of specific value. 7. OPHIOBYRSA HYSTRICIS. The largest Streptophiurid found within the British area is the species so named by Mr. Lyman. Readers of Sir Wyville Thomson’s ‘Depths of the Sea’ will remember that (on p. 123) there is a brief account of “‘a very large Ophiurid with thick arms, upwards of three decimetres long, and a large soft disk resembling that of Ophiomyxa, to which genus it seems to be allied. ‘The specimens which have been hitherto procured are scarcely sufficiently perfect to allow of its being thoroughly worked out.’ ‘There is not complete concordance between these measurements and that of Mr. Lyman, who gives the length of the arm as 187 mm.; as the diameter of the dise is 20 mm., the total spread would be very nearly four deci- metres. Among the specimens collected by the Rev. W. Spotswood Green during the dredging-expedition of the ‘ Flying Fox’ off the S.W. coast of Ireland was one example of this species; it is a good deal broken and was, most unfortunately, dried. The figure, however, now given of it (Plate XII. fig. 2) will give a good idea of its general appearance. The diameter of the disk is 35 mm., and the arms must have been at least 310 mm.long. As Thomson states that the specimens he obtained were in a bad condition, it is not improb- able that he did not preserve his largest but merely noticed its size. Mr. Green dredged this example in 315 fathoms ; the ‘ Porcupine’ found specimensin 345 fathoms. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XT, . Ophioteresis elegans, nat. size. . Disk and arms from above, to show the large radial shields, x 8. . The same from below, x 8. . Aboral surface of arm-ossicle, to show the double dorsal plates, the simplicity of the articular cavities (@), the absence of a covering plate to the ventral surface of the ossicle, the form and position of the side arm-plates (/), and the position of the spines. x 24. 5. Adoral surface of arm-ossicle, to show the double dorsal plates (¢) and the simple articulating convexities. 6. General view of a young Pectinura, to show the preponderating size of the calycinal plates, x 2. . Disk of the same x 8, to show the form and character of the calcyinal plates. Fig. We Cobo eS ~I Pruate XII. Fig. 1. Ophiomaza obscura, upper surface of disk, to show the carinated radial shields, x 2. 2. Ophiobyrsa hystricis, from below, nat. size. 3. The same from above, nat. size. 184 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [Mar. 1, 2. Description of an Abnormal Earthworm possessing Seven Pairs of Ovaries. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London’. [Received February 29, 1892.] (Plate XIII.) Abnormalities affecting the genitalia of the Earthworm are of un- frequent occurrence, and, when such variations occur, they, as a rule, only affect accessory structures like the spermathecze and seminal vesicles, not essential ones such as the genital glands. One or two cases have, however, been put upon record in which the genital glands were themselves affected, although these variations were but slight ones. One case is described by Benham’, in which the ovary of the right side was situated on the 12th somite; this might at first sight appear to be a simple shifting forward of the ovary, especially as the oviduct and the posterior termination of the vas deferens of that side are also displaced on to the segment in front of that on which they are normally situated. But when compared with the specimen which I now propose to describe it would appear more piobable that the right ovary of Benham’s specimen does not correspond with the normal one, but is rather a fresh structure altogether. Bergh® has also described three abnormal specimens, viz. two L. turgidus and one L. purpureus, which are of great interest in having undergone an actual reduplication of the ovaries, being possessed of an additional pair on segment 14, the normal ovaries being present as usual on segment 13. The above-cited cases are, as far as I can ascertain, the only re- corded cases of variations in the position and number of the ovaries in Lumbricus. The specimen which forms the subject of the present communi- cation was a large, well-developed common Earthworm (Allolobo- phora, sp. inc.), possessing a well-marked clitellum; it was killed early in November, in which month the genitalia are generally but poorly developed. With the exception of the ovaries the genital organs were quite normal. On the removal of the alimentary canal one immediately noticed a number of small pear-shaped bodies (Plate XIII. fig. 1, ov.-7) project- ing backwards from the mesenteries of the segments 11-17. These paired bodies are situated one on either side of the longitudinal nerve- cord, and attached to the posterior face of the mesenteries by their expanded bases, while their apices project back freely into the cavities * Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howss. 2 * “Note on a couple of Abnormalities,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6th series, vol. vii. (1891) p. 256. * “Ueb. d. Bau u. d. Entwicklg. d. Geschlechtsorg. d. Regenwurmer,” Zeitschr, fiir wiss. Zool, 1886, vol. xliy. p. 303. P.Z.5.1892. Plate XII. SHUe r.0 ovd, --------- Is 5 1 MEWoodward del. MP Parker hth. West, Newman, imp, Earthworm with supernumerary ovaries. 1892. | AN ABNORMAL EARTHWORM. 185 of the somites. The anterior pair (fig. 1, ov.*) was borne upon the mesentery separating the 11th and 12th somites, and immediately dorsal to the coiled portion of the vas deferens which emerges from the latter segment. This pair is slightly the largest. The 2nd pair (ov.”) is situated on the 13th somite, and has all the typical relations of the ovaries as found in the normal worm; facing them, and piercing the mesentery 13/14, we find a small pair of ovi- ducts (ovd.) with well developed receptacula ovorum (7.0.). Side by side with the latter structures, on the 14th somite, is a 3rd pair (ov.”) of these conical white bodies, slightly smaller than those in front, but resembling them in position and structure. On the 15th somite is situated the 4th pair (ov.*), the members being smaller, of unequal size, and no longer exhibiting the free tapering apex so characteristic of the anterior ones. The 5th, 6th, and 7th pairs of these bodies (ov.’, ov.”, and ov.") lie respectively on the 16th, 17th, and 18th somites, and show a marked decrease in size; they are relatively rounder and less regularly developed, the members of each pair being often unequal in size; further, those on the 17th somite are slightly larger than the corresponding ones on the 16th. A rough examination with a hand-lens while the worm was still fresh showed that the free ends of these structures were composed of a number of large rounded cells, which at once suggested ova, especially as the pair of these bodies on the 13th somite possessed all the relations of the typical ovaries of the normal worm. The specimen was subsequently clarified in glycerine, and subjected to a microscopic examination, which entirely confirmed the last ob- servation. ach of these bodies consisted of a number of rounded cells, smaller at the broad end, and becoming larger and rounder at the free end, the tapering apex being composed of a single row of these large cells (Plate XIII., ov.'~ov.*, 0.), in each of which can be seen a large round nucleus and one or two nucleoli. A comparison with the ovaries of a typical worm shows that the anterior pairs of these structures can in no way be distinguished from them, either in structure, position on their segments, or in shape. The four posterior pairs (fig. 2, ov.°—ov."), however, rather resemble the ovaries of a very young or immature worm, being rounder and smaller, composed of smaller cells, and only showing one or two large round cells so characteristic of the adult ovary, while they are entirely destitute of that very characteristic free filamentous termi- nation composed of ripe ova. From the consideration of the above description, together with a comparison of the figures given, there can be no doubt that each pair of these 7 cell-masses is the serial homologue of the single pair of ovaries of the normal Earthworm; so that this interesting Specimen, instead of possessing only a single pair situated on the 13th somite, is rich in the possession of seven pairs of ovaries, situated respectively on segments 12 to 18 inclusive. The condition and shape of the three anterior pairs suggests that they have already been functional in the discharge of ova into the body-cavity ; while the four posterior pairs are in a more rudimentary 186 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [ Mar. 1, condition, and possibly have not thus far been functional, although the large size of the cells in some of them does not preclude the possibility of their future maturity. With regard to the oviducts, although the specimen was most carefully dissected and thoroughly examined, only one pair of these ducts was to be seen, and that in the position of the typical single pair of the normal worm: that is, related to the mesentery between the 13th and 14th somites, opening into the body-cavity of the former and on to the exterior on the latter. And neither externally nor internally could any trace of accessory oviducts be discovered. It is interesting to note in Bergh’s* description of the presence of additional ovaries that he, being unable to discover additional oviducts, concluded that the ova from the supernumerary ovaries must necessarily be lost. This might probably be the case with some of the ova, but if many were shed into the body-cavity (as would happen supposing all these ovaries to be functional), it seems possible that some would find their way through the cireum-neural arcade, which puts the various sub- divisions of the body-cavity into communication with one another, aud through which the perivisceral fluid circulates; and, if so, there would seem to be no difficulty in their finding their way into the 13th somite, and then out through the oviducts. Beddard®* has recently shown reason to believe that ‘in Acantho- drilus the genital funnels and a portion at least of the ducts are formed out of nephridia,”’ and though not definitely proved for Lum- bricus, it is probable that they are there formed by a modification of the same process. In view of this it seems strange that an animal so rich in ovaries, and with so much material in the way of segmental organs out of which to fashion oviducts, should have only developed a single pair. Passing from Lumbricus to the allied genera, it is not so rare to find the animal normally possessing two pairs of these glands. Beddard has described a number of such forms. Thus, Perionya* has normally two pairs of ovaries, and is further interesting from the fact that these structures vary in position from the 9th to the 16th segment. Phreoryctes4*©> and Urocheta® possess two pairs of ovaries, situated respectively on segments 12 and 13. Also in Eudrilus', Acanthodrilus’, and Phreodrilus® Beddard finds strong evi- dence for the belief that they also possess an additional pair of ovaries. ' Loe. cit. p. 308, footnote. * “On the Homology between the Genital Ducts and Nephridia in the Oligocheeta,” P, R. S. Lond. 1890, p. 452. * “On a new and little-known Harthworm, with an account of the variations of Perionyx excavatus,’ P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 308. * « Affinities of Phreoryctes,” T. R. 8. Ed. yol. xxxv. p. 629. > “ Reproductive Organs of Phreoryctes,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, i. p. 889 (1888). ee pane Points in the Structure of Urocheta,” Q. J. M.S. n. s. vol. xxix. p. 235. * “On the Anatomy of EHarthworms,” Q. J. M.S. n. s. vol. xxx. p. 421. * “On Phreodrilus,’ T. R. 8, Bd. vol. xxxvi. (1890) p. 287. 1892. ] AN ABNORMAL EARTHWORM. 187 Eisen * in Eclipidrilus has described three pairs of ovaries situated on segments 9, 10, and 11; this statement is challenged by Vejdovky *, who maintains that the Oligocheta possess only a single pair of ovaries which are never found on the segments behind the oviducts (see fig. 1, ov.°-ov."). In like manner the last-named authority would throw doubt on Lankester’s* description of the two pairs of ovaries present in Chetogaster. Among the other genera of the Oligocheta, so far as I am aware, only one pair of ovaries is developed ; this in the Lumbricomorpha is usually situated on the 13th somite. But, as has been just pointed out, at least eight genera may possess more than one pair, and, further, in many forms the ovaries are developed on segments other than the 13th. The following table shows the variation in the position of the ovaries in those forms that possess two or more pairs of ovaries :— SOAS Soneasqdee0 9. | 10.) 11.) 12. | 13. rats 16. | 17. | 18. | | Acanthodrilus ....2..2....| .. BTS RY. x? | x — Bchipidrilus’ 5.0... ....:005- << | x | Xx EU ORUUS noe eachechane ee ee Secale Lumbricusterrestris (2her- | culeus) (normal) ...... eSbual WoGeei hearer Mates LL. herculeus (Benham) ...| ... |... | ... | X LL. purpureus and L. tumi- | dus (Bergh) ............ 58 Allolobophora, sp.? (ab- | TAO) pcoocsoqsosco90506 atau Wee i aereeap4 Perionyx (two pairs | |_ | varying from 9-16). {| | JA ORGOUFUIES So050000050000% eri Peau EX IEVIRIORIGLES: | Bes epepenenccor ads WROGDUEGB coaecescc0cc600008 ag XE IK = eK | x XX xX X From this table it will be seen that within the limits of the Lumbricomorpha the ovaries are found to vary in position from the 9th to the 18th somite, the maximum number thus far known to be developed being seven pairs. In front of these we find in my specimen the two typical pairs of testes developed on segments 10 and 11. As these are without doubt the serial homologues of the ovaries, the genital glands in this worm extend from the 10th to the 18th somites. The genital glands are developed from and under cover of the peritoneal epithelium, on the posterior face of the mesenteries of the genital somites. And when we consider that the mesenteries, from which the germinal epithelium arises, are present for each segment of the body, and, further, that in most of its organs the worm exhibits a marked metamerism, it at once suggests itself that in those forms “cis aL and their Anatomy,” Noy. Act. R. Soc. Sci. Upsala, vol. xi. 2 Syst d. Oligochaeten, p. 144: Prague, 1884. 3 «The Sexual Form of Chetogaster,” Q. J. M.S. n. 8. vol. ix. (1869) p. 272, 188 MR, G. F. HAMPSON ON STRIDULATION [ Mar. I, or individuals possessed of more than one pair of ovaries we have indications of a metameric reduplication of those organs similar to that of the testes in the Hirudinea. A metamerically repetitional disposition of the ovaries is very rare among worms generally ; in fact, itis only met with in the Platyhel- minthes, the Cestoda and the Nemerteans both exhibiting it. Setting aside the Cestoda as highly specialized, we find that the only worms exhibiting the metameric reduplication of the ovaries are certain of the Planarians. Beddard has shown in Hudrilus * that the condition of the oviducts and their accessory structures, to quote bis words, ‘‘ suggests a comparison with the corresponding organs in the Planarians, from which group I am disposed (following Lang) to derive the Annelids.” The facts which I have herein described and tabulated appear to me to justify a belief in the potentially reproductive nature of the individual somites of the Cheetopod body, and to support Beddard’s suggestion above alluded to. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Fig. 1. Abnormal Earthworm (Allolobophora, sp. inc.), dissected to show the genitalia, x 3. The segmental organs and two posterior seminal vesicles removed from the right side. 1-18, the somites; sy.o, the segmental organs; m, the mesenteries ; 7.¢c, the nerve commissures ; s.v, the seminal vesicles; sp, the sper- mathece ; ¢, the testes; f, seminal funnels; v.d, the vas deferens; ov.'-ov.", the ovaries ; ovd, the oviducts; 7.0, the receptacula ovorum. 2. Enlarged drawings of the ovaries from the right side, x 10; drawn with a camera lucida. 0., nearly ripe ova; ov.'—ov.", the seven ovaries. 3. On Stridulation in certain Lepidoptera, and on the Dis- tortion of the Hind Wings in the Males of certain Ommatophorine. By G. F. Hampson, B.A. Oxon. &c. [Received February 1, 1892. | When working at the Indian Moths of the family Agaristide, my attention was drawn by Mr. E. Y. Watson, of the Madras Staff Corps, to the powers of stridulation possessed by the males of Aiigocera tripartita, Kirby, of which he had brought home a long series from Burma. This Moth flies at dusk, and the males produce a loud clicking sound audible at some distance off—click-click-click at intervals of about a second. This led me to investigate the subject in this species and in the only other Lepidoptera known to produce the same sound—certain Butterflies of the genus Ageronia and other allied genera from Brazil. The males of #. tripartita (fig. 1, p. 189) obviously differ from those of all the other species of the genus in the possession of a large patch of hyaline membrane denuded of scales beneath the costa of the fore wing, and this at once suggests itself as being connected + «The Anatomy of Earthworms,” Q. J. M. 8. n. s. vol. xxx. p. 455. 1892. | IN CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA. 189 with the sound produced. When examined with a lens, it is seen that the wing-membrane is dilated so as to produce a large concavity on the underside, the membrane being thrown into deep transverse ridges, strongest immediately below the costa ; and when the wing is cleared of scales it is seen that the costal and subcostal nervures have all been distorted and curved downward, so as to give increased space to the dilated and ridged membrane. ‘The question then arose as to the organ that could be used in combination with this structure to produce the sound. I found that the fore tarsi, instead of being Aigocera tripartita, Kirby. 6. Fore leg and fore wing. simply clothed with scales, or with the paired series of spines along the under surface that are present in many Lepidoptera to give greater power of attachment when settled, had these spines immensely developed all over the upper surface of the tarsi, and that if held extended, instead of folded against the under surface of the body, the usual method of carrying the legs in Lepidoptera during flight, the spined upper surface of the tarsi would be exactly coincident with the ridged under surface of the wing-membrane, so that each stroke of the wings in flight would cause the ridges - to pass sharply over the spines and be quite adequate, 1 think, to produce the clicking sound. The hind tarsi have the ordinary paired spines on the under surface, and I suggest that the fore tarsi can be used to produce the sound, the dilated wing-membrane between the tidges acting as a sounding-board, for which reason it is denuded of scales on both surfaces. The use of the stridulation would be for sexual attraction. In the closely allied genus Hecatesia, from Australia (fig. 2, p. 190), the males have a similar but slightly modified structure ; the costal edge of the fore wing is slightly folded over on the under surface of the wing, and beneath this, and further from the base of the wing than in Ayocera, is a still broader and more dilated area of hyaline wing-membrane; this is longitudinally grooved and thrown into very strong waved ridges on each side of the groove, and in correlation with the different position of the ridged wing-membrane we find that it is the mid tarsi that have the spines strongly developed over the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. MVE 14 190 MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON STRIDULATION [ Mar. 1, upper surface, and I suggest that the longitudinal fold acts as a channel for the targus, the ridges on each side striking against the spines. Mr. E. Meyrick informs me that this insect makes a loud buzzing sound during flight, and the first time he heard it he thought a “ humble-bee”’ was buzzing round his hat; he tells me that the insect during flight swings rapidly up and down in the air, and he thought the vibration of the air on the membrane might account for the sound. ja ving The only other Lepidoptera known to make a similar clicking FHlecatesia fenestrata, Boisd. <. Fore wing. sound are some of the species of Ageronia, e.g. A. feronia, fornax, amphinome, and arethusa, as was first discovered by Darwin during the voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ and confirmed by Wallace, and again by Fritz Miller, who says that he also observed it in Hunica margarita and a small brown butterfly which he could not capture. Darwin says that when a pair of Ageronia feronia were chasing each other they produced a clicking sound similar to that produced by a toothed wheel passing under a spring catch, and that the noise was produced at short intervals and was audible at twenty yards’ distance. Wallace says the noise was never produced by a single specimen, but only when a pair were chasing each other, and he imagined it was in some way produced by the contact of the two insects; but Bigg-Wither noted that the butterfly settled head down- wards with its wings outspread, and that if approached it raised its wings sharply once or twice, producing a whip-like sound, and that it also made the same sound while on the wing. Ed. Doubleday examined the butterfly, and found a small mem- branous sac between the costal and subcostal nervures of the fore wing, with a structure along the subcostal nervure like an Archi- medean screw; he very properly disclaimed this structure being necessarily connected with the sound, and, as Scudder pointed out, these are merely the swollen base of the subcostal nervure found in so many Nymphaline and the tracheal vessel in the nervure. Swinton says that the sound is produced by the costal nervure of the hind wing, which is ridged like a file, being received into and rubbing against a small depression of the fore wing ; but, as Scudder 1892. | IN CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA. 191 again pointed out, this was a structure common to all nervures, and the ribbing of the nervures is always strongest near the base of the wings. Scudder himself suggests that the sound is produced by the small erect scales on the superficies of the two wings that overlap rubbing against each other; but this is obviously inadequate to produce a clicking sound audible twenty yards off, and it is of universal occurrence that in the parts of wings that overlap the scales are short and differently formed, so as to decrease the friction; though the rubbing of the wings one against another might be sufficient to account for the slight rustling or hissing sound made by many of the Vanesside when held close to the ear. Ageronia arethusa, Oram. 6. Base of fore wing and part of thorax. a, pyriform membranous sac attached to fore wing ; 0, chitinous hooks of sac; ce, chitinous hooks of thorax. On detaching and clearing a fore wing of Ageronza arethusa (fig. 3), I found there was a small pyriform membranous sac attached to the base of the inner margin of the fore wing, open anteriorly, and with a pair of curved chitinous hooks with spatulate extremities lying freely in front of it. It was obvious that this could not come into contact with any of the nervures of the hind wing, and that no structure attached to the hind wing could act on it; and as there seemed to be a projection on the thorax in the immediate neighbour- hood, I cleared and denuded of scales a half insect with the wings still attached to the thorax, and could then see under a low power of the microscope that there was a pair of strong chitinous hooks attached to the thorax, and that when the fore wing was moved up and down the spatulate ends of the chitinous hooks attached to the wing played against these, being released when the wing reached a certain angle, and I suggest that this is the cause of the clicking sound, the hooks acting as a tuning-fork and the membranous sac as a sounding-board. In this case the structure exists in both sexes, and we must conclude that there is a mutual wish to attract, and that perhaps it is also used as a means of inspiring fear, in accordance with Bigg-Wither’s 14* 192 ON STRIDULATION IN CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA. [Mar. I, Fig. 4. Patula and Argiva. 9. Hind wing. Patula macrops. 6. Hind wing. Argiva hieroglyphica. 3. Hind wing. 1892.| MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 193 experience. I found the structure to be present in Ageronia Fferonia and arethusa. The other structure to which I wish to draw attention is the dis- tortion of the hind wing found in the males of certain Noctuina of the subfamily Ommatophorine, e. g. Patula macrops and the various species of the genus Argiva, large Moths very common all through the East. Inthe females of both Patula avd Argiva (fig. 4) the neuration is of the ordinary Noctuid character. In the males of Patula (fig. 5) there is a very large glandular fold covered with long, silky, closely matted hairs, and with a tuft of long hairs projecting from it, attached to the costa and folded over on the upper surface of the wing, and one notices that instead of the usual nine emarginations of the outer margin there are only five. But it is not till the wing is denuded of scales that we see the nature of the change that has taken place ; when this is done, we see that instead of vein 8 going to the apex of the wing it is vein 4 that does so, that the functional apex is really the middle of the outer margin, and that the whole costal half of the wing has been transformed into the glandular fold, carrying the nervures with it, perhaps for purposes of nutrition. In the males of Argiva (fig. 6) we find that this has gone one step further ; the fold and glandular patch are very small, but it is vein 3 that goes to the apex and there are only four emarginations of the outer margin, the other veins being represented by small aborted detached fragments near the base. The glandular fold is almost certainly a scent-organ, and I suggest that Argiva once possessed an even larger one than Patula, and that this fold, becoming detrimental or useless to it, either from hindering flight or some other cause, has been aborted, carrying the neuration with it. March 15, 1892. Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :— Report on the Insect-house for 1891. Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited in the Insect-house during the past season :— Silk-producing Bombyees and their Allies. Indian. Attacus atlus. Antherea mylitta. cynthia. Actias selene. perny?. Cricula trifenestra. 194 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [ Mar. 1d, American. Samia cecropia. Hypochera io. Telea polyphemus. Actias luna. promethea. Diurnal Lepidoptera. European. Papilio podalirius. Lycena iolas. machaon. corydon. alexanor. Vanessa levana. maackii. ——- polychlorus. *Sericinus telamon. urtice. Thais polyxena. 10. ¥ cerisyi, var. deyrollet. Argynnis aglaia. * Doritis apollinus. Mehitea cinxia. Farnassius apollo. Melanargia galathea. Anthocharis cardamines. - eupheno. American. Papilio ajax. Papilio cresphontes. asterias. Limenitis disippus. Nocturnal Lepidoptera. Smerinthus ocellatus. Saturnia pyri. tilie. —— carpini. popult. Gonomita postica. Sphine ligustri. Eacles regalis. Deilephila euphorbie. —— imperialis. galit. * Anisota stigma. e niced. * Tricena maxima. > alecto. Of the insects which I have the honour to place before the Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for the first time, viz. :—Papilio maackii and Sericinus telamon from Eastern Siberia ; Thais cerisyi, var. deyrollei, and Doritis apollinus from Syria; Antho- charis eupheno and Deilephila nicea from the South of France; Deilephila alecto from Syria; Anisotu stigma from N. Awerica ; and Tricena maxima from India. The specimens of Deilephila nicea and Deilephila alecto were reared from pupe deposited in the Insect-house by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. The specimen of Tricena maxima is the only one that emerged from several pupz kindly sent by Mr. J. G. Gammie, of Monghoo, Kurseong, near Darjeeling, through Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S. With these pupze many other pupz and cocoons were sent, but I am sorry to say nearly all emerged en route. Amongst those that arrived in good condition were some cocoons of Cricula trifenestrata, from which moths emerged in due course. * Bxhibited for the first time. J. Smit del.et ith, Mintern Bros . mip- ORY CALEOLTIS: 1892. | MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW ANTELOPE. 195 Pairings took place, and for the first time I succeeded in rearing the larvee and obtaining a second brood of this species. The larvee were very handsome and were reared upon whitethorn. I also succeeded in rearing the larvee of Hacles imperialis, and the pupz (3) in the Insect-house are alive and healthy. I had also the larvee of Kacles regalis, but these I did not succeed in rearing. Owing to the cold and wet summer of last year collecting was very difficult, and many species which I have generally easily ob- tained are absent from this list in consequence. Mr. Sclater exhibited a flat skin of the Wild Ass of Somali-land (Hquus asinus somalicus), taken from a specimen shot by Mr. J. D. Inverarity, about fifty miles from Berbera, about eighteen months ago, and made the following remarks :— « Mr. Inverarity has kindly sent me the skin of the Wild Ass of Somali-land (Zquus asinus somalicus), which I now exhibit. It will be observed that the present specimen differs from that previously described and figured (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 542, pl. 50) in having slight shoulder-stripes, as well as a dorsal stripe. The shoulder-stripe on the off side is the more distinct of the two. The general colour of the skin is also not of so deep a grey tint. All the four feet are banded as in the former specimen.” Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited four examples (two males and two females) of Picus richardsi from the island of Tsu-sima in the Straits of Corea, and pointed out that one of them had more white at the tips of the primaries than has yet been found in examples from Corea. As this is the only alleged difference between P. richardsi and P. kalinowskii, the latter name, being the most recent, must be henceforth regarded as a synonym of the former. Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a mounted head of the East- African Antelope hitherto referred to Oryx beisa, Rupp., but which he considered to represent a new species. The specimen described was from the neighbourhood of Mount Kilimanjaro, and had been generously presented to the National Museum by Messrs. Rowland Ward and Co., of Piccadilly. The species was proposed to be called Oryx CALLOTIS, sp.n. (Plate XIV.) Size of O. deisa; horns as in that species, but very slightly curved backwards. Ears long, their tips sharply pointed, and ornamented with a prominent black tuft, the hairs of which are from two to three inches in length. Ground-colour of face between the black markings rich fawn, as dark as the sides of the neck, except just round the muzzle, where the colour is white. Arrangement of mark- ings much as in O. beisa, except that the black line passing through the eye runs further down under the throat and in some specimens, 196 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [Mar. 15, as for example in the type, unites below the ramus of the mandible into that running down from the ear, those of both sides uniting again on the throat. Throat apparently without a tuft. Oryx beisa and O. gazella, the only two species at all allied to O. callotis, both have their ears broadly rounded and quite short-haired at the tips, and both have the ground-colour of the face white, cha- racters which readily separate both of these from the species now described. On the whole O. callotisis more nearly allied to O. bevsa, O. gazella being distinguished from both of them by its throat-tuft, its larger and more widely expanded horns, and the different cha- racters of its face-markings. The type specimen has horns 233 and 22 inches in length, but the horns are frequently much larger. Sir John Willoughby’ says, ‘©The horns of a female measure from thirty to thirty-two inches ; those of the male are thicker, but a few inches shorter.” Mr. Thomas expressed the hope that complete specimens of this handsome inhabitant of the Imperial British East African Company’s territory would soon be obtained for the National Collection. The following papers were read :-— 1. On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West Indies. By C. Brunner v. WarrenwyL and Professor J. REDTENBACHER ’. [Received February 17, 1892. ] (Plates XV.—XVITI.) At the request of the jomt Committee appointed by the British Association and by the Royal Society to investigate the Fauna and Flora of the West Indian Islands, Herr Hofrath Carl Brunner von Wattenwyl has been so good as to undertake the examination of the Orthoptera obtained in the Island of St. Vineent by Mr. H. H. Smith, the riaturalist sent thither by Mr. F. D. Godman, F.R.S., to assist the operations of the Committee. Herr Brunner obtained the help of Prof. J. Redtenbacher, and the present memoir gives the result of their study of the material submitted to them. Herr Brunner, when sending to me the MS. of this paper, re- quested me to write an introductory notice in our own language ; I have complied with his wish with the greater pleasure as giving me an opportunity on behalf of the Committee of publicly thanking him, as well as Prof. Redtenbacher, for the careful study they have made of these insects. I have also been able to supplement * * Hast Africa and its Big Game,’ p. 288 (1889). ® {Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., F.Z.8., on behalf of the Com- mittee for investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West Indian Islands. ] ESE ah ae War \ AN. PZo. 1892. PL iste Mm nT ale. © SUS eS ES ee at 1b {SEN - 1OPTE ORTE PZp 192 Pla AT ie =a se pa a LEONE ANS asus erga ners ee aeGen ao tse: (ESOS ES BOS = raRt (ATS SSS = ST aS SS LASS SS AG 43. wv Redtenbacher del. Th. Banwarth ith.et mp. Vienna CETOP TER ASor SI VINCENT: PZ5. 1892 PL a 14 mw Redtenbacher Jel. Th. Banwarth ith.et mp. Vienne. CIR IUaIOIPIBI SUA for Sir VANCE Ve oi a ? 1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 197 the information given in Latin by Herr Brunner, as to localities at which the species have been observed, by some memoranda communi- cated to me by the collector, Mr. H. H. Smith, to which his initials are appended. The collection numbers in all 62 species, of which 19 appear to be peculiar to the island, 17 of these being here for the first time named and described. All the great divisions of the Orthoptera are represented, and in what may roughly be called the usual proportions, except in one respect, viz. the paucity of Acridiodea. The island appears to be favourable for the existence of Orthoptera, and, as it contains a variety of conditions, the number of species must be looked on as small compared with what would be found in a similarly varied area of equal extent in Central or Tropical America. What the true difference in this respect may be—whether the com- parative poverty of St. Vincent is great or small—I cannot say, as T am not aware that the Orthoptera of any one district of Equatorial or of Central America have been anything like completely worked up. Except in the two points I have just alluded to I do not perceive any points of peculiarity in the Orthopterous fauna of St. Vincent. The proportion of apterous to winged species seems to be about as usual, and the number of cosmopolitan or very widely distributed species is but small. I have drawn up a table in order to display the distribution of the species outside of the island. From this it will be gathered that 29 of the 62 occur in other of the W. Indian Islands, 34 have been found also in South or Central America, 6 exist in N. America, and 3 have a wide distribution. Of the 26 species found in other W. Indian Islands (not including the cosmopolitan forms) the majority occur in Cuba, no less than 20 of the 26 being already known to be found there. There is nothing to indicate that these Orthoptera have been distributed by other means than those that occur in the case of continental regions; and Messrs. Brunner and Redtenbacher make no remarks that would lead us to suppose that they are modified or varietal forms: the species that are known from elsewhere are not alluded to as varieties, and the forms that are described as peculiar are apparently distinguished by characters of normal specific value. In reference to the comparative poverty of the island in species, it might be suggested (by those who take it for granted that the fauna of the island is an entirely derived one) that this poverty is due to the fact that not all the species that could find subsistence in the island have been able to make their way thither. But it appears at least equally probable that the poverty may be due to the re- stricted range that the small area of the island affords to its inhabitants. The paucity of Acridiodea I see no way of comprehending with any certainty; but as this division is not only the most numerous im species elsewhere, but is also the one in which activity is as a 198 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON __ [ Mar. 15, rule greatest, it may be that the restricted range is in their case specially unfavourable. The genus Schistocerca includes two of the six species of St.-Vincent Acridiodea ; and this genus is remarkable as comprising one of the few migratory locusts that at times devastate regions of the Old World; the genus is, however, specially an American one and it is supposed that the S. peregrina, Ol.—the migratory locust I am speaking of—is an American insect that made its way to Africa. It is worthy of note that it is not this Schistocerca with great powers of flight and self-distribution that is found in St. Vincent, but two other species, one of which has a wide distribution in the Antilles and in the contineutal lands adjacent, while the other has been hitherto only found in Cuba, Haiti, and Jamaica, so that both are endemic species of the region in which St. Vincent is situated. The Orthopterous fauna of St. Vincent appears to point out that it is not powers of locomotion that have established certain species in the island and excluded others, for the earwigs, which are remarkable from their very feeble powers of flight, are proportionally better represented in the fauna than the Acridiodea, whose powers of locomotion are notoriously great. Of the nineteen species appearing at present peculiar to the island eleven are apterous, and only eight winged species. It must not, however, be taken for granted that these nineteen species will ultimately prove to be abso- lutely limited to the island of St. Vincent. We may indeed feel pretty sure that some of them will be found in the neighbouring islands, and until these have been explored it would be premature to attach much importance to the fact that the majority of the species peculiar to the island are incapable of flight. It should also be remarked in reference to these nineteen species that most of them appear to be extremely rare, indeed in the case of seven of them only a single specimen of each has been obtained. The most remarkable of these Orthoptera is Diapherodes gigas, the female of which is a gigantic apterous insect, 7 or 8 inches in length. Another of the most interesting of the Orthoptera of the island is the Cyrtophyllus crepitans; this is one of the singing Locustide, allied to the N. American “ Katydids,” and is provided with a powerful musical apparatus. The most abundant Orthopteron appears to be Orphula punctata; this is a comparatively small insect, extremely similar to the Stenobothri that are so numerous in our European fields and commons ; it has, however, no stridulating organ. The common earwig of the island appears to be Anizsolabis janeirensis. (D. S.) 1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 199 List of the Orthoptera of St. Vincent, with Indications of their Distribution outside the Island. i (2 8| 6 | 3 Ss |e Silo | s <1 1g = S| Ss Remarks. &MS/4] 2 2 el tne Oo) 04/4 DERMAPTERA. 1. Labia arcuata, Scud. ............... Oo;+;]01; 0 2. rotundata, Scud. ............ O;+]0)] 0 3. brunnea, Scud. ..............- 46 | © 0 | 0 4, joullclel lary Sent eeesaceeeee eee 0} 0 | + | O |Niagara. 5. Anisolabis janeirensis, Dohrn ...| O | + | O | O |Apterous. 6. Maritima, Bon. ..2:.....0.+--- + | + | + | + |Apterous; intro- duced by com- BLATTODEA. BAeeD . Anaptycta (u. gen.) bipunctulata O | O | O |Three specimens (un. sp.). obtained. . Phyllodromia adspersicollis, S7a/. +|]0 1] 0 . delicatula, Guér. ............ O | O | O |Cuba. 10. Pseudophyllodromia semivitrea| 0 | 0 | O | O |One example only. (n. sp.). 11. Epilampra brevis (n. sp.) ......... O | + | 0 | O |Cayenne. 12. Homalopteryx laminata (n.sp.)..| 0 | O | O | O |Apterous ; rare. 13. Stilopyga antillarum (n. sp.)....., 0 | 0 | O | O |Apterous; one example only. 14. Panchlora viridis, Burm. (?)......) + | + 15. Leucophza surinamensis, Z....... +} + |} + | + |Cosmopolitan. 16. —— madere, Fabr. ............... +} + | + | + |Cosmopolitan. 17. Holocompsa collaris, Burm. ...... +)+)01] 0 18. Paraspheria nigra (n. sp.) ...... 0 | 0 | O | O |Apterous; rare. ManropEa. 19. Musonia surinama, Sauwss.? ...... O | + | O | O |One example. 20. Parastagmatoptera lobipes, n.sp.| 0 | 0 | O | O |One example. PHASMODEA. 21. Phanocles curvipes, n. sp.......... 0 | 0 | O | O |Apterous ; rare. 22. Bacteria cyphus, Westw............. 0) 0 | O | O |Apterous ; rare. a. Inge iencs JUTE) sosncoccesocue: +|]0} 0 Q |Antigua. 24, Diapherodes gigas, Drury......... + | 0 | 0 | O |Guadeloupe. ACRIDIODEA. 25. Orphula punctata, de Geer ...... 0 |} +] 0 | O |Very common, 26. Tettix quadriundulatus, n. sp..... 0 | O | O | O |Qalmost apterous. 27. Vilerna zeneo-oculata, de Geer .... 0 | + | 0 | O 28. Caletes (n. g.) apterus,n.sp. ...| 0 | O | O | O |Apterous ; scarce. 29. Schistocerca pallens, Thunb....... + | 0 | O | O |One example. 30. columbina, Thunbd............. +; +; 0] 0 200 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [Mar. 15, TABLE (continued). : rs] @ \s3-8 = = g5|¢| 8 2) ee BB q jedi e}] & Remarks. yt eal) - Sas mi 6 2024 /|s LocustopBaA. 81. Anaulacomera laticauda, Bruw.... O | + | O | O 32. Microcentrum pallidum, Brun..... + | + | 0 | 0 33. Stilpnochlora marginella, Serv..... + | +1] 0 0 34. Bliastes superbus, n.sp..........-.. | { 0 | O | O |Winged. 35. striolatus, 0. Sp..-.......+.---- 0 | O | O | O |Winged. 36. Cyrtophyllus crepitans, n. sp. .../ 0 | O | O | O |Winged. 37. Copiophora brevicornis, Redt..... 0 | + | 0 | O 38. Conocephalus guttatus, Serv...... i; +/+)}0] 0 39. TAMUUFIOWIS, SGA, Gocacaocecacacs +} 0 |} 0 | O |Cuba. AQ, ——— maxillosus, Habr....2....--. - |} | 0 | 0 41 infuscatus, Scud. ............ aL fit | @ 0 AQ. ——=—= MMI, IEA, soscescoscescose0 +;+) 0 0 48. —— heteropus, Bol. ............... O;+)0) 0 if === MOA OS, MA sos sroodl ae |) Ge | © | © Ab. ---— punctipes, Hed?................ | © | © | Oo AG. surinamensis, edt. ......... O;+]10)0 47, Xiphidium saltator, SIS scocoocoue +/+) 0 0) 48, —— propinquum, Fed7. ......... O|;+)0) 0 49, Pherterus cubensis, de Haan......| +/+/]0)] 0 GRYLLODEA. 50. Gryllotalpa hexadactyla, Perty...| oO} +) 0) 0 51. Scapteriscus didactylus, Zatr. .... + | + O | O 52. Tridactylus minutus, Scud. ...... | 0 | 0 | + | O |Maritime. 58. Anurogryllus muticus, de Geer...) + | + O | O 54, Gryllus assimilis, Wabr............. +) +] + 55. Gryllodes rufipes, n. sp............. 0 | 0 | O | O |Apterous ; unique. 56. Ectatoderus antillarum, n. sp. ..., 0 | O | O | O |Apterous. | 57. Larandus marmoratus, n. sp. .... 0 | 0 | O | O |Apterous ; unique. 58. Endacustes dispar, n. sp. ......... 0 | 0 | O | O |Apterous ; unique. 59. Cyrtoxiphus vittatus, TROYAs soncooase) 22 | © | Oo WO Otte. 60. gundlachi, Sauwss. ............ +/+ 1/0] 0 61. Orocharis gryllodes, Pall. ......... 4} tb |} see | © |Clion. 62. Metrypus luridus, Sauss. ......... +/|0}| 0] 0 I. Ordo DERMAPTERA. (Auctore A. pe Bormans.) Genus Lasta, Leach. 1. L. arncuata, Scudder. Labia arcuatu, Sendd. 1879, A Century of Orthoptera, p. 36 ; Proceed. of the Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. vols. xii.—xx. Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side-—Specimina compluria, collecta sub ligno putrido, stercore, etc. mensibus Januar. et April. in Rich- 1892.| THE ORTHOPLTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 201 mond Valley, 1200'.—Occurrit etiam in Brasilia (Scudd.), Columbia et Peru (coll. Brunner). Also at Chateaubelais, Lot 14 Estate. Kingstown old Botanic garden.—ZH. H. S. 2. L. rorunDaATA, Scudder. Labia rotundata, Scudd. ibidem, p. 42. Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side, prope Kingstown et Richmond Valley 1200'.—Specimina compluria, collecta sub lignis, mensibus Januario et Octobrii—Occurrit etiam in Mexico (Scudd., coll. Brunner). Also at Baronallie ; found on several occasions near the sea.— H. HLS. 3. L. BRUNNEA, Scudder. Labia brunnea, Scudd. ibidem, p. 43. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria.— Occurrit etiam in Cuba (Scudd., coll. Brunner). Found in the forest on the W. slope of the Soufricre at an elevation of 1500 ft., also on Lot 14 Estate.—Z. H. S. 4, L. puLCHELLA, Serville. Forficula pulchelia, Serv. 1839, Hist. nat. des Ins. Orthoptéres, p: 42. Patria: St. Vincent, prope Richmond Valley (1100') et Bow-wood Valley (800').—Specimina compluria, collecta sub lignis, mensibus Decembri, Januario, et Octobri—Occurrit etiam in America septen- trionali, Niagara (Serv.). Genus Antsouasis, Fieber. 1. A. sANEIRENSIS, Dohrn. Forcinella janeirensis, Dohrn, 1864, Monogr. d. Dermapteren, Stettin. ent. Zeit. p. 285. Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side, prope Richmond Valley (1200'), Bow-wood, prope Kingstown.—Specimina numerosa, collecta sub lignis et frondibus, in fruticibus, mensibus Januario et Octobri.— Occurrit etiam in Brasilia, Rio de Janeiro (Dohrn ; coll. Brunner), St. Catharina (coll. Brunner). This is the most abundant earwig in the islands, and was very frequently met with.—ZH. H. S. 2. A. MARITIMA, Bonelli. Forficula maritima, Bon., Gené, 1862, Monograph. Forfic. p. 9. Patria: St. Vincent, prope Bow-wood Valley (800').—Specimina duo juvenilia, collecta in silvis sub lignis putridis mense Octobri.— Species cosmopolitica, indigena in confinibus Mediterraneis ; occurrit etiam in Japan, Haiti, Cayenne, Columbia, Buenos Aires, New Orleans (coli. Brunner). 202 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON _ [Mar. 15, II. Ordo ORTHOPTERA GENUINA. 1. Familia BLATTODEA. (Auctore C. BRUNNER v. WaTTENWYL.) Tribus Ecrosrip2. Genus Anaptyctra, Brunner (gen. nov.). (ava=retro; mrvxrds=plicatus.) Caput magnum. Oculi remoti. Pronotum suborbiculare, postice subtruncatum, latere deflecum. LElytra abdomen via superantia, ves distinctis, vena radiali ramos parallelos in marginem anticum, vena ulnari ramos parallelos im marginem posticum elytri, emitientibus. Ale in modum generis Anaplectee plicate. Femora subtus wnermia. Differt a genere Anaplecta, Burm.: elytrorum vena ulnari ramos pectinatos im marginem posticum emittente, femoribus subtus inermibus. 1. A. prpuncruLaTA, Brunner (n.sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 1.) Parva, colore pallide testacco. Pronotum disco punctis duobus ferrugineis, vix perspicuis, ornatum. Pedes pallidi. Seavus? Long. corp......... ye 7 oat lim: PEG NIP a Gest orate 6 2 By ORNS Se sides ed 2 2 Lat. Fit oe alahibie Se Nahe DA tie Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side.—Specimina tria. Two specimens were beaten from branches, at an elevation of 1000 ft., in the forest above Chateaubelais in September. The third has no locality.—H. H. S. Tribus PHyYLLODROMIUIDA. Genus PHYLLODROMIA, Serv. 1. P. ADSPERSICOLLIs, Stal. Phyllodromia adspersicollis, Stal, 1861, Freg. Kugenies Resa, Zool. v. p. 308. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina presentia com- pluria differunt colore nitido-ferrugineo.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba, Guantanamo (Bolivar), Brasilia (Stal), Mexico (coll. Brunner). Lot 14 Estate: Chateaubelais.—H. H. S. 2. P. pexicaTuua, Guérin. Phyllodromia delicatula, Guérin, Sagra, Hist. de Cuba, 1856, p. 346. Patria: St. Vincent, windward et leeward side.—Specimina com- pluria.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba (Guérin). Lot 14 Estate: Chateaubelais.—H. H. S. 1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 203 Genus PseuDOPHYLLODROMIA, Brunner. Hoc genus in unam speciem Philippinicam instructum, multas species Americanas comprehendit, quarum singulas de Saussure descripsit (Miss. scientif. au Mexique, p. 42). 1. P. semivirrea, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 2.) Caput testaceum, vitta fusca inter oculos signatum. Antenne mgre. Pronotum valde transversum, marginibus lateralibus late hyalino-testacers, disco flavo, vittis duabus longitudinalibus nigris, lyrato-curvatis, necnon vitta breviore media. Elytra hyalino- testacea, venis fuscis, pone medium macula obliqua fusca ornata. Ale hyaline, levissime infumate, venis fuscis, vena ulnart ramos duos in apicem ale emittente. Pedes pallide testacet, fusco-marginati. Abdomen fuscum. Céerci fusci. Lamina supra-analis 2 transversa, leviter rotundata. Lamina subgenitalis 2 rotundato-emarginata. @. Mone nCOnpans sete) 7) millime 9 GEO sone ddones 8 5) 9 [ORONO obodeovnoa LU) Lat. Be +9 be) Ue aio orueon Ont 5 Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimen unicum. Found near Lot 14 Estate in April.—Z. H. S. Tribus EPILAMPRIDA. Genus Errnampra, Burm. 1. E. Brevis, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 3.) Statura minore, colore testaceo. Caput magnum. Antenne testacew. Oculi valde remoti. Vertex infuscatus. Frons pallida. Pronotum caput liberans, totum lave, minutissime Fusco-conspersum, latere deflexo. Elytra in S apicem abdo- mums parum superantia, in Q hoc equantia, minute fusco- conspersa, punctis impressis nullis. Ale hyaline, venis pallide testacers, margine antico testaceo-afflato. Pedes testacei, levis- sime fusco-marginati. Abdomen fuscum. Lamina supra-analis 3 levissime rotundato-emarginata. Lannna supra-analis ° plicata, sed via emarginata. Lanna subgenitalis 3 utringue stylo instructa. SQ. 3 Long. corp............. 20 millim. 23°5 millim. oo DOM Sooo beget) BD a 7] a Lat. 5 OS ERAN TB ee 8°7 <9 Monzselytres. 0: 14.8.1 Ue es 19 Hs Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina compluria.— Occurrit etiam in Cayenne (coll. Brunner). Lot 14 Estate in April.—Z. ZH. S. 204 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [ Mar. 15, Genus HomALopTeryx, Brunner. 1. H. wamrnata, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 4.) Fusco-testacea. Aptera, plana. Pronotum oblongo-semiorbiculare, caput valde superans, supra caput leviter cucullatum, rugulis et granulis rugosum, margine postico, cum segmentis ceteris omnibus, rugulis reqularibus obsito, meso- et metasternum latere in dentem productum. Pedes breves. Segmenia abdomins dorsalia latere in dentem producta. Cerci minimi, pallida, apice ipso mgrt. Lamina supra-anahs 9 triangulariter pro- ducta, apice triangulariter emarginata. Lamina subgenitalis 2 rotundato-producta. @. Larva 3 non differt a feminis, eaceptis meso- et metanoto lobatis, qua dé causa certe imagines alate sunt. Long. corp: Qs). 20) millions Sn MDLOMOG Mela rr eo Be Lat. “0 SAR cule acts has Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina nonaulla, feminze adulte, mares imperfecti—Heec species Homalopterygi capucine, Br. (Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires, p. 196), affinis est. Femine hujus speciei ignote. Lot 14 Estate; Chateaubelais; also in the Forest at an elevation of 2000 ft. in decaying leaves.—H. H. S. Tribus PERIPLANETIDA. Genus StyLopyGa, Fischer de W. 1. S. ANTILLARUM, Brunner (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 5.) Parva, oblongo-rectangularis (abdomine haud dilatato) picea, nitida. Caput globosum, excepto labro, atrum. Oculi mags inter se remoti quam scrobes antennarum. Pronotum parabolicur, levissimum. LElytra lobiformia, lateralia, mesonotum haud superantia. Metanotum cum seqmentis abdoninis marginibus lateralibus levissime refleais. Pedes graciles. Metatarsus pos- tacus ceteris articulis unites longior. Pulvilla minutissimr. Cerea mgri. Lamina supra-analis Q transversa, angustissima, rotun- data. @Q. Tong: comps.) se. -elOn eanl lin. a0 JOLY ERS ep eo mies 35) PEOWOGIy tyes isthe Oman Lat. - Seve tate eae OSD A Patria: St. Vincent, W. I.—Specimen unicum.—Differt a St. orientali, L., statura oblongo-rectangulari, elytris mesonotum haud superantibus, lamina supra-anali 2 transversa. Leeward, in the Forest under rotting leaves on the banks of a stream at an elevation of 500 ft.—H. H. S. 1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 205 Tribus PANCHLORID&. Genus PaANcHLoRA, Burm. Species tote virides hujus generis difficillime distinguuntur. Diagnoses in opere ‘Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires’ non sufficiunt : preecipue species exoleta, Klug, viridis, Burm., et nivea, L., con- funduntur. 1. P. viripis, Burm. (?). Panchlora viridis, Burm. 1839, Handbuch, ii. p. 506; Brunner, loc. p. 273. Patria: St. Vincent, leeward side (300').—Specimina compluria, collecta vespere mense Januario.—Occurrit etiam in Cuba et America meridionali (coll. Brunner). Golden grove, flew to light on Jan. 29th; also at Baronallie and Chateaubelais.—H. ZH. S. Genus Leucorpyza, Brunner. 1. L. surinamMENsis, L. Blatia surinamensis, L. 1766, Syst. Nat. p. 687. Panchlora surinamensis, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. d. Blatt. p. 278. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side—Specimina duo.—Species cosmopolitana. Lot 14 Estate.-—dA. H. VS. 2. L. MADER, Fabr. Blatta madere, Fabricius, 1792, Ent. Syst. 1. p. 6. Panchlora madere, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. d. Blatt. p. 282. Patria: St. Vincent.—Species cosmopolitana, cognita ex Cuba, Brasilia, insulis Canariensibus, insula Madera, Senegal, Java et insulis Philippinicis.—Specimen unicum. ~ Lot 14 Estate in May.—dZ. HZ. S. Tribus Coryp1ip#. Genus Hoxtocompesa, Burm. 1. H. cotuaris, Burm. (Plate XV. fig. 6.*) Corydia collaris, Burmeister, 1839, Handb. ii. p. 492. Holocompsa collaris, Brunner, Nouv. Syst. d. Blatt. p. 347. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimen unicum.— Occurrit etiam in Cuba (Guérin), Brasilia (coll. Brunner). Lot 14 Estate in April.—H. H. S. 1 Tmago, quoad alas, in opere ‘Nouv. Syst. des Blattaires,’ tab. x. fig. 50, falsa est. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XV. NE 206 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON _ [ Mar. 15, Tribus PERISPHARIID. Genus Paraspuzeis, Brunner. 1. P. nr@ra, Brunner (nu. sp.) (Plate XV. fig. 7.) Picea, raro punctata. Uterque seawus elytris lobiformibus, later- alibus, corport concoloribus, margine eaterno limbato. Pedes rufo-fusci. Tarsi breves. Metatarsus ceteris articulis unitas iriplo brevior. Pulvilli articulorum omnium per totam tongi- tudinem extenst. 3 Q. Larve marginem versus pallidiores, pedibus fusco-testacers. Sy 2 LOG GUS Saco sono .... 22 millim. 33 millim. op) MOUNT, Robbo aidoon VAS inte Soe. Lat. Bee epee 2h Fant 10 Ka 12 A; Thongselytniee Je ae: Spi. he BUI Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side.—Specimina nonnulla.—Heee species differt ab omnibus congenericis utroque sexu subaptero necnon tarsis brevioribus. Lot 14 Estate; also on the W. slope of the Soufriére volcano at an elevation of 1500 ft. under rotting fruit in September. —H. A. S. 2. Familia MANTODEA. (Auctore J. REDTENBACHER.) Tribus MantTip2. Genus Musonza, Stal. 1. M. surinamaA, Saussure (?). Thespis surinama, Sauss. 1871, Mém. Mex. 2, 1, p. 129. Musonia surinama, Stal, 1877, Syst. Mantod. p. 66. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side—Specimen unicum, imper- fectum, propterea difficiliter determinandum.—Heec species occutrit in Surinam et Venezuela (Séa/). Lot 14 Estate in September.—JH. ZH. S. Tribus Vatipz, Stal. Genus PARASTAGMATOPTERA, Sauss. 1. P. roprpss, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 8.) Viridi-flavescens. Oculi rotundatt. Prothorax gracilis, supra covas anticas valde ampliatus, margine laterali nigro-denticulato. Elytra hyalina, elongata, reticulo beryllino, campo antico basi dilatato, viridt, opaco, coriaceo. Ale vitree, margine antico virescente. Antenne g valde serrate. Coxe antice validiores, apice superne valde dilatato intusque macula lata nigra ornate. Femora antica valida, intus spinis alternatim nigris et palladis (apice tantum fuscis) instructa. Femora quatuor postica upice 1892.| THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 207 cum basi tibiarum imfuscata, ante apicem subtus lobo distincto infuscato mstructa. . Mong. corpors yo a 38 millim. 55 i [DROME Weenies to Pak ss TPE CLV. CROD erie. suseeleenae: DOCS W eM TCM UVAMG Heat ots Ozoaaee. Po Lelie OSU aya ree LOS ee Patria: St. Vincent, south end.—Specimen unicum, collectum in fruticibus mense Septembri. Hee species maxime affinis Parastagmatoptere flavoguttate (Serv. Hist. Nat. d. Ins. Orth. p. 183, et Saussure, Mém. Mex. iv. p- 84), quee occurrit in Brasilia, Republica Argentina (Sauss.) et Venezuela (Serv.). Differt : prothorace supra coxas valde ampliato, femoribus 4 posticis ad apices infuscatis, singulo subtus lobo dis- tincto instructo. 3. Familia PHASMODEA. Genus PHANOCLEs, Stal. 1. P. curvires, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XV. fig. 9.) Fusco-griseus vel griseo-cinereus. Antenne longe, interdum dilute et remote fusco-annulate. Articulus primus antennarum haud amplatus, margimbus parallelis, oculis sesquilongior. Dorsum capitis bicornutum, cornu apice compresso, inequaliter bidentato. Corpus totum albido-granulosum, granulis, presertim wm S, mmutis. Hlytra aleque nulla. Segmentum medianum meta- noto longius. Mesonotum leviter carinatum. Abdominis seq- menta 3 et 4 postice in medio tuberculo depresso, in S obsoleto, mstructa. Segmentum dorsale 6 im utroque sexu duobus sequentibus, simul sumptis, longius. Segmentun ultumum 3 gracile. Femora 4 postica cum tibus distincte curvata, sepe dilute et late fusco-fasciata. Kemora et tibie cars omnibus subtiliter et confertim spinulosis. Femora 4 postica subius prope basin in S$ valde lobiformiter, in 2 multo minus laminato-dila- tata. Metatarsus superne compressus, haud lobatus, articulis reliquis simul sumptis subequahs. Cerca 3 breves, acuminati, teretes. GO. 3 2 JUGINE, GOGO. oc ngke ce 83-84 millim. 160 millim. SPE ROMOLa acre... < 52: eles Bits ee, ~~ mesonot. .... 13 oS 34 WA > metanot. Be 7e uate ae 10 a5 op MEER TENEC wed Be (oars AVA) lanes ey aemie alts: =. 47 Paes Ny 39 = PetetitenpOste 3-0. PAIN ey, SHO 5p Patria : St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side prope Cumber- land (500').—Specimina nonnulla, collecta in silvis aridis mense Septembri. Heee species valde similis est Bacteria bicorni, Stoll cops etc. 15 208 MESSRS. BRUNNER AND REDTENBACHER ON [ Mar. 15, pl. xv. fig. 57); ab ea autem differt metatarso superne haud lobato, cornubus capitis ad apices compressis et inzequaliter bidentatis. The male was met with on Lot 14 Estate in September.—Z. H.S. Genus Bacterta, Latreille. 1. B. cypuus, Westw. Bacteria cyphus, Westwood, Cat. of Orth. Ins. in the Collect. of the Brit. Mus. i. Phasmide, p. 24, 1859, pl. vii. fig. 7. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina duo. Lot 14 Hstate and Chateaubelais.—H. H. S. 2. B. uinearis, Drury (2). Mantis linearis, Drury, Exot. Ent. i. pl. 50. Bacteria linearis, Burmeister, Handb. ii. 567; Westwuod, 1. c. p. 24. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side.—Specimina numerosiora. Diagnoses in operibus citatis (Burmeister, Westwood, etc.), valde breves, non sufficiunt ad determinandam speciem. Fortasse speci- mina presentia ad Bacteriam gracilem, Barm. (Handb. ii. p. 567), referenda sunt. Genus DiapHEropes, Gray. 1. D. ereas, Drury. Diapherodes gigas, Drury, Exot. Ent. ti. pl. 50; Westwood, Catal. of Orth. Ins. i. Phasmide, p. 84. Mantis angulata, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 13. Patria: St. Vincent, windward side, leeward side (1200').— Specimina compluria, collecta in arboribus altis mensibus Januario, Maio, Octobri, et Novembri.—Occurrit etiam in insula Guadeloupe. 4. Familia ACRIDIODEA. Tribus TRYXALID. Genus OrPHULA, Stal. 1. O. puncrarTa, de Geer. Orphula punctata, Stal, 1873, Recens. Orthopt. 1. p. 106. Acrydium punctatum, de Geer, 1773, Mém. iii. p. 503, pl. 42. fig. 12. : Patria: St. Vincent, windward side——Specimina numerosa.— Occurrit etiam in Mexico, Costarica, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Colum- bia, Venezuela, Surinam, Brasilia et Peru (coll. Brunner). Abundant about Lot 14 Estate and Chateaubelais.—H. H. 8. Tribus TeTTiGipz. Genus Trerr1x, Charpentier. 1. T. quapRIuNDuLATUS, Redt. (n. sp.). (Plate XVI. fig. 10.) Puscus vel fusco-griseus, interdum pallido-conspersus, ubique minu- tissume granulatus. Vertex oculo latior, in medio carinatus, ante 1892.] THE ORTHOPTERA OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 209 oculos parum productus, apice breviter tridentatus. Costa frontalis ante oculos valde (a latere visa) rotundato-producta, carimis approwimatis, subparallelis. Pronotum anitice truncatum, postice haud subulatum sed acuminatum, apicem femorum posticorum haud attingens, superne in medio interdum utringue macula nigra transversa ornatum. Carina media pronoti com- pressa, retrorsum sensim humilior, imprimis in 2 valde quadri- undulata, 5-7, Pp’ 6:1, m' 4:8, m* 4:3; greatest transverse diameter of p* 6:6, of m' 5:5. This striking species is certainly the chief prize of the collection, as new Carnivores are very rare, and so distinct a new species has not been described for many years. That H. hosei is not simply a melanism of H. hardwickei is proved by the white patches on the muzzle, the white ears, whitish under- side, and also by the differences in the size of the teeth. Some animal similar to this, and possibly of the same species, was seen by Mr. Whitehead on Mount Kina Balu, and it is certainly very unlikely that an animal of this sort should be confined to one mountain. We may therefore expect that other specimens of it will turn up as the mountain-systems of N. Borneo are more thoroughly explored. 2. HERPESTES SEMITORQUATUS, Gray. a. 2000 feet. 23/9/91. ' The Museum possesses a specimen of this rare Mungoose from Baram, besides the type, of which the exact locality in Borneo was not recorded. 3. RaInoLoruus Luctus, Temm. a. 2. 4000 feet. 29/9/91. As remarked by Dr. Dobson, this Bat isa regular highland species, and seems to occur on all the higher mountains of the Oriental region. 4. Tupata TANA, Raff. a. 4000 feet. 10/91. 5. TupAIA MONTANA, Thos.’ a . d. 5000 feet. 14/10/91. Type. On Lo UO (ees Pay/2y Dies c. Immature 3. 4000 feet. 10/91. Size much as in Malaccan specimens of 7. ferruginea (Bornean ones are rather larger), but the tail shorter in proportion. General colour above dusky olive, with a strong rufous suffusion; head clearer olive. Back, in fully adult specimens, with a deep black median line running from the withers to the rump, but broadening out and becoming less sharply defined in its posterior half. Under surface greyish orange, the hairs grey at their bases, broadly washed terminally with rich olive-yellow. Tail concolorous with the body, not greyer, as it is so markedly in 7’. ferruginea; grizzled black and shining ferrugineous above; below the central short-haired part is 1 ZL. c. p. 252. 16* 224 MR. O. THOMAS ON [ Mar. 15, grey, then laterally there is a broad band on each side of rich olive- yellow, and the tips are grizzled yellow and black. ; Skull and teeth apparently not definitely distinguishable from those of 7. ferruginea. Zygomatic vacuity large, widely open, about -5 x2 millim. in the type. Dimensions :—Head and body (c.) 200 millim.; tail (¢.) 140 (the extreme tip of the tail in the type is apparently wanting ; the tail- length in 6 and c is 127 and 153 respectively); hind foot 41. Skull: basal length (c.) 45°5; greatest breadth 27 ; anterior rim of orbit to nasal tip 22°5; interorbital breadth 15; palate, length 27°8, breadth outside m* 16:4, inside m* 9°7; diastema between 1° and c 4°5, between ¢ and p* 1*i; front of i' to back of m® 27. T. montana is most nearly allied to T. ferruginea, Raff., and T. picta, Thos.’ It is distinguished from both by the colour of its tail, the former having this member dull annulated grey, and the latter brilliant rufous; it has alsoa shorter tail than either. From the former again it is separated by developing in old age a median dorsal black line, and from the latter, in which the line is present at all ages, by its less sharp definition, and also the greater uniformity of the general dorsal coloration. 6. Tupata MINOR, Giinth. a. 3. 4500 feet. 9/10/91. b. 2. 4000 feet. 10/10/91. These specimens precisely agree with Dr. Giinther’s types, and equally differ from the typical 7. javanica in their smaller size and pure white bellies. 7. TUPAIA MELANURA, Thos.’ a. 9. 5000 feet. 10/91. Type. Size very small, less than in 7. minor. Fur very soft, close, and velvety. General colour dark olivaceous grey, finely sprinkled with yellow, a slight suffusion of dark rufous on the rump and base of tail. Face rather clearer olive ; a short orange-coloured stripe above and below the eye, but not passing backwards towards the ear. No pale shoulder-stripe present. Belly-hairs grey basally, washed termi- nally, from chin to anus, with bright orange. Outer sides of limbs like back, inner sides like belly ; upper surfaces of hands and feet nearly black. Tail furred and coloured like body for about its basal inch and a half above and half inch below, but beyond that it differs from that of all other species by being quite cylindrical and short-haired, the hairs being closely adpressed and not forming a terminal pencil; in colour the short-haired part is deep jet-black throughout. Skull (Plate XIX. figs. 4 and 5) delicate, smooth, and evenly rounded. Zygomatic foramen reduced to a minute oval opening, which will scarcely admit the point of a needle. Palate without vacuities. Teeth. J nearly as long as i’ ; double-rooted. Canine and p? also Described Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) ix. p. 251. ABE Cap. 202: 1892. ] MAMMALS FROM NORTH BORNEO. 225 both double-rooted. Lower teeth as in 7. minor except that c is smaller and i? and p? larger in proportion, so that the tooth-row appears as a whole to be more uniform. Dimensions (approximate, from skin) :— Head and body 125 millim. ; tail 136; hind foot 29:7. Skull: basal length 30; greatest length 36, greatest breadth 17°7 ; nasal length 13; interorbital breadth 10 ; intertemporal breadth 14 ; palate, length 18-2, breadth outside m* 9-6, inside m* 5:4; diastema between i° and ¢ 2:0, between ¢ and p* 0°4. Vertical length of 1 271, of i’ 1:7, of ¢ 1-5. Front of i' to back of m* 17-7. This beautiful little species is the most interesting of the Tupaie obtained, as it forms a connecting-link with the two species belonging to the genus Dendrogale. That genus was founded by Dr. Gray and recognized by Dr. Anderson in his recent review of the Tupaide mainly on account of its cylindrical tail, black-and-white banded cheeks, and the absence of the usual shoulder-stripe. Now 7. mela- mura on the one hand has a tail even slenderer and more cylin- drical than D. murina and D. frenata, and has no shoulder-stripe, while on the other its face-markings are quite as in Tupaia. One character, however, distinguishes Dendrogale, or at least D. frenata, from all the Tupaie, namely the extremely small size of the claws, both fore and hind; and so far as this character is concerned T. melanura is a true Tupaia, as it has claws quite as large in proportion as the other species. For the present therefore I consider it to be a Twpaia, and leave the validity of “ Dendrogale”’ as an open question to be settled when further, and especially spirit-, specimens are obtained. 8. ScIURUS BICOLOR EPHIPPIUM, Temm. a. 2. 4000 feet. 10/91. 9. Scrurus PrevostiI, Desm. a,b. 36 2. 5000 feet. 10/91. Both these specimens are of the grey-backed form of this species, like specimens a—c of the Kina Balu collection. 10. Sciurus noratus, Bodd. a. 3. 3500 feet. 20/9/91. This specimen, like the Kina Balu examples of the species, is of the blue-bellied type, and Mr. Hose remarks that he obtained 13 skins, all like this one, during the same month. 11. Scrurus BROOKEI, Thos.’ a. 3. 3800 feet. 25/9/91. b. 2. 5000 feet. 10/91. Type. About the size of Sciurus lokriah, Hodgs., or rather smaller ; decidedly larger than S. tenuis, Horsf. General colour above plain olive-grey, grizzled with yellow, but not so finely asin S. tenuis. Sides of body and outer and upper surfaces of limbs like the back, 1 L.c. p. 253. 226 ON MAMMALS FROM NORTH BORNEO. [Mar. 15, without the rufous suffusion characteristic of S$. fenuis. Cheeks, anal region, and basal inch of tail below brilliant rufous. Chest and belly greyish white, the hairs grey basally, and dirty white termi- nally. Tail-hairs broadly annulated with black and pale yellow. Skull (Plate XIX. fig. 6) with an elongated tapering muzzle, dis- proportionately large for the size of the animal, although not nearly so ° ° ° 9 long as in S. rufigenis, everetti, &c. Premolars 5. Dimensions of the type, an adult female in skin :— Head and body 205 millim.; tail, without hairs, 144; hind foot 37. Skull: basal length (¢.) 37; bregma to nasal tip 32; greatest breadth 25:6 ; nasals, length 13:2, combined breadth 7 ; interorbital breadth 15; diastema 10°6; palate, length 22, breadth outside m* 10-2, inside m’ 6 ; front of p* to back of m® 7:4. This Squirrel belongs to a group of Oriental species characterized by their dull grizzled olive-grey colour, unstriped sides, and annu- lated black and yellowish tails. For ornamentation some of the species have rufous patches on the head, shoulders, hips, or tail, but some are quite without them, and in all they vary very much in their development. To this group belong S. chinensis, Gr., S. lokriah, Hodgs., S. lokrioides, Hodgs., S. tenuis, Horsf., S. lowi, Thos., S. philippinensis, Waterh., and others. From all of these S. brooke: is readily distinguished by its bright rufous cheeks and base of tail, and by its size, in which respect it considerably exceeds S. tenuzs and S. lowii, and falls short of all the rest. 4S. modestus, Miill. & Schl., I agree with Dr. Jentink * in considering synonymous with S. tenuis, as not only is Malacca the first-mentioned locality for it, but the figures both of animal and skull are identical with typical Malaccan and Singapore specimens. Of other Bornean species S. jentinki, Thos., is smaller and much more yellow above, while S. everetti, Thos., has a much more elongated muzzle, and neither of them has the rufous markings of S. brooke. I have taken the liberty of naming this species in honour of His Highness the Rajah of Sarawak, in whose service Mr. Hose is, and by whose active encouragement he has been enabled to do so much valuable zoological work in that interesting territory. This species must be very common on Mt. Dulit, as Mr. Hose states that he obtained 20 specimens of it while he was there. 12. Sciurus MELANOTIS, Mill. & Schl. a. 3. 2000 feet. 10/91. 13. ScruRUS WHITEHEAD], Thos. a. 3. 4000 feet. 10/91. This beautiful little species, described and figured in my paper on the Kina Balu mammals, has only been previously recorded from that mountain. * Notes Leyd. Mus. y. p. 125 (1888). {SJOUNISZSELINUO! OVALS IOUNSHGUSEIUIL {TUG WASHONSE (SF UTS ONO) CONSULTING, IL TRL Je Ter Siew may ‘S) as ‘dure soagy requ i] Awe Sap 38 PIS Wek 1892.] ON NEW SPECIES OF TIMELIINE BIRDS. 227 14. CervuLus MUNTSIAC, Zimm. a. 2. 4000 feet. 10/91. The following is a list (inserted for comparison) of the mammals obtained during the past few years by Messrs. Hose and Everett at Baram, N.E. Sarawak, that district forming the lowland country between Mt. Dulit and the sea :— Hylobates leuciscus, Schr, Cynopterus spadiceus, Thos. —- milleri, Mart. Rhinolophus luctus, Zemm. Semnopithecus cristatus, Raff. Hipposiderus cervinus, Govld. chrysomelas, Mill. § Schl. hosei, Zhos. Sciuropterus pulverulentus, Giinth. rubicundus, Mill. § Schl. horsfieldi, Waterh lepidus, Horsf. Felis bengalensis, Kerr (F. minuta, | Rheithrosciurus macrotis, Gray. Temm.). Sciurus prevostii, Desm. planiceps, Vig. § Horsf. tenuis, Horsf. badia, Gray. —- lowii, Thos.” Hemigale hardwickei, Gray. Mus, sp. ine. (allied to M. coxingi, Herpestes brachyurus, Waterh. Swinh.). semitorquatus, Gray. Trichys guentheri, Thos, Tupaia ferruginea, Raff. Sus barbatus, Mill. § Schl. picta, Thos. Tragulus napu, fF. Cuv. dorsalis, Schi. Cervulus muntjac, Zémm. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Pirate XVIII. Hemigale hoset. Puare XTX. Figs. 1-3. Skull of Hemigale hoset. 4,5. Skull of Tupata melanura. 6. Skull of Sciurus brookei. 8. Descriptions of some new Species of Timeline Birds | from West Africa. By R. Bowpiter Suarpe, LL.D., F.LS., &c. [Received February 27, 1892.] (Plate XX.) My old friend Prof. Barboza du Bocage has recently sent me for comparison a very interesting bird, which he has received from his correspondent Senhor Francisco Newton, who is well known to Orni- thologists as the discoverer of several new and remarkable forms of 1 T much regret to have to state that the Sciwropterus described by me (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 74) as S. davisont proves on re-examination, with larger series, to be referable to S. horsfieddi, whether that in its turn is or is not the same as S, sagitta, Linn. 2 Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) ix. p. 253 (1892). 228 ON NEW SPECIES OF TIMELIINE BIRDS. _ [ Mar. 15, birds in the island of St. Thomas. This new species has a brown style of coloration which is characteristic of many Timeliine birds, but it seems to find its nearest ally ina Malayan genus Crateroscelis of Malacca and Borneo. It differs, however, from that genus in certain evident characters, which may be diagnosed as follows :— AMAUROCICHLA, gen. nov. Similar to Crateroscelis, but distinguished by the shape of the wing, the first primary being nearly as long as the second. Addi- tional characters are:—The bill is as long as the head, and rictal bristles are absent, while the tail-feathers are somewhat acuminate. The type is :— AMAUROCICHLA BOCAGII, Sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 1.) Adult. General colour above uniform chocolate-brown, the wings and tail a little darker than the back; lores and sides of face dark brown like back, the ear-coverts slightly rufescent, like the sides of the neck; cheeks and throat whitish, with a slightly indicated malar line of rufous; lower throat and rest of under surface of the body rufous; the abdomen isabelline; under wing- coverts isabelline; quills sepia-brown below. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 2°55, tail 1°55, tarsus 0°95. Hab. San Miguel, west coast of St. Thomas, West Africa. While describing this interesting species I may add the diagnosis of another Timeliine bird recently acquired by the British Museum, which also seems to be undescribed, and for which I propose the following name :— TURDINUS MOLONEYANUS, sp: nov. (Plate XX. fig. 2.) Adult. General colour rufous brown, inclining to chestnut on the lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts, as well as on the wings ; primaries dusky, externally light rufous; tail-feathers light rufous brown, externally shaded with chestnut; crown of head slightly more dusky than the back; an indistinct line of ashy grey above the eye, and the feathers below the latter ashy; ear-coverts brown ; throat and under surface of body tawny rufous, more rufous on the fore neck, chest, and sides of body, the latter inclining somewhat to reddish brown; thighs like the abdomen; under tail-coverts light chestnut ; axillaries and under wing-coverts tawny rufous; quills dusky below, rufescent along the inner web. Total length 6°6 inches, culmen 0°85, wing 2°7, tail 2°5, tarsus 1:0. Hab. Gold Coast. The typical specimen was presented to the British Museum by Sir Alfred Moloney, who procured it during the time that he was Governor of the Colony. 1892.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 229 4, On the Classification of Birds. By Hans Gapow, M.A., Ph.D., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. [Received March 12, 1892.] By undertaking, in 1884, the continuation of the part ‘Aves’ of Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs,’ I became pledged not only to a descriptive account of the anatomical structure of birds, but also to a systematic treatment of this Class with its Orders. The anatomical portion has been written with the view of ab- stracting therefrom aclassification. In the meantime (after Huxley, Garrod, Forbes, Sclater, and Reichenow’s systems) have appeared several other classifications: one each by Prof. Newton, Dr. Elliott Coues, Dr. Stejneger, Prof. Fuerbringer, Dr. R. B. Sharpe, and two or three by Mr. Seebohm. Some of these systems or classifications give no reasoning, and seem to be based upon either experience. in ornithological matters or upon inclination—in other words, upon personal convictions. Fuerbringer’s volumes of ponderous size have ushered in a new epoch of scientific ornithology. No praise can be high enough for this work, and no blame can be greater than that it is too long and far too cautiously expressed. For instance, the introduc- tion of ‘‘ intermediate ” groups (be they suborders or gentes) cannot be accepted in a system which, if it is to be a working one, must appear in a fixed form. In several important points I do not agree with my friend ; moreover, I was naturally anxious to see what my own resources would enable me to find out. Thisis my apology for the new classification which I propose in the following pages. The author of a new classification ought to state the reasons which have led him to the separation and grouping together of the birds known to him. This means not simply to enumerate the characters which he has employed, but also to say why and how he has used them. Of course there are characters and characters. Some are probably of little value, and others are equivalent to half a dozen of them. Some are sure to break down unexpectedly somewhere, others run through many families and even orders; but the former characters are not necessarily bad and the latter are not necessarily good. The objection has frequently been made that we have no criterion to determine the value of characters in any given group, and that therefore any classification based upon any number of characters however large (but always arbitrary, since composed of non-equivalent units) must necessarily be artificial and therefore be probably a failure. This is quite true if we take all these characters, treat them as all alike, and by a simple process of plus or minus, 7. e. present or absent, large or small, 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., produce a “ Key,” but certainly not a natural classification. To avoid this evil, we have to sift or weigh the same characters every time anew and in different ways, whenever we inquire into the 230 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SEI Mia te degree of affinity between two or more species, genera, families, or larger groups of creatures. This I have tried to do in a manner hitherto not applied to birds ; it may have been done by others, but they have not published any account of this process. Certainly it has not been applied throughout the whole Class of Birds. I have selected about forty characters from various organic systems (see Appendix, p. 254), preferring such characters which either can be expressed by a formula or by some other short symbol, or which, during the working out of the anatomical portion of Bronn’s ‘ Aves,’ have revealed themselves as of taxonomic value, and of which J have learnt to understand the correlation, determining causes, and range of modification. Other characters, perhaps too complicated, too variable, or last, but not least, too imperfectly known in many birds, are left out or reserved for occasional employment. Of my 40 characters about half occur also in Fuerbringer’s table, which contains 51 charactérs. A number of skeletal characters I have adopted from Mr. Lydekker’s ‘ Catalogue of Fossil Birds,’ after having convinced myself, from a study of that excellent book, of their taxonomic value. Certain others referrmg to the formation of the rhamphotheca, the structure and distribution of the down in the young and in the adult, the syringeal muscles, the intestinal convolutions, and the nares, have not hitherto been employed in the Class of Birds. Groups of birds, arranged in dona fide families, sometimes only genera of doubtful affinity, were compared with each other— each family with every other family or group—and the number of characters in which they agree was noted down in a tabular form. Presumably families which agree in all the 40 characters would be identical, but this has never happened. There are none which differ in less than about 6, and none which agree in less than 10 points. The latter may be due to their all being birds. It is not easy to imagine two birds which would differ in all the 40 characters. In another table all the families were arranged in lines accord- ing to their numerical coincidences, and attempts were made to arrange and to combine these lines of supposed affinities in tree-like branches *. These attempts are often successful’, often disappointing *. 1 Many calculations are obviously unnecessary: for instance, the comparison of Geese with Parrots or Passeres; Steganopodes with Swifts, Rollers, Trogons, &e. ° For instance, Pteroclidee agree with Limicole and with Columbe in about 29 points, with Alex and with Gallide in 24, with Ralli in 21, with Lari only in 18.—Again, Lari agree with Alex and with Limicole in 33 or 34; Limicole agree with Alcs, Lari, and Ralli each in 33, with Pterocles and Columbz in 30 or 31, with Gallids in 26. Combination of these lines shows that Lari and Pterocles are widely divergent from each other, while they each separately agree closely with the Limicole ; in other words, Lariand Pterocles are specialized in two different directions as terminal divergent branches of one common Limicoline stock. ° The more generalized, or rather the less specialized, two given groups are, the more characters they will probably have in common, and similar false affinities will appear the more likely the greater the diversity of organic modifi- 1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 231 Of course this merely mathematical principle is scientifically faulty, because the characters are decidedly not all equivalent. It may happen that a great numerical agreement between two families rests upon unimportant characters only, and a small number of coincidences may be due to fundamentally valuable structures, and in either case the true affinities would be obscured. This it was necessary to inquire into. But at any rate I obtained many hints from this simple mode of calculation, indicating the direction which further inquiry should take. The Psittact may serve as an example of my mode of sifting characters. According to the numerical agreement of the 40 characters employed generally, we have the following table :— Psittaci agree with Coccyges in 31 points, with Pici in about 29, with Coraciidee 25, Falconidee 25, Striges 22, Bucerotidee 22, Gallidee 21, against 19 points of difference. A previous line of investigation had revealed the fact that the Coccyges and Gallidz are intimately connected with each other through Opisthocomus. This knowledge obviated further inquiry as to the affinity between Psittaci and Gallidee. I. Comparison of Psittaci with Falconide. Psittaci and Falconide agree, Psittaci and Falconide differ. Nidicolous = Ouculi. Toes = Cuculi (not Pandion). Woolly nestlings. 10 remiges = Cuculide. Distribution of nestling downs. No vomer = Musophagidx. Distribution of adult downs. Mandible = Musoph. Cervical apteria = Cuculi. + Kctepicondylar process = Cuc. Dorsal apteria = OCoccyges. + Tibial intercondylar tubercle=Cue. Ventral apteria = Musophagidee. Hypotarsus complex = Cue. Aftershaft = Musoph. Flexor tendons = Cuc. Tufted oil-gland = Musoph. Garrod’s formula = Cue. Aquinto-cubital. Large procoracoid process = Cue. Desmognathous = Cuculi. Thoracal hemapophyses = Cuc.: No basipteryg. proc. = Cuculi. Food = Musoph. Holorhinal = Cuculi. Czca none = Musoph. Nares impervie = Cuculi. Syrinx specialized, Shallow temporal fossa. Number of cervical vertebre=Cuculi. ; : No spina interna = Ouculi. 14 negative points. Spina externa = Cuculi. Posterior sternal margin = Cuculi. Coracoids = Cuculi. Furcula = Cuculi. Humero-coracoid groove = Cuculi. Cervical hemapophyses = Cuculi. 2 ecarotids = Cuculi. Tongue. Intestinal convolutions. 26 positive points. cations within the various members of such groups, as, ¢. g., Tubinares and Accipitres, Limicole and Passeres. These are traps which it is not always easy to avoid. 202 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, Of the 26 positive points not less than 19 are common to Falconidz, Psittaci, and Coccyges. In the remaining 7 points Psittaci and Faleonidee agree together against Coccyges, namely nestlings, downs of young and adult, fifth cubital, temporal fossa, fleshy tongue, convolutions of intestines. Most of these characters seem important, especially the woolly nestlings, considering that. Psittaci breed in holes, and agree in the conyolutions in spite of the totally different food. On the other hand, the sifting of the 14 negative characters shows that in 13 of them the Parrots agree with Cuculidz or with Muso- phagide, or with both, and differ along with the Coccyges from the Falconide. The syrinx is an absolute specialization. Fuerbringer remarks that powder-downs, ceroma, and beak speak for Falconide against Coccyges. Again, Psittaci and Falconidz differ greatly in the formation of the furcula, in nearly the whole of the muscular system, and in the bones of the wings and legs. Conclusion.—The Psittaci are much more nearly allied to the Coccyges than to the Falconide, and of the Coccyges the Muso- phagidz are nearer than the Cuculide because of the vegetable food, ventral pterylosis, presence of aftershaft, tufted oil-gland, absence of vomer, truncated mandible, and absence of ceca. II. Comparison of Psittaci, Coraciide, and Coccyges, based by Fuerbringer chiefly upon the pterylosis, anterior lateral pro- cess of the sternum, procoracoid process, clavicular connexion, hypotarsus, shortness of metatarsus, many muscles of the shoulder and thigh. He observes, however, that the greater number of characters is against this relationship. The com- parison made by me is given in the Table now before us (see p- 233). III. Comparison of Psittaci and Striges. 22 characters agree, 18 differ ; the latter are :— Toes. . . Striges more primitive, although ectamphibolic. Downs of adult in Striges only upon apteria. Ventral pteryle. 10 primaries. Striges with 11, 7. e. more primitive. Aftershaft large. Tufted oil-gland. Desmognathous. Striges more primitive. Vomer. Striges more primitive. Basipterygoid processes. Striges more primitive. Temporal fossa. Coracoids overlapping in Striges. TABLE. isp) Be Comparison of Psittaci, Coraciide, and Coccyges. eens oe, ie Psittact = Coractide Psittact = Coccyges Psittact differing from Wei gn = Coracuide —AGbccy oc, and differing from Coccyges. and differing from Chiral Coractide and Cocca Nidicolous. Dorsal-spinal apterium. Toes. Downy nestlings. Cervical apteria. Frequent absence of bony tibial | Ventral apteria. Downs of adult. Primaries. bridge. Aftershaft large (Musoph.). Aquinto-cubital. 2 Desmognathous. ——_—— Oil-gland (Musoph.). Shallow temporal fossa. = No basypteryg. proc. 2 Vomer. Tongue. cs Holorhinal. Ectepicondylar process. Ceca. a Nares impervious. Toe flexors. Intestinal conyelutions *.. fas Mandible truncated. Czeea absent (Musoph.), ° 14 cervical vertebrae. Cervical hz- —= 7 eS mapophyses. Thoracal hama- 8 S pophyses. < Spina externa, 2 | Spina interna. & | Posterior sternal margin. a Coracoids. Procoracoid process. 3 Fureula. 3) Humero-coracoidal groove. Tibial intercondylar tubercle, Hypotarsus. ; 2 carotids. Food. 22 — | ox eS 1 The convolutions of the Psittaci are peculiar ; the telogyrous tendency of the loops resembles that of Falconide, but this is also indicated in = several Cuculidx, while on the whole the convolutions of the Psittaci combine a mixture of Coraciine and Cuculine characters. Cf. Bronn, Aves, p. 708. 234 ‘DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, Intercondylar tubercle. Hypotarsus. Striges raptorial type. Thigh-muscles. Striges very specialized. Syrinx. Striges more primitive, Cuculiform. Intestinal convolutions. Be a } Parrots specialized. These differences are important enough, not only on account of their number but also on account of their value, to remove Psittaci and Striges far from each other. Striges are perhaps on the whole more primitive, but both groups have been specialized in two different directions. Some of the agreements (e. g. absence of a bony tibial bridge, the sternal configuration) are most likely referable to the numerous organic links which connect the Coraciiformes and Cuculi- formes with each other. IV. Comparison of Psittaci with Pict. Curiously enough these two groups have many characters in common, namely 29 against 11. The differences are :— . Woolly nestlings, although both breed in holes. Presence of downs in adult. - Dorsal pterylosis. . Large aftershaft (intermediate are, however, Capito and Indicator). . Aquinto-cubital. No vomer. . Flexor tendons of toes. . Procoracoid process. Cervical hemapophyses. Syrinx. ; . Intestinal convolutions. mob — ee Of these differences Nos. 1, 2, 6, 7, 8, 10, and 11 are of great importance. Of the 29 positive characters or resemblances the form of the Spina externa sterni alone is remarkable, otherwise nothing which cannot be explained equally well by the affinity of the Psittaci to the Coceyges or to the Coraciiformes, of which latter order, moreover, the Pici are an offshoot. The resemblances between the Pici and Psittaci have therefore chiefly to be looked upon as con- vergent analogies. Final Conclusion.—The sifting of all these characters shows an un- doubtedly close affinity between the Psittaci and Coraciidze, but less intimate than with the Coccyges. ‘he latter are, however, closely 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 235 related to the Coraciide, and are (as indicated by the Opisthocomus- Gallidz connexion) the lowest of the three groups of Psittaci, Cora- ciidze, and Coccyges. Cuculide, as well as Coraciide, are zoophagous, chiefly insectivorous. The Striges, as a lateral branch of the lower Coraciine stock, explain the considerable number of characters which connect the Striges with the Coccyges, 28 against 12, and with the Psittaci, 22 against 18. In our hypothetical tree the Psittaci would combine with the Coccyges into one bigger branch—Cuculiformes ; the Psittacine twig to stand between that of the Musophagide and looking towards the branch of the Striges, which again come out of the bigger branch of the Coractiformes. ‘This big branch and that of the Cuculiformes would ultimately combine into a still bigger branch ; below this bifurcation would come off Opisthocomus and lower still that of the Gallide. Thus the Psittaci permit us a glimpse at a large part of the Avine tree, namely at that big branch which downwards points towards the Galliformes and towards the Gallo- Ralline and Rallo-Limicoline region of the tree, while the same branch upwards ends not only in all the so-called Picariz but also in the Pico-Passeres. The laborious process exemplified in these comparisons was applied to all the families and was not without results, because certain families were gradually found to assume a central position towards which a number of others gravitated. Thus, for instance, the Coraciidze had to be compared with not less than 10 other families; the Gallide with 8, &c. Notoriously difficult forms, as, for instance, Trogons and Colies, naturally caused more trouble than others, since the number ot comparisons had to be increased. The result of all this is the following classification. In the mode of denomination of the various smaller and larger combinations I have followed Fuerbringer’s plan. I am sorry that my classification does not bear greater resemblance to his, but nobody who has really studied Fuerbringer’s work will fail to perceive that I stand on my friend’s shoulders, or rather on his two fundamental volumes in addition to my own work. The subfamilies, which have been mentioned whenever desirabie, end in ine. The families end in ide. The Families are combined into Suborders, indicated by substantival names. The Suborders are combined into OrpERs, ending in formes, with a Latin substantive stem. Tne Orders could, if necessary, be combined into PHyua, ending in morphe, with a Greek substantive stem; these would correspond with Fuerbringer’s Orders, while my Orders are equivalent to his Suborders. The whole of the Class Aves has been divided into 2 Subclasses, to which the names of Archornithes and Neornithes have been given, the equivalent names of Saurure and Ornithure being objectionable, because there is no difference in the skeletal part of the tail of Archeopteryx and that of the Ratitee, Crypturi, and Hesperornithidee. The Neornithes are separated into the two Divisions of Ratite and 236 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, Carinate. These names are likewise open to objection, but they have become household terms and they serve a practical purpose. Many attempts have been made to brigade together two and two of my orders into combinations intermediate in value between Orders and Phyla—for instance, Tubinariformes and Ardeiformes, Charadri- formes and Columbiformes—but ultimately these attempts have been abandoned as of little practical value. They are, however, conducive to the construction of the much searched for phylogenetic tree, but the very existence of such a single Avine tree is a problematic idea. Under the heading of each group, be it subfamily, order, or sub- class, is mentioned a variable number of characters. The sum total of these constitutes more than a diagnosis. The single characters themselves are not necessarily all those which have led to the establishment of the group in question, but the sum total of the characters mentioned has been thus arranged, first that it applies to all the members of the group, secondly that it does not occur again in those of any other group. Class AVES. Oviparous, warm-blooded, amniotic Vertebrates which have their anterior extremities transformed into wings. Metacarpus and fingers carrying feathers or quills. With an intertarsal joint. Not more than four toes, of which the first is the hallux. I. Subclass ARCHORNITHES, First, second, and third metacarpals and fingers separate. First finger with 2, second and third each with 3 phalanges. Lach finger with a claw. Upper jaw with conical teeth. Skeleton of posterior extremities typically avine. Feet four-toed. Hallux posterior. _ Vertebree amphiccelous. Caudal vertebre numerous, about 21, not terminating in a pygostyle. About 24 rectrices, attached in pairs to about 12 caudal ver- tebree. Ribs without uncinate processes. Wings with 6 or 7 well-developed primaries, attached to meta- carpal III. and digits III. and II.; 10 cubital quills. Extinet. Jurassic. Terrestrial—aerial. 1. ARCH AOPTERYGIFORMES. I, ARcHmoprerRyGES. 1. Archeopterygide. 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 237 II. Subclass NEORNITHES. : Metacarpals fused with each other. Second finger the longest, third finger reduced. Caudal vertebrae apparently not more than 13 in number. Ist Division. NEORNITHES RATITA. Nidifugous. Omnivorous. ‘Terrestrial. Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. Holorhinal. Vertebree heteroccelous. Basipterygoid processes functional. Proximal articulating head of quadrate single. Sternum without keel and without spina interna. Spina externa small or absent. Coracoid fused with scapula; both bones forming a very obtuse angle. With incisura ischiadica ; only in adult thea and Dromeus the distal end of the ischium fusing with the ilium and forming a fora- men ischiadicum. Wings reduced ; flightless. Terminal caudal vertebree not coa- lesced into a pygostyle. Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type II. or IV. Adult without pteryle. Ouil-gland absent. Ceeca functional. 1, STRUTHIONES. Ethiopian. Maxillo-palatines articulating with the vomer, which touches neither palatines nor pterygoids. Third and fourth toes only developed, terminal phalanges shortened, with stunted nails. Procoracoid large. No clavicles. Tibia without bony bridge. Aftershaft absent. Czeca and rectum enormous. (Unique.) 2. RHE. Neotropical. Maxillo-palatines large, fenestrated, not touching the vomer. Palatines short, articulating with the vomer. Hallux absent. Front toes with claws, middle phalanges shortened. Procoracoid process large. No clavicles. Tibia without bony bridge. Aftershaft absent. Ceca large. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial, with one pair of syringeal muscles. (Unique among Ratite.) Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XVII. 17 238 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, 3. CASUARITI. Australasian. Maxillo-palatines large, fused with vomer and premaxilla. Vomer long, articulating with palatines and pterygoids. Hallux absent. Front toes with claws, middle phalanges shortened. i Procoracoid process small. Clavicles rudimentary. Tibia without bony bridge. Aftershaft very large. Czeca small, functional. 4. APTERYGES. New Zealand. Maxillo-palatines as ix Caswarii, but vomer fused with palatines and pterygoids. All the four toes well developed, with claws. Procoracoid process rudimentary. No elavicles. Tibia with bony bridge over extensor tendons. Aftershaft absent. Czeca large. 5. DINORNITHES. New Zealand. Palate as in Caswartt. Hallux variable. Whole shoulder-girdle and wing fragmentary. Procoracoid process rudimentary. Tibia with bony extensor bridge. Aftershaft very large. 6. AEPYORNITHES. Madagascar. Hallux present. Tibia without bony extensor bridge. 2nd Division. NEORNITHES CARINATA. This division comprises all those Neornithes to which the sum of characters descriptive of the Ratitee does not apply. As a rule the Carinatze are described as birds possessed of a carina sterni; an acrocoracoid process; separate scapulee and coracoids, which form an acute or a right angle; complete furcula ; ischiadic foramen ; single-headed quadrate; a vomer which is not fused with the neighbouring bones of the palate. The existence of such forms as Crypturi, Didus, Ocydromus, Stringops, Hesperornis, &c., does not permit the employment of these characters to differentiate the Carinate from the Ratite. These are reasons sufficient to contest the validity of these two divisions, which are, however, retained more for the sake of convenience than on the ground of demonstrable facts. 7. COLYMBIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Nidifugous. Zoophagous. Schizognathous. No basipterygoid process. Nares per- vious. 1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 239 Rhamphotheca simple. Supraorbital glands present. Neck without apteria. Aftershaft present. Oil-gland tufted. No ectepicondylar process. Aquinto-cubital. Legs short. Hallux small, front toes webbed er lobated. High patellar+ epicnemial process. (Unique.) Intestinal convolutions orthoccelous, type Il. Ceca functional. 1. CoLyMBI. 14 or 15 cervical vertebrz. 11 primaries. Hypotarsus enclosing one triangular space. Front toes webbed. II. PopicirEDEs. 17 to 21 cervical vertebra. 12 primaries. Hypotarsus complex. Front toes lobated. 8. SPHENISCIFORMES. Antarctic. Marine. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. Schizognathous. No basipterygoid processes. Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. Large supraorbital glands. Oil-gland tufted. Pterylosis without apteria. Aftershaft present. Remiges and rectrices rudimentary, numerous. Wings transformed into paddles. (Unique.) Metatarsals short, incompletely fused. (Unique.) Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type II. Coraco-humeral groove shallow. No ectepicondylar process. Procoracoid process rudimentary. Ceca functional. I. SPHENISCI. 9. PROCELLARIIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Marine. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. Nestlings downy. Downs complex. Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. Neck with lateral apteria. Schizognathous. Rhamphotheea compound. Large supraorbital glands. Nares impervious, tubular. Hellux small or rudimentary. Front toes webbed. Hypotarsus complex, or with several grooves. Céraco-humeral groove shallow. Ectepicondylar process large. Ws 240 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, Tracheo-bronchial muscles attached to 7th or 5th bronchial rings. Tongue mostly rudimentary. I. TuBINARES. 10. ARDEIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Young passing through a downy stage. : Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. | Humero-coracoid deep. No ectepicondylar process. Desmognathous. No basipterygoid process. I. STEGANOPODES. Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Nidicolous. Piscivorous. Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. No supraorbital glands. Angulare truncated. Neck without apteria. Legs short; all the four toes webbed together. ( Unique.) Hypotarsus complex. Flexors type of II. Orthoccelous, type II. ‘Tongue rudimentary. 1. Phaetontide. 15 cervical vertebree. Procoracoid process large. Garrod’s symbol AXY +. 2. Phalacrocoracide. (including Sulinze, Plotine, Pha- lacrocoracine. ) 18-20 cervical vertebree. Garrod’s symbol AX+. 3. Pelecanide. 17 cervical vertebrze. Procoracoid process small Garrod’s symbol A —. 4. Fregatide. 15 cervical vertebre. Procoracoid process small. Garrod’s symbol A+. II. Heropit. Cosmopolitan. Waders. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. Bill long, pointed, laterally compressed, with simple rhamphotheca. Nares pervious. No supraorbital glands. Neck long, with long apteria. Downs of adults only upon the apteria. (Unique among Ardei- formes.) 1892. | CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 241 Legs long; four toes, not webbed. Hypotarsus complex. Flexors of type I. or VII. Orthoccelous, type II. Ceca rudimentary. Tracheo-bronchial muscles attached to second bron- chial rings. 1. Ardeide. 19 or 20 cervical vertebra. Several pairs of powder-down patches. ile: primaries.— Cosmopolitan. 2. Scopide. 16 cervical vertebre. No powder-down patches. 10 primaries.—Ethiopian. Til. PELaRGt. Cosmopolitan. Waders. Neck long, without apteria. Nares pervious. Rhamphotheca simple. Legs long. Hypotarsus simple. Intestinal type IV., telogyrous. 1. Ciconide. Zoophagous. Nidicolous. 17 cervical vertebree. Hallux long, toes not webbed. Flexors of type I. Tongue rudimentary. Ceeca rudimentary. Syrinx without tracheo-bronchial muscles. 2, Phoenicopteride. Tropical. Nidifugous. 18 or 19 cervical vertebree- Hallux small, front toes webbed. Flexors of type IV. Tongue large and thick. Ceeca functional. Syrinx with tracheo-bronchial muscles. 11. FALCONIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. Zoophagous. Desmognathous. Bill raptorial. Rhamphotheca simple, with ceroma. Aquinto-cubital. Feet raptorial. Hypotarsus simple. Intestinal convolutions of type iV., telogyrous. Czca rudimentary. Coraco-humeral groove indistinct. 242 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, I. CATHARTS.. Neotropical. Oil-gland nude. Neck without apteria. Nares pervious. Aftershaft absent. Basipterygoid processes articulating with middle of pterygoids. Procoracoid rudimentary. Sternum with two pairs of notches. Hypotarsus with two shallow grooves. Flexors of type V. Syrinx without muscles. YY. Accipirres. Cosmopolitan. Oil-gland tufted. Nares impervious. Neck with lateral apteria. Procoracoid process large. Sternum with one pair of notches or fenestrae. Flexors of type III. Syrinx with tracheo-bronchial muscles. 1. Vulturide. 15 cervical vertebrae. No basipterygoid processes. Aftershaft present. Coracoids present. 2. Gypogeranide. 15 cervical vertebree. Basipterygoid processes present. Aftershaft present. Coracoids separate. 3. Pandionide. 14 or 15. cervical vertebree. Basipterygoid processes absent. Aftershaft absent. Coracoids overlapping. 4. Falconide. 14 cervical vertebree. Basipterygoid processes absent. Aftershaft present. Coracoids separate. 12. ANSERIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Aquatic. Nidifugous. Young downy. Neck long, without apteria. 1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 243 Aftershaft rudimentary. Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. Rhamphotheca with ceroma; bill with lamelle. Nares pervious. Desmognathous. With basipterygoid processes. Angulare of mandible long and recurved. Coraco-humeral groove indistinct. No ectepicondylar process. Two pairs of pectoro-tracheal muscles. (Unique.) Intestinal convolutions of type IIL. Ceeca functional. Penis large, spiral. (Unique among Carinatz.) I. PaALaMEDES. Neotropical. Basipterygoid articulation on middle of pterygoids. Hypotarsus simple. Ribs without uncinate processes. (Unique.) II. ANSEREsS. Basipterygoid processes articulating with the palatine end of the pterygoids. Hypotarsus complex. Ribs with uncinate processes. 13. CRYPTURIFORMES. _ Neotropical. Nidifugous. Phytophagous. Schizognathous. WVomer fused with bones of palate. ( Unique.) Basipterygoid processes present. Rhamphotheca compound. Nares impervious. Holo- rhinal. Sternum with very slender and long mesosternum and simple posterior lateral processes. Procoracoid process rudimentary. With incisura ischiadica. Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type II. Neck with lateral apteria. Aftershaft rudimentary. Oil-gland tufted. Quinto-cubital. 10 primaries. Plagiocvelous, type V. Ceca large. Crop globular. I. CryptTuri. 14. GALLIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Phytophagous. Schizognathous. Nares impervious. Rhamphotheca sim- ple. 244 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, Furcula with hypocleidium. Plagioccelous, type V. Czca large. Crop globular. 10 primaries. 5 I. TuRnices. 14 or 15 cervical vertebree. Schizorhinal. Sternum with long and simple posterior lateral pro- cesses. Procoracoid process large. No spina externa sterni. Coracoids separate. Hypotarsus complex. Hallux very small or absent. Flexors of type IV. Neck with lateral apteria. Oil-gland tufted. Quinto-cubital. II. Gaui. 16 or more cervical vertebree. Holorhinal. Coracoids touching each other. Flexors of type 1. Hallux large. Neck without lateral apteria. 1. Gallide. 16 cervical vertebree. Nidifugous. Spina communis sterni. Sternum with long posterior lateral processes and with oblique processes. Hypotarsus complex. 2. Opisthocomide. 18 or 19 cervical vertebree. Nidicolous. Spina externa only present. Sternum with small notches or fenestra only ; no oblique process. Oil-gland tufted. 15. GRUIFORMES'. Cosmopolitan. Aquatic or paludic. Angulare mandibule truncated. Rhamphotheca simple. 1 Owing to the existence of such peculiarly specialized forms as Hurypyga, Rhinochetus, Podica, Dicholophus, and Otis (all of which are most intimately related to the bulk of the Grues and Ralli), it is not possible to admit some important characters into the diagnosis of the Gruiformes. They all are abso- lutely nidifugous with the exception of Hurypyga and Heliornis (the young of Rhinochetus are unknown). They are typically schtzognathous, except Rhino- chetus and Dicholophus. They have a tufted oil-gland except Rhinochetus, Eurypyga, Dicholophus, and Otis. They have lateral cervical apteria except Eurypyga, Dicholophus, and Otis. Their feet are those of Waders, except the tridactyle cursorial Otés. Rhinochetus alone has impervious nares, i P 1892.] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 245 _ No basipterygoid processes. No ectepicondylar process. Flexors of tvpe I. or LV. Peri-orthoccelous, type I. I. Euryryc2. © JL. Raut. Neotropical. With powder-down ce (Unique among Grui- formes. ) Oil-gland nude. Schizorhinal. 1. Eurypygide. Aquinto-cubital. No lateral cervical apteria. Schizognathous. Nares pervious. 18 cervical vertebre. Sternum with one pair of notches. Nidicolous. 2. Rhinochetide. New Caledonia. Quinto-cubital. Lateral cervical apteria. Desmognathous. Nares impervious. 16 cervical vertebree. Sternum solid. Hypotarsus with high ridges. 3. Mesitide. Madagascar. Cubital. Lateral cervical apteria. Schizognathous. Nares pervious. Sternum with long simple posterior lateral pro- cesses. Clavicles rudimentary. 17 cervical vertebree. Spina interna alone developed. (Unique among Gruiformes.) Aquinto-cubital. With lateral cervical apteria. Oil-gland tufted. Schizognathous. Holorhinal. 14 or 15 cervical vertebre. Sternum with long simple posterior lateral processes. Hypotarsus without canals but with high ridges. III. Grues. With lateral cervical apteria. Oil-gland nude. Schizognathous. 17 to 20 cervical vertebree. Sternum solid. Hy potarsus complex. 246 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, IV. DicuouopHt. Neotropical. No cervical apteria. Oil-gland nude. Schizognathous. Holorhinal. 14 or 15 cervical vertebre. Sternum with two posterior notches. Hypotarsus simple. V. OTIDES. No cervical apteria. Downs of adults only on apteria. (Unique among Gruiformes.) Schizognathous. Holorhinal. Sternum with four posterior notches. Hypotarsus complex. Hallux absent ; feet cursorial. 16. CHARADRITFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Nidifugous. Downs of adult on pterylee and on apteria. With lateral cervical apteria. Aftershaft present. 11 primaries. Oil-gland tufted. Aquinto-cubital. Schizognathous. Nares pervious. Rhamphotheca simple. 15 cervical vertebrae (except Gidicnemus and Parride). Coraco-humeral groove distinct. Furcula with hypocleidium. Peri-orthoccelous, with mesogyrous tendency ; type I. Flexors of type I. or IV. I. Limico2. Downs of young very simple, brush-like. Hypotarsus with canals. Front toes webbed. Supraorbital glands variable. 1. Chionidide. Antarctic. Schizorhinal. No basipterygoid processes. Vomer broad. Rhamphotheca complex. (Unique among Charadriiformes.) 2. Charadriide. Cosmopolitan. Schizorhinal. With basipterygoid proeesses. a. Charadriine. b. Scolopacine. 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 247 3. Glareolide. Afro-Indo-Australian. Schizorhinal (except Pluvianus). No basiptery- goid processes. (Glareola, Pluvianus, Cursorius, Dromas.) . Thinocoride (incl. Attagis). Neotropical. Schizo- inclining to holorhinal. No basipterygoid processes. With a globular crop. (Unique among Chara- driiformes.) Phytophagous. aN 5. Gdicnemide. Cosmopolitan. Holorhinal. No basipterygoid processes. 16 cervical vertebree. No hallux. 6. Parride. Tropical. Schizorhinal. With basipterygoid processes. Hallux long. 16 cervical vertebrz. II. Gavia. Downs of young more complex, approaching typical downs. Front toes webbed. Aquatic. Zoophagous. Supraorbital glands always large. Schizorhinal. Hypotarsus with two grooves. 1. Alcide. Sternum with two notches. Curacoids separate. No ectepicondylar process. Procoracoid process small. Periarctic. 2. Laride. Sternum with four notches. Coracoids touching each other. With ectepicondylar process. Procoracoid process large. Cosmopolitan. 17. COLUMBIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Phytophagous. Adult downs scarce and restricted to the apteria. No lateral cervical apteriae 11 remiges. Aftershaft rudimentary or absent. Oil-gland nude or absent. Aquinto-cubital. 248 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, Schizognathous. Schizorhinal. Nares impervious. Rhamphotheca simple. Hypotarsus with one canal. Procoracoid process large. Flexors of type I. or IV. Crop globular. I. PreRoc.Les. African and Asiatic. Nidifugous. Flexors of type IV. Hallux rudimentary. Syringeal muscles broncho-tracheal. Sterno-tracheal muscles separate. Ceca large. 15 or 16 cervical vertebree. II. CotumBz. Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. No downs in adults. Flexors of type J. Hallux functional. Syringeal muscles tracheal only. Both sterno-tracheal muscles united asymmetrically. Ceeca not functional. 14 or 15 cervical vertebre. 1. Didide. Wings and furcula reduced. Flightless. 2. Columbide. Wings and furcula fully developed. 18. CUCULIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. Neck with lateral apteria. 10 primaries. Desmognathous. No basipterygoid processes. Holorhinal. Nares impervious. Rhamphotheca simple. Sternum with small notches or fenestree. Procoracoid process large. 13, 14, or 15 cervical vertebree. Humerus with ectepicondylar process. Feet zygodactylous, scansorial. Flexors of type I. Hypotarsus complex. Intestinal convolutions of type LV. or V., with telogyrous tendencies. I. CoccyGes. Nestlings naked. Downs of adults restricted to the apteria. Quinto-cubital. Procoracoid approaching, or fusing with, acrocoracoid, forming a foramen. Syrinx bronchial. Intestinal convolutions of type V. 1892. | CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 249 1. Cuculide. Insectivorous. Czeca large. Oil-gland nude. Vomer present. Coracoids separate. 14 cervical vertebre. 2. Musophagide. Ethiopian. Frugivorous. Czeca absent. Oil-gland tufted. Vomer absent. Coracoids overlapping. 15 cervical vertebree. IL. Psrrract. Tropical. Nestlings downy. Phytophagous. Downs of adults very complex, on apteria and pterylee. Aguinto-cubital. Bill globular, hooked. Rhamphotheca with basal, soft ceroma surrounding the nostrils. 13 or 14 cervical vertebree. Syrinx with 3 pairs of muscles, and of unzque structure. Intestinal convolutions of type LV.; telogyrous. Ceeca absent. 1. Psittacide. 19. CORACIIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. Feet four-toed, not zygodactylous, not webbed. Metatarsus short. Flexors of type I., V., VII., or VIII. Holorhinal. Nares impervious. Sternum solid, or with small notches or fenestree. 13, 14, or 15 cervical vertebre. Intestinal convolutions of type VI. or VII. I. SrRiGEs. Cosmopolitan. Zoophagous. Nestlings downy. Downs of adults restricted to apteria. Plumage soft. Feet raptorial, fourth toe reversible. Flexors of type I. Hypotarsus simple. Tibia without bony bridge for extensor tendons. No spina interna. 14 cervical vertebre. Bill raptorial, without ceroma. Schizognathous, with desmognathous tendency. Basipterygoid processes complete. Intestinal convolutions of type VI. Ceca functional. 1. Strigide. 250 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [ Mar. 15, II. MacrocuireEs. Cosmopolitan. 10 remiges, terminal quill long. Oil-gland nude. Spina externa and interna very small or absent. Coracoids separate. 13 or 14 cervical vertebre. Intestinal convolutions of type VI. 1. Caprimulgide. Cosmopolitan. Nestlings downy. Adult downs restricted to the apteria. Bill broad, wide, short. 13 or 14 cervical vertebree. Hypotarsus complex. Flexors of type V. Syrinx bronchial. Czeca functional. 2. Cypselide. Cosmopolitan. Nestlings naked. Adult downs restricted to the apteria. Insectivorous. Bill broad, wide, short. 13 or 14 cervical vertebre. Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type V. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. Ceca absent. 3. Trochilide. American. Nestlings naked. No downs in adults. Bill long, slender. Tongue bi-tubular. 14 cervical vertebre. Hypotarsus simple. Flexors of type I. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. Czeca absent. Crop present (unique among Macrochires). III. Cox. Ethiopian. Phytophagous. 10 remiges. Oil-gland tufted. No downs in adults. Desmognathous. No basipterygoid processes. Spina externa well developed. 13 cervical vertebre. Left carotid only. Hypotarsus complex. Flexors of type V. Intestinal convolutions of type VI. Czca absent. l. Coliida. 1892.) CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 251 IV. TRoGoNEs. Tropical. Frugivorous. 10 primaries. Oil-gland nude. No downs in adults. Schizognathous. Basipterygoid processes rudi- mentary. 15 cervical vertebree. Spina externa long, forked. Coracoids touching each other. Hypotarsus complex. Flexors of type VIII. ( Unique.) Intestinal convolutions of type VI. Ceeca functional. 1. Trogonide. V. Coracia. Cosmopolitan. Desmognathous. Basipterygoid processes absent, or (Coraciide) sometimes rudimentary. 14 or 15 cervical vertebree. Hypotarsus complex. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. 1. Coraciide. Paleeogeean. Zoophagous. Dorsal pterylosis with apterium. 10 primaries. Oil-gland nude. No downs in adults. 14 cervical vertebree. No spina interna. Procoracoid process large, but not fusing with the acrocoracoid. Right and left carotids present. Ceca functional. 2. Momotide. Neotropical. Without dorsal apterium. 10 primaries. No downs in adults. Spina interna absent. Coracoids separate. Procoracoid process very small. 15 cervical vertebree. Right and left carotids present. 3. Alcedinide. Zoophagous. Cosmopolitan. Without dorsal apterium. 11 primaries. Oul-gland tufted. 252 DR. H. GADOW ON THE [Mar. 15, Downs present in adults, on pteryle and on apteria. (Unique among Coraciz.) 15 cervical vertebre. Spina interna absent. Procoracoid process as in Upupide. Ceca not functional. Tongue rudimentary. 4, Meropide. Paleeogeean. Insectivorous. With dorsal apterium. Oil-gland nude. No downs in adults. 15 cervical vertebree. Left carotid only. Spina communis. Procoracoids as in Upupide. Ceca functional. 5. Upupide. Paleeogeean. Oil-gland tufted. No aftershaft. Spina communis. Procoracoid process fused with acrocoracoid, forming a foramen. 14 or 15 cervical vertebree. Intestinal convolutions of type VII. No ceca. ‘Tongue rudimentary. a. Upupine. Insectivorous. With lateral cervical apteria. 10 primaries. 14 cervical vertebree. Flexors of type VII. b. Bucerotine. Insectivorous and frugivorous. Without lateral apteria. 11 primaries. 14 or 15 cervical vertebre. Flexors of type V. ce. Irrisorine. (Anatomy unknown to me.) 20. PASSERIFORMES. Cosmopolitan. Nidicolous. Neck with lateral apteria. Quinto-cubital. No basipterygoid processes. Holorhinal. 14 or 15 cervical vertebree. Spina externa long ; spina interna absent. Sternum with small notches or foramina. Second and third toes always turned forwards. Flexors of type I., VI., or VIL. Hypotarsus complex. Intestinal convolutions of type VII. or VIII. Ceeca not functional, 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 253 I. Prez. Zygodactylous, or hallux absent. Nestling and adult downs absent. Nesting in holes. 14 cervical vertebree. Flexors of type VI. (Unigue.) Intestinal convolutions of type VII. (Galbula and Bucco unknown.) Ceca absent, except in Galbulide. 1. Galbulide (Galbulinzee + Bucconine). Desmognathous, Spina externa forked. Right and left carotids. Oil-gland nude in Galbuling and in most Buc- conine. 2. Picide (Picine, Yungine). Schizo-zegithognathous. Spina externa forked. Oil-gland tufted. Left carotid only. 3. Capitonide (Capitoninee + Indicatorine). Aizitho-desmognathous. Spina externa unpaired. Oil-gland tufted. Left carotid only. 4. Rhamphastide. Frugivorous. Desmognathous. Spina externa unpaired. Oil-gland tufted. Left carotid only II. Passeres. Akgithognathous. Hallux present; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th toes always turned forwards. Nestlings with downs of complex structure. Oil-gland nude. Left carotid only. Czeca not functional. Intestinal convolutions of type VII. or VIII. 1. Eurylemide. Indian. Austro-Malayan. Hallux weak ; front toes syndactyle. 15 cervical vertebree. Spina externa long, single. Tntestinal convolutions of type VIII. Flexors of type I. Oligo-mesomyodous. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XVIII. 18 254 DR. H. GADOW ON THE | > [Mat. 15; 2. Menuride. Australian. Hallux the strongest toe. Front toes eleuthero- dactyle. Flexors of type VII. 14 cervical vertebre. Spina externa forked. Intestinal convolutions of type VIL. Di-acro-myodous. a. Menurine. Furcula complete. Three pairs of syringeal muscles. b. Aérichiine. Clavicles rudimentary. Two pairs of syringeal muscles, 3. Passeride. Front toes eleutherodactyle. Hallux the strongest toe. 14 cervical vertebree, Spina externa forked. Flexors of type VII. Intestinal convolutions of type VIII. a. P. oligomyode. American. Mostly mesomyodous, never di-acro-myodous. b.. P. tracheophone. Neotropical. Syrinx tracheal. c. P. polymyode. Cosmopolitan. Di-acro-myodous. APPENDIX. List of the Characters employed in determination of the Affinities of e the various Groups of Birds. A. Development. Condition of young when hatched: whether nidifugous or nidi- colous; whether naked or downy, or whether passing through a downy stage. B. Integument. Structure and distribution of the first downs, and where dis- tributed. Structure and distribution of the downs in the adult: whether absent, or present on pterylee or on apteria or on both. Lateral cervical pterylosis: whether solid or with apteria. Dorso-spinal pterylosis: whether solid or with apterium, and whether forked or not. Ventral pterylosis: extent of the median apterium. Aftershaft : whether present, rudimentary, or absent. Number of primary remiges. Cubital or secondary remiges : whether quinto- or aquinto-cubital. Oil-gland: present or absent, nude or tufted. 1892. ] CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS. 255 Rhamphotheca: whether simple or compound, 7. ¢. consisting of more than two pieces on the upper bill. C. Skeleton. _ Palate: Schizo-desmognathous. Nares, whether pervious or imper= vious, 2. e. with or without a complete solid naso-ethmoidal septum. Basipterygoid processes: whether present, rudimentary, or absent ; and their position. Temporal fossa, whether deep or shallow. Mandible: os angulare, whether truncated or produced; long and straight or recurved. Number of cervical vertebre. Heemapophyses of cervical and of thoracic vertebrze : occurrence and shape. Spina externa and spina interna sterni: occurrence, size, and shape. Posterior margin of the sternum, shape of. Position of the basal ends of the coracoids: whether separate, touching, or overlapping. Procoracoid process : its size and the mode of its combination with acrocoracoid. Furcula: shape; presence or absence of hypocleidium and of interclavicular process. Groove on the humerus for the humero-coracoidal ligament : its occurrence and depth. Humerus, with or without ectepicondylar process. Tibia: with bony or only with ligamentous bridge, near its distal tibio-tarsal end, for the long extensor tendons of the toes : occurrence aud position of an intercondylar tubercle, in vicinity of the bridge. Hypotarsus: formation with reference to the tendons of the long toe-muscles :—(1) simple, if having only one broad groove; (2) complex, if grooved and perforated; (3) deeply grooved and to what extent, although not perforated. Toes : number and position, and connexions. D. Muscles. : Garrod’s symbols of thigh-muscles A B X Y,—used, however, in the negative sense. Formation of the tendons of the m. flexor perforans digitorum : the number of modifications of which is 8 (I.-VIII.) acccrding to the numbering in Bronn’s Vogel, p. 195, and Puerbringer, p. 1587. EK. Syrine. Tracheal, broncho-tracheal, or bronchial. Number and mode of insertion of syringeal muscles. F. Carotids. If both right and left present, typical: or whether only left present, and the range of the modifications. G. Digestive Organs. Convolutions of the intestinal canal. Eight types, numbered I.-VIII., according to Bronn’s Vogel, p. 708, and P.Z.S. 1889, pp. 303-316. 18* 256 ON GIRAFFES THAT HAVE LIVED IN THE GARDENS. [Apr. 9, Czeca: whether functional or not. Tongue: its shape. Food.—Two principal divisions, i. e. Phytophagous or Zoo- phagous, with occasional subdivisions such as Herbivorous, Frugi- vorous, Piscivorous, Insectivorous, etc. List of Characters employed occasionally. Shape of bill. Pattern of colour. Number of rectrices ; and mode of overlapping of wing-coverts, according to Goodchild (P.Z.S. 1886, pp. 184-203). Vomer. Pneumatic foramen of humerus. Supraorbital glands. Crop. Peuis. Certain wing-muscles according to Fuerbringer. Mode of life: Aquatic, Terrestrial, Aerial, Diurnal, Nocturnal, Rapacious, etc. Mode of nesting: breeding in holes. Structure of eggs. Geographical distribution. April 5, 1892. W. T. Blanford, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1892 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of March was 107, of which 57 were by presentation, 17 by birth, 23 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and 6 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 96. Among the deaths, I regret to have to announce that of the last of the Society’s stock of Giraffes—a male, purchased Jan. 27th, 1879. We are now, therefore, for the first time since the arrival of the four original Girafies on the 24th of May, 1836, without any representa- tive of this Mammal in our series. Nor does there seem to be at present much chance of our being able to supply the deficiency. Owing to the closure of the Soudan by the Mahdists, the supplies of this and other large African Mammals, which were formerly ob- tained vid Cassala and Suakim, have ceased, and, so far as I can make out, with the exception of a single old female (for which an exorbitant price is demanded), there are now no living Giraffes in the market. From the table which I now exhibit, it will be seen that there have been 30 individuals of the Giraffe in the Society’s Gardens since 1836, of which 17 have been born there, and 13 have been acquired by purchase. Of these 30, one was presented to the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland in 1844, five have been sold at. prices varying from £450 to £150, and the remainder have died in the Gardens. 1892.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BUBALIS SWAYNEI. 257 List of Giraffes that have lived in the Society’s Gardens. No. | Sex. How obtained. 1.| 2 | Imported, May 24, 1836. MH Ss Do. do. 3.| 6 Do. do. 4.| fo Do. do. 5.| 3g | Born in the Menagerie, June 19, 1839. 6.| ¢ | Born in the Menagerie, May 24, 1841. 5 \\, To. do. Feb. 25, 1844, 8.| J Do. do. April 22, 1846. 9.1 db Do. do. Feb. 12, 1849. 10.| 2 | Imported, June 29, 1849. Hie & Do. do. 12.| ¢ | Born in the Menagerie, March 30, 1852. 13.| 2 Do. do. April 25, 1853. 14.| 2 Do. do. May 7, 1855. 15.| 2 Do. do. July 16, 1859. 16.| 9° Do. do. May 26, 1861. Ne || & Do. do. Oct. 7, 1861. 18.| og Do. do. May 8, 1863. 1@, |) S Do. do. Sept. 24, 1863. 20.| & Do. do. March 31, 1865. 2) @ Do. do. April 20, 1865. 2201 6 Do. do. Sept. 14, 1866. 23.) f Do. do. March 17, 1867. 24.| 2 | Purchased, July 23, 1867. 25.1 3 Do. Jan. 5, 1871. 26.| 2 Do. Oct. 11, 1871. Pllol| (63 Do. July 25, 1874. 28.| 2 Do. do. PS) Do. do. 30.) ¢o Do Jan. 27, 1879. How disposed of. Died, Oct. 15, 1852. » » 29, 1846. » dan. 14, 1849, », dan, 6, 1837. » dune 28, 1839. Presented to the Dublin Zoological Society, June 14, 1844. Died, Dec. 30, 1853. » Jan. 22, 1867. Sold, April 27, 1850. Died, Noy. 3, 1856. Sold, Oct. 29, 1853. » March 29, 1853. Died, May 21, 1872. » Nov. 6, 1866. » Dee. 2, 1859. Sold, May 1, 1863. Died, Dec. 18, 1861. », Nov. 18, 1863. » April 21, 1864. » April 8, 1865. Sold, May 31, 1866. Died, Nov. 6, 1866. » dune 20, 1881. » Sept. 12, 1869. », April 27, 1874. » May 21, 1878. » dan. 8, 1879. » duly 9, 1886. » Novy. 24, 1891. » March 22, 1892. Mr. Sclater called attention to two mounted heads of Swayne’s Antelope’ (Bubalis swaynet), which had been kindly lent to him by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. These were the specimens obtained by Mr. T. W. H. Clarke and Colonel Paget, and other members of the same party, which were alluded to in the ‘ Field’ of March 26, 1892 (vol. Ixxvi. p. 432), and one of which was there figured. Mr. Sclater remarked that the heads now exhibited were evi- dently those cof a male and female, the male in this, as in other species of the genus Bubalis, differing in the stouter and thicker horns. Mr. Sclater stated that Prof. Giglioli, of Florence, had kindly sent him a coloured drawing of the head of an Antelope obtained by Count August Boutourline and Dr. Traversi in Shoa in 1882, which had been referred by Dr. Giglioli (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1 See above, p. 98. 258 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 9, ser. 2, vi. p. 19) to the Hartebeest of South Africa (Bubalis caama), but that it was evident, from the shape of the horns and colour of the hairs, that this specimen also belonged to B. swaynet. In reference to some remarks that had been made upon his usage of ‘* Bubalis’’ instead of ‘* Alcelaphus” for this group of Antelopes, Mr. Sclater pointed out that “ Bubalis” of Lichtenstein was pro- posed in 1814 (Mag. d. Gesellsch. nat. Fr. vi. p. 152), two years before “* Alcelaphus’’ of Blainville, and had been constantly used by Sundevall, Peters, and other writers, so that it had undoubtedly good claims to priority. A note was read from Professor Jefirey Bell regarding the habitat of Bipalium kewense. This interesting Planarian, first found in Kew Gardens, had been observed in very various parts of the world. In only one case, however, did the circumstances of its discovery make it possible that the worm was indigenous to the place where it was met with. ‘That one place was Samoa, where Mr. J. J. Lister found it under stones in the bush. Mr. Fletcher, in communicating this fact to the Linnean Society of New South Wales (see Zool. Anzeig. 1891, p. 139), had expressed the opinion that there was little ground for supposing that the species was indigenous in Samoa. Further reason, however, for supposing that Samoa may be one of the places in which the worm is indigenous was to be found in the fact that Mr. R. B. Leefe had recently collected the same worm in Tongatabu. Prof. Bell had learnt from the Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, that though no plants had, to the Director’s know- ledge, been received directly from 'Tongatabu, exchanges had been made with Fiji. It might be urged that the probability of the group of islands just named being the original home of the species was, on the whole, increased by the facts now stated. The following papers were read :— 1. On the Land-Shells of St. Helena. By Epear A. Suita. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) | Received March 2, 1892.] Last year I had the honour of presenting to the Society an account of the marine Mollusca of St. Helena. I now propose to introduce to its notice some remarks upon the terrestrial fauna of that island. Like the former, the present report is based chiefly upon collections made by Capt. W. H. Turton, R.E., and presented to the British Museum. The collection is the most complete that has ever been made, and contains examples not only of most of the known species, but also of as many as eleven undescribed forms, a proportion of more than one third of the entire fauna. Our best thanks are due to Capt. Turton for the labour of getting together such an interesting Ie Ze Sens a2. lel WO R.Mintern hth. Mintern Bros. imp. ILZANNID) Gisie iL S Ol S* IsiE IGE INVA. IP BS) - WZ, 2 PL. COGN. BR. Mintern. lth. Mintern Bros. imp. PAN D SHELLS OF S? HELENA, 1892. ] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 259 collection, and for the careful notes regarding loralities which accom- pany the specimens. The most complete account of the terrestrial fauna’ of St. Helena hitherto published is that given by Mr. Wollaston in his work ‘Testacea Atlantica,’ published in 1878. He there enumerates 29 species of Land-Shells, of which 9 at least must be regarded as introductions since the discovery of the island 390 yearsago. Some of these species—for example, Limaw gagates, Vitrea cellaria, V. alliaria, Helix pulchella, H. aspersa, and Pupa umbilicata (= helen- ensis, Pfr.)—were doubtless introduced along with European shrubs and plants. Patula pusilla probably was imported from Madeira, the Canary Islands, or the Azores, where it is very abundant ; and the two remaining species, Stenogyra compressilabris and Acicula veru, upon which some remarks will be made at the end of this paper, are evidently West-Indian forms. With regard to the twenty indigenous species mentioned by Mr. Wollaston, some, in my opinion, are merely varieties and not specifically distinct. After a careful study of all the forms, including the eleven new species now described, the total number of indigenous species may be estimated at twenty-seven. Of these, seven are living on the island at the present time, eighteen have become extinct since the destruc- tion of the primeeval forests, and two are found both recent and semi- fossil. A great deal has been written upon the relationship of the fauna of St. Helena with regard to other parts of the globe, and an interesting résumé of this subject is given by Mr. Wallace in his work ‘ Island Life,’ pp. 281-297. Professor Forbes many years ago, from a study of the Mollusca, hazarded the theory of a possible ancient connection of St. Helena with South America, This view, however, was vigorously rejected by Wollaston, Jeffreys, and others, and, considering the present isolated position of the island, the actual enormous depth of the surrounding ocean, and other cogent reasons”, this theory certainly does appear unsupportable. There is, however, a greater resem- blance between the shell-fauna of the two localities than was recog- nized either by Forbes or Wollaston ; and the occurrence of a species, discovered since they investigated this subject, and more resembling a group (Lomigerus) which is exclusively Brazilian in distribution than any other, together with the reasons which influenced Forbes, would seem to indicate that country as the probable source whence some of the indigenous but now extinct species, or their ancestors, originated. How they were transmitted is a hopeless problem to solve, and although drift-wood, carried by oceanic currents, is doubtless answerable for a good deal in the way of distribution, the subject must apparently ever remain one of mere speculation. It has been stated by Mr. Wollaston that the large Bulimus auris- vulpina is represented in the Solomon Islands and New Zealand by ' No freshwater forms have as yet been discovered. * Neither the flora of St. Helena nor the insect-fauna suggests particularly a South-American relationship or origin. 260 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, species which have much the same type of form; but this supposed resemblance, in reality, proves to be less, on a careful comparison of the two types, than one at first would imagine. Perhaps the most striking similarity to Pacific forms occurs among the Patule. Such species as P. radiella, Pfr., P. multilamellata, Garret, P. acuticostata, Mousson, and others from the Polynesian Archipelago are exact representatives of the Endodonte, or toothed group of Patule, from St. Helena. Still, although these Pacific forms are certainly of the same type, we must also remember that the same form of Patula occurs in the island of Fernando Noronha, namely, P. quinquelirata, Smith, and possibly also on the adjacent mainland of Brazil itself, although its presence there has yet to be discovered. In the following complete list of the zndigenous species references are not given, as they are obtainable by consulting Mr. Wollaston’s work. In conclusion I propose to discuss one or two of the intro- duced species. A. Indigenous Species. 1. VITREA MELLISsII (Wollaston). This minute species, which is known to me only by description, is possibly an introduction. PATULA (without teeth). 2. PaTuLA spuRCA (Sowerby). (Plate XXI. figs. 1, 1 a.) This species was unknown to Mr. Wollaston, and consequently being misled by the somewhat poor figure given by Forbes, he has placed it in the genus Hyalina (=Vitrea). The examination, however, of a number of specimens, some received from Mr. Alexander, who furnished Forbes with his examples, others from Capt. Turton, proves that it should be located in the group Patula. Sowerby’s description being so brief, I think it advisable to recharacterize it, thus :— Testa anguste wmbilicata, suborbicularis, tenuis, albida, rufo- variegata, haudnitida ; spira parum elevata,ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, regulariter et lente accrescentes, lineis incrementi tenuibus confertis flexuosis obliquis striate, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, antice haud descendens ; apertura late lunata, simplex, haud dentata vel lirata ; peri- stoma tenue, margine columellari leviter expanso et reflexo. Diam. maj. 5 millim., min. 44, alt. 3% ; apertura 2} longa, 12 lata. Hab. Sugarloaf Hill and Quarry (Zurton). Extinct (? living). In some specimens the spire is more elevated than in others, and occasionally the apex is scarcely raised ahove the last whorl. The majority of the examples examined have to a great extent lost their original colour and are now of a uniform whitish tint; but a few from Sugarloaf Ridge, which have the appearance of live shells, look of a pale reddish colour to the naked eye, but when viewed under a 1892. ] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 261 lens it is seen that they are variegated with irregular radiating blotches of red and white intermingled. The lines of growth are distinct, finely hair-like, arcnate and oblique on the upper surface, and gently undulating on the body-whorl. The umbilicus is deep but narrow, equalling about one fifth the diameter of the base. 3. Paruua piaAN& (Pfeiffer). (Plate XXI. figs. 2-2 6.) This species does not belong to the group Hyalina (= Vitrea), as supposed by Wollaston, but falls naturally into Patula together with the preceding species, which it very closely resembles. Hab. Diana’s Peak. Living (P/r.). 4, PATULA PERSOLUTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 3-3 6.) Testa minuta, late et aperte umbilicata, discoidalis, planorbi- formis, pallide rufescens (?) ; anfractus 33, perconvesi, sutura profundissime discreti, subceleriter accrescentes, lineis incre- menti obliquis striati, ultimus tubiformis, rotundatus, antice solutus et descendens ; apertura subcircularis, margine colu- mellari leviter planato. Diam. maj. 34 millim., min. 22, alt. 2. Hab. Side Path (Turton). Extinct. This is a very remarkable little species, at once recognizable by its Planorbiform appearance, and the detached anterior portion of the body-whorl. ‘The upper whorls do not rise above the last, and the suture is remarkably deep. The umbilicus is very wide and open, permitting the convolution of the whorls to be observed to the apex. Both of the specimens examined exhibited traces of red towards the apex, and there is every probability of the living shell having exhibited more or less of that tint. 5. PATULA LETISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 4—4 6.) Testa minuta, anguste umbilicata, depresse subconoidea, alba, maculis radiantibus rufis supra et infra picta; anfractus 53, lente accrescentes, superne convexiusculi, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, lineis increment: fortibus striati, ultimus ad peri- pheriam rotundatus, antice haud descendens ; apertura semi- lunata, edentula ; peristoma tenue, simplex, margine columel- lari dilatato ; umbilicus profundus, angustus, diam. totius 4 adequans. Diam. maj. 4 millim., min. 33, alt. 23. Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, near the top (Lurton). Extinct. This little species is remarkable for its small deep umbilicus, the toothless aperture, rather well-marked lines of growth, the rounded periphery to the body-whorl, and the red colour-markings. These consist of radiating blotches on the upper surface of the whorls, which become rather angular and wavy on the middle and lower part of the body-whorl. 262 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, PatuLa (with teeth, Hndodonta). 6. Patruna BipLicaTA (Sowerby). Hab. North of the island. Extinct. A small species with two palatal folds. Unknown to me. 7. PATULA BILAMELLATA (Sowerby). (Plate XXI. fig. 5.) Var. UNILAMELLATA. Aperture with the lower parietal lamella wanting. Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, rare (Turton). Extinct. This name was also applied by Pfeiffer to a small species of ‘© Helix” in 1845, or one year after the publication of Sowerby’s description. As it cannot be regarded as generically distinct, although very different in form, I propose to substitute the name Patula pagodiformis. §. PATULA VERNONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 6-6 6.) Testa anguste perforata, depresse discoidea, superne planata, ad peripheriam acute carinata, alba, superne et infra rufo radiata; anfractus 6, lente accrescentes, vix convexiuscult, linets inerementi tenuibus striate, ultimus acute carinatus, supra et infra carinam leviter compressus, antice haud descendens, lineis radiantibus rujfis undulatis infra pictus, radiatim tenuiter striatus ; apertura parva, subrhomboidalis, lira parietali tenui intrante munita; peristoma simplex, tenue, wmbilicum versus leviter incrassatum. Diam. maj. 12 millim., min. 11, alt. 4. Hab. Side Path (Turton). Extinet. This species is at once recognized by its very flat spire, the com- pressed very acute keel, the minute umbilicus, the single fine lira- tion upon the upper part of the body-whorl, running within the aperture, and the style of colouring. The red rays upon both the upper and lower surfaces are more or less wavy and interrupted. There is no other sculpture excepting the fine lines of growth which cross the upper surface of the whorls obliquely and are a little flexuous beneath. The body-whorl has a more distinct impression below the keel than above it. I have much pleasure in naming this very distinct species after my late friend T. Vernon Wollaston, whose work ‘ Testacea Atlantica’ is one of the most accurate and complete hitherto published upon any Molluscan fauna. 9. PATULA PSEUSTES, sp. nov.’ (Plate XXI. figs. 7-7 6.) Testa conoidea, pyramidalis, anguste umbilicata, albida, superne maculis quadratis, inferne flammulis rufis picta; anfractus 63, convexi, sutura profunda discrett, radiatim tenuiter costulati, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, inferne striis tenuissimis flexuosis sculptus ; apertura lunata, obliqua, intus denticulis inequalibus sex (duobus lamelliformibus parie- talibus prominentibus, tribus minimis supra columellam, una 1 Pévorns, a deceiver. 1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 263 tenut prominenti in medio palatc) instructa ; peristoma tenue, marginibus remotis, columellari leviter dilatato. Longit. 25 millim., diam. 33 ; apertura 13 longa, 3 lata. Hab. Flagstaff Hill (2. W. Alewander). Extinct. This species has the spire more elevated and conical than the other species of Patula from the island. P. cutteri, Pfr., may approach it somewhat, but that species is said to have only two parietal lamellee, and two basal denticles near the columella. The present species has an additional basal denticle, and a prominent thin palatal lamella, which falls as it were between the two on the inner or parietal side of the aperture. 10. Paruta cuTreri (Pfeiffer). Hab. Diana’s Peak. Living (Pfr.). A small species, unknown to me, apparently similar in general features to the preceding, but with only four teeth within the aperture, two parietal and two basal near the columella, more narrowly umbilcated and probably more strongly sculptured. 11. PatuLa PoLYODON (Sowerby). (Plate XXI. figs. 8-8 c.) This is the most widely umbilicated of all the species of Patula from St. Helena, and this feature alone is sufficient to distinguish it from the rest. The whorls also, in adult shells eight to nine in number, enlarge very slowly. The striz are fine, regular, arcuately oblique above, and slightly wavy on the last whorl. There are three parietal lire extending far within the aperture, of which the upper and lower are nearly always double. The plice within the outer lip are almost invariably (in adult shells) seven in number, subequi- distant, but not of equal thickness, two or three towards the columella being stouter than the rest, which are slender and extend some distance within. Diam. maj. 5; mill., min. 5, alt. 23. Hab. Side Path, Sugarloaf Quarry, Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). Extinct. The species to which the foregoing remarks apply is certainly the Helix alewandri of Forbes, for in the British Museum there are specimens of it presented by Mr. Alexander, who also furnished Forbes with the shells he described. Moreover the description is fairly applicable, especially that portion of it referring to the umbilicus, which is described as “maximus.” It is much less certain that this is the H. polyodon of Sowerby, but as Mr. Wollaston hag united these species as well as H. helenensis (Forbes), Pfeitter, it will probably be advisable to acquiesce in this decision. ‘There are, however, certain differences in the descriptions, which seem to indicate that more than one species was described by these authors, for instance :—H. polyodon is said to consist of six striated whorls, with three parietai and five palatal lire, and a moderate-sized umbilicus, whereas H. alewandri is described as having seven strongly striated whorls, three parietal and eight palatal lire, and a very large umbilicus. H. helenensis is characterized as possessing eight very 264 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, narrow closely costate whorls, and only two parietal lire and the same number within the outer lip. Pfeiffer states that H. helenensis was described by Forbes in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1851, and this statement is copied both by Reeve and Wollaston. This appears to be an error, for after a careful search I have been unable to discover in any publication the description by Forbes of any species of Helzx under that name. 12. PaTULA MINUTISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 9-9 c.) Testa conoidea-depressa, mediocriter late umbilicata, albo et rufo maculata et variegata ; spira leviter elevata, superne obtusa ; anfractus 7, primi duo leves, pallide rufescentes, ceteri convextiusculi, lirulis tenuibus arcuatis obliquis, in anfr. ult. flecuosis, ornati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute rotundatus, vel interdum obsolete subangulatus, antice haud descendens ; apertura oblique semilunata ; lamelle parietales tenuissime, in cochieis adultis sex, in exemplis juvenilioribus quatuor vel quinque; plice palatales 8-10; peristoma tenue, marqine columellart expanso. Diam. maj. 42 millim., min. 44, alt. 24. Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). Extinct. This species is smaller than P. polyodon, more narrowly umbili- eated, has fewer whorls, coarser and more remote striae, and a different armature within the aperture. In full-grown shells there are aS many as six parietal lirze, as it were, in two groups of three. They are very fine and extend a long way within. ‘The plicee within ~ the outer lip vary apparently from seven or eight to ten or eleven, and some of them are more prominent than others. The red markings take the form of radiating blotches on the upper surface, and more undulating or zigzag streaks beneath. 13. PATULA LEPTALEA, sp. nov.’ (Plate XXI. figs. 10-10.) Testa orbicularis, depressa, late umbilicata, albida rufo variegata; spira via eclevata ; anfractus 5, primi 13 leves, cetert convex- tusculi, tenuissime arcuatim striati, lente accrescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam acute rotundatus, antice haud descendens ; apertura oblique semt-lunata; lamelle sparietales tres (quarum suprema et mediana duplices sunt) tenues, longe tntrantes ; plice palatales circa sex. Diam. maj. 34 millim., min. 3, alt. 13. Hab. Sugarloaf Quarry (Turton). Extinct. This species is much smaller than P. polyodon and not quite so large as P. minulissima ; it is flatter than either, mach more finely striated than the latter, and has a different oral armature from both. The parietal lirae are unequal in size, that nearest the collumella- being the smallest. The two others are about equal and double, and between occasionally a very small and slender intermediate lira is observable. 1 Nerradéos, delicate. 1892. ] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 265 Buuiimus (Pacuyotus). 14. BuLimus auRis-vuLPiIna (Chemnitz). (Plate XXII. figs. 11-11 d.) Hab. All along Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). Extinct. With regard to this, the largest extinct snail of St. Helena, Mr. Wollaston admits the resemblance “ to a certain extent” to certain Brazilian species, at the same time observing “that much the same type of form exists equally in the Solomon Islands and New Zealand.” Whilst agreeing with those remarks, I would point out that although in the Pacific shells referred to the apertures are somewhat similar, the general form, especially of the body-whorl, is much more elongate. On the contrary, B. melanostoma and B. bilabiatus from Brazil, cited by Forbes in comparison, exhibit not only like proportions, but also similar oral characters. Captain Turton in his notes remarks: ‘“‘ The shape appears to me to vary immensely, and therefore I have sent as many as 30 speci- mens, so as to show all the intermediate forms. The very slender ones are, I suppose, B. darwinianus, but I can scarcely draw any line between them. I noticed that the different varieties of this shell generally (always, I think) came from different parts of the ridge; and you will observe that the more recent shells which retain their colour do not grow to the same size as the more fossilized ones.” I fully concur in the opinion arrived at by Captain Turton respecting B. darwinianus (Plate XXII. fig. 11 d@) being merely an elongate form of the B. auris-vulpina. His other observation, with regard to the smaller size of the more recent specimens, is also very interesting. This diminution might be accounted for by the vegetation being less luxuriant and other conditions being less favourable to finer growth than in former times, before the partial destruction of the primeval forests which then clothed the island. The freshest examples are of a light reddish colour and generally of a somewhat darker tint towards the apex. The top of the plications at the suture are whitish, and there is more or less of this colour variously distributed over the surface in the form of irregular streaks and blotches. A few subfossil snails’ eggs obtained at Sugarloaf Ridge along with this species evidently from their size belong to it. They are roundly ovate, being 63 millim. in length and 6 broad. Some other much smaller eggs were also found by Captain Turton at the same place, but in this instance it would be mere guesswork to suggest to which species they belong. (BuLimutvs. ) 15. BuLIMULUS BLOFELDI, Forbes. (Plate XXII. fig. 12.) Hab. Side Path ; very common (Turton). This species is very like the following in form, but has not the same strong spiral sculpture. However in the best preserved example indications of transverse striz and some oblique faint red- dish markings are observable. 266 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE ~ [Apr. 9, 16. ButimuLus HELENA, Quoy and Gaimard. (Plate XXII. figs. 13, 13 a.) With this species I unite B. fossilis, of Sowerby, and B. seale- ianus of Forbes (Pl. XXII. fig. 13a). Typical specimens are of the same general form as the S.-American B. proteus, Broderip, and have somewhat similar granular sculpture. Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge and Quarry, and the Barn (Zwrton). Extinct (? living). (Section ) 17. BuLIMULUS SUBTRUNCATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 14.) Testa subfossilis, elongato-ovata, superne acuminata, imperforata, lineis inerementi obliquis tenuibus striata; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, ultimus oblique declivis, sed prope labrum leviter ascendens, apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totius & haud egquans; labrum tenue, antice leviter patulum vel expansum; columella obliqua, recti- uscula, callo tenut superne labro juncto induta, antice plus minus subtruncata. Longit. 314 millim., diam. 123 ; apertura 14 longa, 7 lata. Hab. Side Path, common (Turton). Extinct. Although not particularly like B. virgulatus, Fér., it is perhaps more allied to that species than any other. The subtruncation of the columella, however, is more pronounced. (Peron 2s ) 18. BuLimuuus suseLicatus (Sowerby). (Plate XXII. fig. 15.) Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, common (Turton). Extinct. Quite distinct from any other known species and of elongate form like the section Peroneus. The Cochlicopa terebeilum of Sowerby, a slightly more slender form, is evidently merely a slight variety in which the plications at the suture, probably through the worn condition of the specimens, appear to be less developed. (Section 2) 19. BuLimuLus Exuxatus (Benson). (Plate XXII. fig. 16.) Hab. Sugarloaf Ridge, common (Turton). Extinct. Remarkable for the distinct truncation of the collumella like Leptachatina. (Section 2) 20. BuLimuLus TuRTONI, sp.nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 17,17 @.) Testa anguste perforata, ovato-conica, tenuissima, nitida, fusco- cornea, strigis irregularibus opaco-lacteis, longitudinaliter picta ; anfractus 7, convexiuscult, lineis incrementi obliquis striati, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, in exemplis jJuvenilibus obsolete angulatus; apex subpapillaris ; aper- tura ovata, superne acuminata, longit. totius$ haud equans; oe a 1892.] LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 267 peristoma tenuissimum, margine exteriore simplice, haud expanso, columellart supra wmbilicum anguste reflexo, tenwiter calloso, in medio plica parva vel denticulo munito. Longit. 17 millim., diam. 72 ; apertura 7% longa, 4 lata. Var. Lesta fusco-cornea, lineis opaco-lacteis tenuibus confertis plus minus irregularibus et interruptis picta, circa medium anfractus ultimt zona pallida cincta. Hab. High Peak, among native vegetation (Zurton). Living. This perhaps is the prettiest land-shell occurring in the island, and it is remarkable that it has escaped the notice of most of the explorers and naturalists who have visited and collected at St. Helena. ‘Two specimens, however, have been in the collection at the British Museum for many years. They were received from the Museum of Economic Geology in January 1860, but it is uncertain by whom they were collected. The substance of the shell is extremely thin and fragile and the surface exhibits no other sculpture excepting lines of growth. The colour-ornamentation is variabie. In what may be regarded as the typical form the opaque creamy longitudinal markings take the form of broadish irregular wavy stripes, which frequently run into one another, so that they exhibit a more or less zigzag appearance. In other specimens these broadish stripes are replaced by very numerous and slender lines, which are more or less wavy and some- times considerably interrupted and broken up. The plait or denticle upon the columella is peculiar, giving to it a subtruncate appearance. B. neglectus, Pfr., B. costatus, Pfr., and some other forms of Peroneus have a somewhat similar plication on the columella, but rather higher up. I have much pleasure in associating this beautiful species with the name of Capt. W. H.Turton. (Section 9) 21. BuLtimuLus MELANIOIDES (Wollaston). (Plate XXII. fig. 18.) Hab. Diana’s Peak, at an elevation of over 2000 feet (Zurton). Living. This is very distinct and quite unlike any other known species. It was located by Mr. Wollaston in the genus Sudulina on account of the truncation or fold at the base of the columella. This feature, although rather higher up on the columella, is also met with in certain Bulimi from Brazil, as I have already pointed out in connection with the preceding B. turton?. I therefore am inclined to assign this species rather to Bulimulus than to Subulina, as more- over it bears very little resemblance to any species of that group. 22. 'TOMIGERUS (?) PEREXILIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 19- 19 6.) Testa deautrorsa vel sinistrorsa, minuta, obtuse pyramidalis, umperforata, albida vel dilute rufescens ; anfractus 5, convex- 268 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 5, iusculi, lente accrescentes, lineis increments tenuibus obliquis striati, ultimus antice valde ascendens, pone labrum constrictus, serobiculatus et distortus, inferne quoque scrobiculatus, ad anfractum penultimum appressus; spira ad apicem valde obtusa; apertura transversim ovata, superne sinu fere circulard im- structa, intus angustata; perist. continuum plus minus expansum. Longit. 13 millim., diam. maj. 13, min. 1; apertura 3 longa, lata. Hh Side Path, and the sinistral form from Sugarloaf Ridge (Turton). Extinct. This is a very remarkable little species and quite unlike any other from the island. The manner in which the last whorl ascends in front upon the penultimate recalls certain species of Tomigerus and Boysia. The emargination at the upper part of the peristome is most remarkable. It has the appearance of being the termination of a tube, the edge of which is notched at one place. The shallow depression on the lower part of the body-whorl towards the aperture and the more distinct groove behind the peristome give the last volution a decidedly distorted appearance. It is difficult to decide whether this species should be classed as a Tomigerus or a Pupa. In size it more resembles the latter genus, but in outline the former; it has not, however, the same armature to the mouth. 23. Pupa TURTONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 20, 20 a.) Testa minuta, cylindracea, superne obtuse conoidea, albida, sub- vimata; anfractus 5-6, convex, lente crescentes, sutura via obliqua sejuncti, lineis perobliquis tenuissime striatt, ultimus haud descendens, pone labrum in medio uni-scrobiculatus ; apertura parva, irregulariter subquadrata, longit. totius 3 haud equans, intus dentibus sex (tribus parietalibus, uno columellari, duobus palatalibus) munita; peristoma niveum, leviter expansum et reflexum, continuum, superne indentatum. Longit. 3 millim., diam. 1; apertura = longa et lata. Hab. Sugarloaf Quarry, common (Turton). Extinct. This species might be found anywhere. It is not unlike P. solz- taria, Smith, from Fernando Noronha, but rather more cylindrical, less conical towards the apex, and has different armature to the mouth. 24. Pupa OBLIQUICOSTULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 21.) Testa minuta, cylindracea, pallide fuscescens, rimata ; anfractus sex, convexiuscult, sutura profunda sejuncti, costulis arcuatis tenuibus perobliquis ornati, ultimus antice leviter contractus, paulo ascendens, pone labrum haud profunde impressus ; apertura rotunda, subquadrata, longit. totius 3 adequans, wntus haud dentata ; peristoma tenue, undique anguste expan- sum, marginibus superne conniventibus. Longit. 2 millim., diam. 3; apertura § longa, 4 lata. 1892. | LAND-SHELLS OF ST. HELENA. 269 Hab. Sugarloaf Quarry (Lurton). Extinct. This is a very minute species, with very oblique, slender, and somewhat remote costule and no teeth within the aperture. 25. SUCCINEA SANCTZ-HELEN& (Lesson). Hab. High ground among native vegetation (Turton). Living. 26. SuccINEA PicTA, Pfeiffer. Hab. All over Sugarloaf Ridge, common (Zurton). Living. 27. SUCCINEA BENSONIANA, Forbes. Hab. Long Range, Sugarloaf Ridge, common, both living and extinct (Turton). Little can be suggested with regard to the origin or relationship of the above three species, for, as is well known, Succineas all the world over have a remarkably strong family likeness. That they are not importations of modern times, however, is proved by the fact that one of them occurs in a semifossil condition along with other extinct forms of land-shells. B. Introduced Species. Through the kindness of Mr. E. L. Layard I have had the opportunity of examining the types of two of Benson’s species, namely :—Achatina veru and Bulimus compressilabris. The former I regard as identical with the West-Indian Ceciliordes gundlachi (Pfeiffer), which is synoymous with Macrospira aperta of Guilding from St. Vincent’s, specimens of which, from Guilding’s collection, are now in the British Museum. As it was found in the Public Gardens at Jamestown there is every probability of its being a comparatively recent introduction along with West-Indian plants. The Bulimus compressilabris aiso appears to be an introduction from the West Indies, for it is identical with the Stenogyra ascendens of Poey from Cuba, which I believe to be merely a slender form of St. goodalliz, Miller. The remaining introduced species have been enumerated in the early part of this paper. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XXI. Figs. 1, 1a. Patula spurca, p. 260. 2-2 b. diane, p. 261. 3-36, —— persoluta, sp. n., p. 261. 4-46, —— letissima, sp. n., p. 261. 5. bilamellata, p. 262. 6-6 6. vernont, sp. n., p. 262. 7-7 0. pseustes, sp. n., p. 262. 8-8 ¢. polyodon, p. 263. 9-9¢. —— minutissima, sp. u., p. 264. 10-10 ¢. leptalea, sp. n., p. 264. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892 No. XIX. 19 270 MR. H.SEEBOHM ON AN UNDESCRIBED PHEASANT. [Apr. 5, Prats XXII. Figs. 11-11 d. Bulimus auris-vulpina, p. 265. 12. Bulimulus blofeldi, p. 265. 13. helena, p. 266. 13 a. —— , var., p. 266. 14. —— subtruncatus, sp. n., p. 266. 15. —— subplicatus, p. 266. 16. exulatus, p. 266. 17, 17 a. —— turtoni, sp. n., p. 266. 18. melanioides, p. 267. 19-19 6. Tomigerus perexilis, sp. n., p. 267. 20, 20 a. Pupa turtoni, sp. n., p. 268. 21. obliquicostulata, sp. u., p. 268. 2. On an apparently undescribed Pheasant from the Province of Zarafshan in Central Asia. By Henry Seesonm, F.Z.S. [Received April 5, 1892.] Through the kindness of Mr. Tegetmeier I have been able to add to my collection an example of a Pheasant from Central Asia which appears to be undescribed. It is closely allied to Phasianus prinei- palis, but differs from that species in having a very conspicucus white collar round the back of the neck but not quite meeting in front. It further differs from that species (and resembles P. per- sicus) in having no dark margins to the scapulars, and in having the dark tips to the feathers of the flanks and of the sides of the breast much narrower. From Phastanus mongolicus, which is also a ring-necked Pheasant, it differs in having the upper parts below the white ring brick-red, without any trace of the green reflexions so conspicuous in that bird. It further differs from that species (and resembles P. princi- palis) in having the feathers of the breast broadly margined with golden red, instead of being narrowly margined with black bronzed with green. It is also a smaller bird, with a smaller spur. It can scarcely be a cross between P. mongolicus and P. princi- palis, because the white ring is an absolutely perfect one in the most typical example of the former, whilst it is as absolutely free from the green reflexions which characterize P. mongolicus as the most typical example of P. principalis. The example of this apparently new species of Pheasant was sent to Mr. Tegetmeier by Lieutenant G. ‘Tarnovski of Samarkand as a specimen of the Pheasant of the Zarafshan, described by that Russian sportsman in the ‘Field’ newspaper of the 21st of March 1891 (vol. xxvii. p. 409), under the name of Phasianus zerafshanicus sive Aklossovskit; but in the detailed description of that species it is stated that ‘on specimens shot last autumn I found on nape and sides of neck from six to eight white small feathers invisible from without. On the birds which are the subject of this description I have been unable to find any of these neck-feathers.’’ From this statement it 1892.] MR. R. J. L. GUPPY ON BULIMUS OBLONGUS. 271 is quite obvious that neither of the names proposed by Lieutenant Tarnovski can be applied to the birdin question. I therefore propose to call it Phasianus tarnovskii, after its discoverer. It is quite possible that Phasianus zerafshanicus is distinct from P. principalis, but its distinctness can scarcely be fully admitted without a comparison of specimens. According to Lieutenant Tar- novski, P. zerafshanicus has only recently made its appearance in the upper valley of the Zarafshan. He writes:—‘‘ Mr. Klossovski, who had resided in Katta~Koorgan for thirteen years, informed me that Pheasants had made their appearance in the district of Katta-Koor- gan (where we were shooting) about 1883, and that they had immigrated from the Bokharian dominions, probably from the Kara- Kool lakes and reeds (the Zarafshan does not reach the Amoo-Daria, but is lost in the sands near Kara-Kool), whence they were driven forth by the invasion of the Kisil Koom sands, which gradually bury the western part of Bokhara under their hills.” Lieutenant Tarnovski further adds that “the Pheasant of the Zaratshan has a mode of life totally differing from its other Asiatic brethren, owing to the high state of cultivation of the Zarafshan valley ; it breeds and nests in the reedy swamps and marshes bordering on this stream, and takes its food from the neighbouring fields and gardens.” 3. Note on Bulimus oblongus. By R. J. Lecumerzr Guepy, C.M.ZS. [Received March 19, 1892. | The specimens of the anatomy of Bulimus oblongus which I ex- hibit may have some interest for Fellows of this Society. In my paper on the Mollusca of Trinidad published in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for January 1866 (ser. 3, vol. xvii. p. 48), I mentioned some peculiarities of the structure of this mollusk, which had been figured by d’Orbigny in his ‘ Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale.’ The tentacular appendages of the head call to mind the Cephalopoda, and the jaw in two horny portions strengthens the analogy. ‘The specimens now shown are :—(1) the jaw preserved in glycerine, (2) the anterior portion of the animal in spirit, (3) the dental membrane in Canada balsam, (4) the shell and egg. These are all probably well known. I have had the pleasure on more than one occasion of presenting living examples of this fine species to the Gardens of the Society ; but, owing to its habit of burrowing, I fear few of the visitors have had the opportunity of seeing the creature in motion. I take the opportunity of mentioning another fact concerning this mollusk which may possibly be new. ‘The family Helicide, to which Bulimus oblongus belongs, is generally considered to have the sexes united, nevertheless requiring the congress of two individuals for reproduction. I am not able to assert that Bulimus apianaee is 19 272 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, anatomically unisexual, yet functionally I believe it to be so. Having observed numerous individuals and pairs, I am able to say that the female is constantly larger than the male. I may add a word as to the best method of killing these mollusks. If placed in a sort of vapour-bath or in a vessel of water, and heated very slowly and gradually, they die painlessly and in a condition with the tissues relaxed much more suitable for the purposes of the anatomist than if killed by immersion in hot water or im any acrid fluid. When it is desired to preserve the shell in a perfectly clean condition, the whole should, after the animals are dead, be boiled so that the soft parts may readily come away from the shell. 4. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.—Part I. By W. Scuavs, F.Z.8. | Received March 16, 1892. ] The following descriptions are all taken from specimens iu my own collection, and those of the Brazilian and Mexican species were chiefly collected by myself. Fam. AGARISTID. OTHRIA MERIDIONALIS, Sp. Nov. Velvety black ; the primaries with a narrow transverse band of a creamy white, extending from the middle of the subcostal vein to close to the inner angle. Underneath the transverse band is slightly wider than on the upper surface. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Fam. ZYGHENIDA. HARRISINA JANEIRA, Sp. NOV. Dull greenish black ; the second and third abdominal segments bright red. Expanse 26 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. HARRISINA DANTASI, sp. nov. Dull black ; a bright orange spot on either side of the collar. Expanse 21 mm. Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. HARRISINA EMINENS, Sp. nov. Bluish black ; the base of the wings yellow and on the primaries a yellow mark crossing the wing from the subcostal vein at about two thirds from the base and extending to the outer margin just above the inner angle; this mark is somewhat in the shape of a T, 1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 273 having the upper portion along the subcostal vein, At the base of the abdomen a short lateral yellow streak. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. Tijuca, Brazil. This species bears a very strong resemblance to Dycladia correbioides, Felder. EuUPYRA PSITTACUS, Sp. Nov. Primaries above dull metallic green, with the outer margin broadly black ; underneath bright metallic green, except the apical third which is black. Secondaries above black, the costal margin bright metallic green, and the inner margin shot with bluish green ; underneath bright metallic green, with a very narrow black outer margin. Head and thorax black ; a white spot behind the eyes, and six white spots on the thorax. Abdomen above black, with a sub- dorsal row of white spots, the one on the first segment being much larger than the others; laterally metallic green; underneath brownish black, with two rows of large white spots. Coxee white. Antenne black. Expanse 41 mm. Four males. Hab. Peru. EUPYRA CONSORS, Sp. nov. Primaries above dark green with a golden tinge, the outer margin broadly black; near the end of the cell a small hyaline spot; underneath the same as above but of a brighter metallic green, and there is a second small spot denuded of scales just beyond the cell, and in some specimens a third similar spot below the middle of the median vein. Secondaries above black, the costal margin bright green, at the base of the imner margin a small white spot and a small semihyaline streak in the cell; underneath bright green, with the spots as above and a narrow black outer margin. Thorax black, with white spots as in H. psittacus. Abdomen above black, golden between the segments, and a subdorsal row of small white spots; laterally golden; underneath brown, with an outer row of white spots. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Peru. EUpPYRA AURATA, Sp. Nov. Wings above dull golden green. The inner margin of the secondaries black. Underneath the same as above, with the apex and the outer margin of the primaries dark brown. Head black, two small white spots on the frons and a similar spot behind each antenna.: Thorax black with white spots. Body golden, with a black subdorsal band and a narrow black transverse line separating each segment ; laterally a broad brown band with a row of large silver spots; dorsally there are two small white spots on the first segment. Expanse 42 mm. ‘Two females. Hab. Peru. 274 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, KUPYRA BACCHANS, Sp. nov. Primaries above dark green, with a broad black outer margin and a white spot at the base of the costa; underneath the wings are more of a dull golden green, the outer margins blackish brown. Secondaries above black, a few dark green scales between the second and third median nervules; underneath golden green. Antenne black with white tips. Thorax black, two white spots mingled with bluish scales on the collar and similar spots on the thorax. Abdomen black, a subdorsal and two lateral rows of small white spots, each spot having anteriorly a cluster of bright blue scales. Expanse, ¢ 45 mm., 2 48 mm. Hab. Peru. ISANTHRENE GAZA, Sp. Nov. Primaries yellowish hyaline, darker along the costal and inner margins; the outer and inner margins with a very narrow black border, the apices broadly black ; at the base of the wings a few blue scales. Secondaries above yellowish hyaline, the outer margin very narrowly bordered with black, the inner margin very narrowly orange; underneath the same as above, with the costal margins of a much deeper yellow. Frons orange. Metallic blue spots at the base of the antennee. Collar orange, with two black spots having bright blue centres. Tegulze orange inwardly, black outwardly. Thorax black, with two patches of metallic blue scales. Abdomen above with the first segment yellow, the following segments orange with two rows of transversely elongated metallic blue spots bordered with black, the black meeting subdorsally ; these spots are placed on the posterior portion of each segment; laterally are similar blue and black markings ; underneath abdomen pale yellow. Expanse 37 mm. 9. Hab. Peru. GYMNELIA SERRA, §p. nov. Primaries yellowish hyaline, the margins broadly bordered with black. A black mark at the end of the cell. Secondaries whitish hyaline, the outer margin broadly black. Antennz, head, and thorax black ; two small dark metallic blue spots on the collar. — Abdomen velvety black, with a lateral row of dull red spots separated by clusters of dark metallic blue scales. Expanse 40 mm. °°. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. PsEUDOMYA PELLUCIDA, Sp. Nov. Male. Primaries with the basal half semihyaline, black, the apical half hyaline. Secondaries hyaline, a few dark scales along the costal margin. Body black, subdorsally velvety black. Expanse 20-24 mm. Female. Primaries entirely semihyaline black. Secondaries slightly more transparent. Body as in the male. Expanse 29 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 275 PSEUDOMYA TIJUCA, sp. nov. Female. Primaries semihyaline black. Secondaries hyaline, darker towards the outer margin. Head black; thorax orange ; abdomen black above, whitish underneath. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Tijuca, Brazil. PSEUDOMYA MUSCA, sp. nov. Wings black, semihyaline and iridescent. Head, thorax, and first abdominal segment black ; abdomen otherwise bright yellow. The sexes are similar. Expanse 23 mm. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. CosMOSOMA HARPALYCE, Sp. Mov. - Primaries hyaline, the inner and outer margins very narrowly black, the apex broadly black, a black spot at the end of the cell. Secondaries hyaline, the outer margin narrowly black, more widely so at the apex and along the inner margin. Antenne, head, and thorax black, the latter reddish outwardly. Abdomen above dull black, with two reddish spots at the base; underneath yellowish, except the last two segments, which are black. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. DycLADIA CATHERINA, Sp. nov. Wings hyaline, the apices black, the margins very narrowly black. Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen black. A _ large crimson spot on each side of the thorax, and a round crimson spot on each side of the fourth segment of the abdomen. Expanse 26 mm. ¢. flab. Santa Catharina, Brazil. DycLaADIA ROGENHOFERI, Sp. nov. Wings hyaline. Primaries with the apices and fringe black; a little yellow at the base of the wing. Frons white. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright yellow, with a subdorsal black line. Expanse 19 mm. Hab. Petropolis. Brazil. This species is most closely allied to Dycladia felderi, Druce, but differs in the subdorsal markings and_ the smaller extent of black at the apices of the primaries. DyCLADIA EPIMETHEUS, Sp. nov. Wings hyaline, with the margins rather broadly black, especially the apices; base of the primaries red; a small black mark at the end of the cell of the same wing. Head black. Thorax and base of the abdomen, laterally, red ; abdomen otherwise black. Expanse 25 mm. @. Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 276 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, DyYCLADIA BROTEAS, Sp. Nov. Primaries hyaline, the outer margin broadly black, the inner margin narrowly so, a small black spot at the end of the cell ; the hyaline portion of the primaries is white crossed by -black veins, until the end of the cell, beyond which and up to the marginal border the hyaline portion is yellowish with orange veins. Second- aries hyaline, the outer margin broadly black. Head and thorax black, collar and tegulee crimson. Abdomen black, laterally crimson, dorsally on the first segment are two conspicuous silvery-white spots. Expanse 22 mm. Hab. Santa Catharina, Brazil. ARGYROEIDES MAGON, Sp. Nove Wings yellowish hyaline, fringe black. Body black. Expanse 29 mm. Hab. Santa Catharina, Brazil. TRICHURA CYANEA, Sp. Nov. Wings hyaline, yellowish along the costal margins, and narrowly bordered with black on the outer and inner margins. A minute blue spot at the base of the primaries. Antenne black. Frons metallic blue. Thorax black; two metallic blue spots on the collar. Abdomen black; subdorsal blue spots on the first three and the last segment. Underneath, at the base of the abdo- men, two silvery-white streaks. Legs black outwardly, dark metallic blue inwardly. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. SYNTRICHURA DOERI, Sp. Nov. Wings hyaline. Primaries narrowly margined with black. Secondaries having only the costa and apex black. Head and thorax black, with a yellow lateral streak. Abdomen black, with a lateral row of yellow spots. Abdomen below whitish. Expanse 21mm. 6G. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Fam. ARCTIIDA. ACLYTIA PETRA, Sp. Nov. Primaries brownish black, with all the veins clearly defined. Secondaries hyaline, with a broad black margin. Head and thorax black ; a metallic blue spot between the antennee. Abdomen dor- sally black, laterally metallic blue, underneath white. Legs black ; joints and coxze white. Expanse 32 mm. Hab. Peru. 1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 277 ACLYTIA HECALE, Sp. nov. Primaries dull black, faintly hyaline in the disk and darkest on the margins and at the end of the cell. Secondaries hyaline, with a broad black margin. Antenne, head, and thorax black; two crimson spots behind the antennee. Abdomen black, with a lateral band of metallic blue. Base of all the legs bright crimson. Expanse 39 mm. 9. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. CHARIDEA INACHIA, Spe Nov. Female. Primaries above velvety black, with a large orange space extending in its anterior portion from the base along the subcostal vein to beyond the cell, and posteriorly along the sub- median vein to close upon the inner angle, and divided by two black lines, one just below the median vein, the other just above the submedian ; a small black transverse mark at the end of the cell. Secondaries velvety black. Underneath black, with a large trian- gular orange spot on the primaries. Head and thorax black. Abdomen above steel-blue, with two black dorsal lines; underneath black. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. METRIOPHYLA LENA, Sp. NOY. Primaries above velvety black, fringe white; the basal third of the costal margin narrowly white. Secondaries above black, glossed with dark blue ; the outer margin narrowly, the apex broadly, white. Underneath : wings black, glossed with dark blue; the apices and outer margins white. Antennee black. Head crimson. Frons white. Thorax black, with a white spot on either side. Abdomen black above, tinged with dark blue ; underneath black, with a white ventral line. Anus crimson. Legs black exteriorly, white inwardly. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Peru. AUTOMOLIS ELISSA, sp. Nov. Wings pale yellow, secondaries slightly hyaline. Head orange. Collar and thorax yellow. Abdomen dorsally black, except fourth and fifth segments, which are orange with two black subdorsal spots ; abdomen laterally and underneath orange, with three lateral black spots on the third, fourth, and fifth segments. Expanse 54mm. 9. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. GALETHALEA PERUVIANA, Sp. Nov. Male. Primaries above white, shaded with greenish grey; along the costal margin five large irregular black spots, also three similar spots on the inner margin and three small black spots on the outer margin; underneath the spots are suffused and occupy nearly the entire wing, forming a broad submarginal band. Secondaries above 278 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW (Apr. 5, white, slightly hyaline, the apex broadly, the outer margin faintly, clouded with black ; underneath the same, with a long black spot on the costal margin. Antennee black, with a broad white space near the base and also near the tip. Head white. Thorax white, spotted with black. Abdomen above brown, the last three segments yellow with subdorsal black spots ; underneath white. Anus black. Expanse 32 mm. Hab. Peru. CTENUCHA AZTECA, Sp. NOV. Primaries brownish green. Secondaries bluish black. Fringes on all the wings white. Head and thorax black, collar crimson. Abdomen dark metallic blue. Anus crimson. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. City of Mexico. Very closely allied to Apistosia terminalis, Walker. THEAGES VESTALIS, Sp. nov. White ; wings semihyaline, slightly iridescent. Expanse 22 mm. Hab. Peru. EUCEREON LADAS, Sp. Nov. Male. Primaries grey; the veins, a median and a marginal angulated band, some streaks between ‘the veins on the extreme margin, and a few shades at the base of the wings dark brown; there is a minute spot in the middle of the cell connected with a similar spot at the end of the cell by a fine black line. Secondaries dark brown. Head and thorax grey, with brown spots on the collar. Abdomen brown dorsally, the last three segments yellow ; under- neath two white streaks. The female is paler on the primaries, and the secondaries are greyish with darker margins. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. AMAXIA HEBE, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries above pale yellow, a large purplish-brown spot broadly bordered with roseate occupying the base of the wings for one third from the base along the subcostal vein, and the entire inner margin, except a small yellow spot about the middle of the inner margin. At the apices two small brownish spots surrounded by roseate. The intermediate yellow space with widely separated aud very small indistinct pinkish spots. Secondaries above slightly hvaline, rose colour, whitish along the costal margin. Underneath whitisl: the base of the primaries roseate, the apical spots smaller than ca the upperside. Head yellow above, crimson underneath. Collar yellow, thorax and abdomen dorsally crimson; underneath whitish. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 279 AMAXIA PYGA, sp. nov. c Female. Primaries above pale yellow ; the entire basal portion to the inner angle, except the costa, purplish brown, faintly mottled with red, especially on the veins and the margins of this dark space ; four elongated brown spots, exteriorly shaded with red, at the apex ; a marginal row of small brown spots, and a few other similar minute spots scattered over the yellow portion; underneath pale yellow, with the entire inner margin and base, except the costa, dull brown ; four brown spots at the apex. Secondaries above brown, the costal margin and apex yellow; underneath yellow. Head and collar yellow. Thorax and abdomen dorsally brown. Abdomen under- neath white. Legs yellow. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. SCAPTIUS JUNO, sp. nov. Female. Primaries pale purplish brown, a white spot at the base near the inner margin, beyond this a transverse yellow band from the subcostal to the submedian vein, and on this band is a wavy reddish line ; close beyond it and just above the inner margin are three small yellowish spots ; a submarginal row of four hyaline spots and a marginal row of small irregular yellow spots. Fringe alter- nately yellow and brown. Secondaries roseate, fringe yellow. Head yellow. Thorax brownish. Abdomen fawn-colour. Expanse 39 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. IDALUS ORTUS, sp. nov. Female. White, the disk of the primaries slightly iridescent, a few black specks at the base of the primaries, and some short black marks just beyond the cell, a conspicuous black dot near the outer margin below the apex. Head and thorax white, pinkish between the antennee. Abdomen white, dorsally shaded with pink. Expanse 37 mm. fab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. AMELES BYBLIS, Sp. nov. Primaries above dark brown, a space at the base, and a large subapical space on the outer margin, testaceous, with two rows of paler spots. About the middle of the costal margin are two nearly contiguous testaceous spots, and likewise two about the middle of the inner margin. Secondaries above blackish, a yellow basal spot on the costa. Underneath dull brown, orange at the base of the four wings, and orange shades along the basal haif of the costal and inner margins of the primaries. The subapical patch on the outer margin as on the upperside. Head and thorax yellow, with two broad brown bands. Abdomen dorsally dark brown, laterally yellow, with two rows of black spots ; underneath whitish. Expanse 37 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 280 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, AMMALO THRAILKILLI, Sp. NOVe Primaries dark brown, indistinctly mottled with paler scales. Secondaries reddish yellow. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen dorsally red, with transverse black bands; underneath brownish. Expanse 55 mm. Hab. Paso de San Juan, Vera Cruz, Mexico. HALISIDOTA ORUBA, Sp. NOV. Primaries above pale fawn-colour, mottled with brown, a brown line extending through the middle of the wing, from the base to the apex, a brown discal spot, a marginal and a submarginal row of brown spots. Secondaries whitish, a row of small spots on the apical half of the outer margin. Head and thorax fawn-colour, with a central brown line. Abdomen fawn-colour dorsally, white laterally and underneath. Expanse 58 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. SYCHESIA HARTMANNI, Sp. nov. Primaries dark brown, an indistinct wavy submarginal shade. Secondaries black-brown, faintly hyaline in the disk. Head and thorax above brown, an orange spot at the base of the antenne ; thorax underneath orange. Abdomen dorsally black, laterally orange, underneath brown. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Petropolis. SYCHESIA JANEIRA, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries above light brown, with numerous transverse pale streaks, all the veins orange-brown ; secondaries yellowish white, black on the margins. Head and thorax brown, the collar edged with dull orange. Abdomen dorsaily orange, the first seg- ment unspotted, the following three with large transverse black spots, the other segments with subdorsal black spots; abdomen underneath brown, wavy along the sides where confluent with the orange. The anus dark brown. The female differs in having the secondaries entirely dull brownish black. Expanse 52 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. PH#GOPTERA SCHAFFERI, Sp. nov. Primaries white, mottled with brown, chiefly across the centre of the wing. Two orange basal spots, beyond which is a broken curved row of orange spots, and orange spots at the end of the cell; two rows of orange spots beyond the cell, and an orange spot at the extremity of each vein. Secondaries whitish, with black margins. Head and thorax brown, spotted with orange. Abdomen dorsally 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 281 with the basal half brown, otherwise orange; underneath brown, a lateral row of orange spots. Expanse 53 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. PH2GOPTERA PROBA, Sp. Nov. Primaries fawn-colour, minutely speckled with darker scales. Secondaries yellow, slightly hyaline at the base and in the disk. Head and thorax brown, two black dots on the collar. Abdomen yellow dorsally, pale brown underneath. Expanse 80 mm. Hab. Paso de San Juan, Vera Cruz. PH#GOPTERA NOTATA, Sp. Nov. Primaries brown, with three large yellowish-white spots on the costal margin. Secondaries whitish, with the veins and margins brown, and a yellow spot at the base on the costal margin. Head and thorax brown; two yellow dots on the collar, and a large yellow spot on either side of the thorax. Abdomen black dorsally, with narrow crimson transverse bands; underneath brown, with two rows of white spots. Expanse 51 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. PH#GOPTERA GRANIFERA, Sp. nov. Primaries dark brown, crossed by six rows of yellowish-brown spots; a small white space at the base, another on the middle of the costal margin, and a third subapical. Secondaries uniform blackish brown. Head and thorax brown, spotted with yellow and white. Abdomen dorsally brown on the first four segments, subse- quently orange; underneath whitish, laterally orange with some minute whitish spots. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. PH#GOPTERA URSINA, Sp. Nov. Primaries rich brown; a large irregular whitish spot at the base of the wings; a whitish spot on the costa at a third from the base, and a large whitish spot extending from the costa just beyond the middle of the wing, and inwardly contiguous to a small pinkish crescent at the end of the cell; an irregular and sometimes broken band of white along the outer margin, extending from just below the apex to the inner angle. Secondaries above duller brown, the costa mottled with white. Underneath pale brown, the spots on the primaries less distinct, and on the secondaries there are two large whitish spots on the costal margin. Head and thorax pale brown, with a broad whitish band on either side. Abdomen above pink, with a subdorsal row of black spots; underneath white ; laterally a row of black spots. Expanse, ¢ 42 mm., 2 53 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 282 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 9, EcraNTHERIA PELLUCIDA, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries hyaline, exeept the base and the costal and inner margins, which are white spotted with grey edged with black. Secondaries hyaline, except along the costal and inner margins, which are white, the costal margin being spotted with black. In some specimens there is a black spot at the anal angle. Head and thorax light grey, with darker spots edged with black. Abdomen dorsally bluish black ; ventrally white. Expanse 55 mm. The female has the body as in the male. The primaries are white crossed by six rows of large grey spots edged with black. The secondaries are black, with the costal and outer margins white spotted with grey, and there is a white band starting froin the costal margin beyond the middle and extending halfway across the wing. Expanse 62 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. CARALES CELER, Sp. Nov. Primaries above light brown; a black dot at the end of the cell ; a basal and a median irregular transverse row of small and widely separated blackish streaks; a minute blackish streak at the apex and also one at theinner angle. Secondaries above smoky. Under- neath: primaries brown; a large dark patch at the end of the cell ; the secondaries paler, with a median transverse smoky band. Head and thorax light brown. Abdomen brown dorsally, yellow late- rally, light brown underneath. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. OPHARUS LUGUBRIS, Sp. nov. Dark grey, the abdomen laterally shaded with pale grey. Expanse 56 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. OPHARUS MOROSUS, Sp. NOV. Primaries grey, a darker shade crossing the cell near its extremity, and a similar undefined shade just beyond the cell. Secondaries white with grey margins. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen very light grey, darker subdorsally. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Peru. SERMYLA MORTA, Sp. nov. Primaries above brownish black, yellow along the costal margin for two thirds from the base, which yellow is joined at its extremity by an oblique yellow band crossing the wing from the costal margin to the outer margin just above the inner angle; underneath black, with a yellow space at the base, and the yellow oblique band as. on the 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 283 upperside. Secondaries brownish black. Head, thorax, and abdomen black ; yellow spots on the collar, and two on the thorax. Expanse 60 mm. @Q. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. PERICOPIS MONTEZUMA, Sp. Nov. Primaries above brown, paler between the median and submedian veins ; on the costal margin a red streak at the base, a yellow spot about the middle, and a little beyond this a second yellow spot ; below the first-mentioned yellow spot two vitreous spots ; below the second yellow spot also two vitreous spots, and below these again two, but closer to the outer margin : underneath black ; the costal margin, apex, and outer margin red ; the vitreous spots as on the upper surface, and two whitish spots below the median vein. Secondaries above yellowish white, with a broad black outer margin spotted with yellowish ; the costal margin black ; underneath as on the upper surface, the black replaced by red except at the anal angle ; the marginal spots are larger than on the upper surface and _ are edged with black. Head and thorax black spotted with yellow. Abdomen dorsally black, with two broad grey stripes; laterally black, with a single grey stripe ; underneath yellow. Anus crimson. Expanse 85 min. 3 Hab. Las Vigas, Mexico. Probably a variety of Pericopis humeralis, Walker, only differing in the secondaries and in being slightly larger than the typical females of P. humeralis captured in the same locality. Fam. LirHosiip&. TRICHOMELIA CELENNA, Sp. Nov. Primaries above white, all the veins grey ; the costal margin very broadly grey for two thirds from the base; a large grey space on the inner margin near the angle. Secondaries above grey. Under- neath all the wings grey. Head and thorax whitish. Abdomen dark grey. Expanse 23 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. CisTHENE PETROVNA, Sp. Nov. Primaries above grey, slightly paler at the base, with the vems darker ; a broad white median band, and a white spot at the apex. Secondaries grey ; towards the base and along the inner margin yellowish. Underneath: primaries grey ; secondaries whitish, with the apex broadly grey. Head grey, collar yellow. Thorax grey. Abdomen yellow. Expanse 24 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. BRYCEA PERUVIANA, Sp. Nov. Wings black ; a broad orange longitudinal streak from the base 284 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW (Apr. Ds to nearly the outer margin on both the primaries and secondaries, the former having also a transverse subapical orange spot. Head and thorax black. Tegule orange. Abdomen black, orange laterally. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Peru. ARDONEA METALLICA, Sp. Nov. Primaries above greenish black. Secondaries metallic blue. Underneath all the wings metallic bluish green. Head and thorax black. Abdomen dark green. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Peru. EUDULE VENATA, Sp. nov. Wings orange-red ; the primaries with the apex and outer margin black; the subcostal and median veins black; a black streak in the cell, and along black streak below the median vein ; a transverse subapical black line from the costa to the middle of the outer margin. Secondaries with the apex broadly black ; the outer margin narrowly black. Body orange. Expanse 20 mm. Hab. Peru. EUDULE AURATA, Sp. nov. Primaries above golden yellow; the subcostal vein and base of median vein black ; a large dusky circle on the outer half of the wing connected by a dusky line with the inner angle. Secondaries above golden yellow; an irregular dusky line starting from the base and following the contour of the wing to the anal angle. Under- neath the wings are yellow, the costal margin of the primaries black. Body yellow. Expanse 25 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Very similar to Hudule citrosa, Hubner, which differs in having all the veins along the outer margins black. Fam. MELAMERID. VIRBIA VARIANS, Sp. Nov. Primaries above brown; at the base a broad but short longitudinal streak, and beyond this a white spot. Sometimes the spot is absent and at other times absorbed by the longitudinal streak. Secondaries above orange, with broad black costal and outer margins. Under- neath the wings are orange, with the costal and outer margins broadly brown. Head and thorax brown. Body orange, black sub- dorsally and below. Expanse 31 mm. Hab. Peru. Allied to Virbia brevilinea, Walker. 1892.]. SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 285. VIRBIA PARVA, Sp. NOV. Primaries above brown ; underneath orange, with brown margins, the outer being the broadest. Secondaries above black ; a broad orange band from the base to nearly the outer margin, just below the apex ; the inner margin and anal angle narrowly orange ; under- neath the same as above. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen black dorsally, orange laterally, white underneath. Expanse 25 mm. ab. Peru. Allied to Virbia minuta, Felder. LYCES MAERA, Sp. hoy. Primaries above black ; a transverse orange band from the middle of the costal margin to the inner angle ; underneath black, the trans- verse band much broader, and two greyish streaks at the base of the wing. Secondaries above orange; the costal margin narrowly, the outer and inner margins very broadly black; underneath the same, except that the inner margin is also orange, and there is a white streak on the costal margin at its base. Head and thorax black. Abdomen black dorsally; laterally a narrow yellow streak ; under- neath white. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. SCEA SOLARIS, Sp. nov. Primaries black ; a large yellow space extending from the base to close to the centre of the outer margin, this space follows anteriorly along the costa to beyond the cell, and then crosses the wing obliquely ; the veins and a conspicuous streak in the cell are also black. Secondaries black ; a yellow streak beginning towards the end of the cell and extending beyondit. Underside tne same as the upper. Body dull black. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Peru. GANGAMELA AYMARA, Sp. Nov. Male. Primaries above bright yellow: the base black ; the costal and subcostal veins finely black ; the apex and outer margin broadly black ; the mner margin narrowly black and glossed with dark blue; underneath similar, except that a portion of the base and inner margin are pearl-white instead of black and there is no blue gloss. Secondaries above black, glossed with blue at the base; yellow towards the apex, which is itself black ; underneath pearl- white; the costal margin yellow ; the apex narrowly black. Head black, frons white. Thorax dark blue. Abdomen above blue, with a subdorsal yellow line ; underneath white. Expanse 24 mm. The female has the primaries above as in the male. The secon- daries above are entirely dull black, glossed with blue at the base -and along the inner margin; underneath the pearly white is replaced Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XX. 20 286 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5 by black aud the yellow margin of the secondaries is very indistinct. The abdomen is also black underneath. Expanse 29 mm. Hab. Peru. DARNA INCA, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries above velvety black, shaded with metallic blue at the base and along the inner margin; a broad orange band crosses the wing from the middle of the costal margin to nearly the inner angle ; underneath as on the upper surface, thei inner margin, how- ever, denuded of scales. Secondaries above having the anterior half denuded, greyish, with the male sexual gland ; posterior half black ; along the inner margin bluish ; underneath pale metallic green, the outer margin black. Body metallic blue. The female differs in having the secondaries black, and the metallic colour of the inner margins more extended. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Peru. FLAVINIA DUBIA, sp. nov. Primaries black, a large yellow space at the base confined within the subcostal and submedian veins; a large subapical elongated yellow spot. Secondaries yellow, with all the margins black. Underside the same, Body black; thorax and abdomea laterally yellow. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. FLAVINIA DARNA, Sp. nov. Very similar to Flavinia dubia, Schaus ; the subapical spot smaller in proportion, and it is easily recognized from that species by its smaller size and white abdomen underneath. Expanse 22 mm. Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. FLAVINIA JANEIRA, Sp. nov. Primaries above black, a long yellow spot at the base confined within the median and submedian veins ; a subapical roundish yellow spot; the extreme apex white. Secondaries yellow with black margins, except the base of the inner and costal margins; under- neath the same. Body black; collar yellow. Abdomen with a lateral yellow stripe and underneath white. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Most nearly allied to Flavinta approximans, Walker, but differs in the white apices of the primaries, and the costal margins of the secondaries, which in F. approzimans are broadly ‘ine with a Short yellow basal streak. FLAVINIA QUICHA, sp. nov. Primaries black; a basal oblong spot confined within the median 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 287 and submedian veins, and an oblong subapical yellow spot; apices faintly tipped with white. Secondaries yellow; the outer margin broadly black ; the costal margin yellow; a subcostal ill-defined black band from the base to the apex. Body black ; abdomen laterally yellow, underneath white. Expanse 31 mm. Hab. Peru. Closely allied to Flavinia isis, Hiibner, but has broader margins to the secondaries and is a smaller insect. FLAVINIA CHIBCHA, sp. nov. Primaries above black ; an oblong yellow spot at the base confined within the median and submedian veins; an elongated subapical yellow spot. Secondaries yellow ; the outer margin broadly black, but abruptly narrowing near the anal angle; the costal margin yellow, in most specimens with a black line from the base to the apex ; underneath the same, but the black marginal border of the secondaries ceases abruptly before reaching the anal angle. Thorax black ; tegulz orange. Abdomen black dorsally; a yellow stripe laterally ; white underneath. Expanse 25 mm. Hab. Peru. MENNIS SCEATA, Sp. Nov. Primaries orange; the costa finely, the inner margin narrowly, the apex broadly, and the outer margin black, all the veins finely black. Secondaries black, slightly greyish along the inner margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen black. Expanse 25 mm. Hab. Peru. MENNIS CYTHEREA, Sp. nov. Wings above orange-red ; all the veins black; the apex and outer margins of the primaries narrowly black; the costal margin of the secondaries broadly black. Fringe black. Body black. Expanse 23 mm. Hab, Peru. MENNIS UNA, Sp. nov. Red ; the costal and outer margins narrowly black on the pri- maries ; also a few black specks on the veins near the apex. Secondaries with only the outer margins black. Expanse 22 mm. Hab. Petropolis. NELO LIPPaA, sp. nov. Primaries above brownish black; a broad orange-red median band from the costa to the submedian vein; underneath dark grey ; alarge orange spot at the disk. Secondaries above brownish black, 20* 288 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [Apr. 5, a few clusters of reddish scales about the centre of the wing ; under- neath dark grey, the veins black; a small orange spot on the costa at its base. Head black, a white streak behind the eyes. Thorax dark brown, a red spot on either side. Abdomen brown, a lateral reddish streak. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Peru. NELO CAULLAMA, Sp. nov. Primaries red ; the costal and inner margins narrowly, the apex and outer margin breadly black. Secondaries black. Body black. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Peru. MELANCHROIA BRAGANZA, Sp. Nov. Primaries velvety black, the veins clearly defined, especially towards the base; a transverse subapical white band. Secondaries black, glossed with dark blue; fringe white. Underneath black, glossed with dark blue; veins on secondaries whitish; transverse white band on the primaries as on the upper surface. Head black above, orange underneath. ‘Thorax blue-black, with a few faint whitish streaks. Abdomen blue-black; white underneath in the male. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Very closely allied to MW. circe, Cramer. MELANCHROIA PALMEIRA, Sp. Nov. Primaries black ; a white subapical elongated spot. Secondaries bluish black; the apex white. Underneath the same. Body black ; the abdomen slightly glossed with blue. Expanse 35 mm. 92. Hab. Palmeiras, Rio Janeiro. Fam. Liparip#. AGAREA MINUTA, Sp. nov. Primaries light brownish grey, somewhat hyaline, with all the veins somewhat darker. Secondariespaler and semihyaline. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen yellow, with a row of black subdorsal spots. Expanse 20 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. ARCHYLUS MEXICANA, Sp. nov. Pure white, the primaries with the costal margin finely black; a black spot at the end of the cell, and a smaller black spot on the inner margin near the angle. Antenne orange. Expanse 25 mm. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 289 ARCHYLUS VESTA, Sp. Nov. Silvery white; the costal margin of the primaries indistinctly brown. Expanse 18 mm. Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. Fam. CERATOCAMPID. SYSSPHINX BASIREI, Sp. Nov. Primaries above fawn-colour at the base and along the outer margin, the median space darker, and separated from the paler portions by a basal and marginal dark brown line ; almost the entire median spaces from the subcostal to the submedian vein vitreous, here and there flecked with opaque clusters of scales. Secondaries fawn-colour, with a dark marginal line, beyond which the wing is slightly darker than at the base; the disk of the wings occupied by large vitreous patches as on the primaries. Body fawn-colour, slightly darker on the first two segments of the abdomen dorsally. Expanse 104 mm. 2. Hab. Rio Janeiro. When the maleis known, this species will require a new genus. OTHORENE ARPI, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries deep yellow ; the veins, inner and outer margins greyish, also a large triangular space extending along nearly the entire costal margin and defined by a darker line starting from the costal margin at one third from the base, and extending obliquely to the middle of the wing, from which point it returns to the costal margin near the apex ; this greyish space becomes paler towards its extremity and includes a large yellow discal spot; a white spot at the base of the wings. Secondaries reddish. Body deep yellow; a grey and white spot on the first segment of the abdomen. Expanse 70 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. OTHORENE JANEIRA, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries deep yellow, tinged with purplish along the costal margin; fringe and veins dark grey; a dark grey line from the apex to the inner margin near the base, before reaching which it is formed by a basal grey line; at the base of the wings a large white spot. Secondaries deep yellow, red along the inner margin, and with a narrow dark transverse band. Body orange; reddish dorsally ; a large white spot on the first segment. Expanse 85 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. ADELOCEPHALA INVALIDA, Sp. NOV. Primaries above dark brown, tinged with purple; paler along the outer margin; a dark line, outwardly shaded with a slightly paler tint, from the apex to the middle of the inner margin ; discal point 290 ON NEW SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. [Apr. 5, white. Secondaries above dark red; fringe yellow. Underneath: primaries reddish ; beyond the transverse line, which is purplish, the wing is yellow. Secondaries underneath yellow, speckled with reddish ; a transverse reddish streak ; reddish along the inner imar- gin. Thorax and first segment of abdomen dorsally orange-red ; abdomen otherwise dorsally purplish red, underneath yellowish white. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. Fam. SATURNIID&. AUTOMERIS MACAREIS, sp. nov. Male. Primaries brown, tinged with pinkish ; darker beyond the outer transverse line, which extends from the middle of the inner margin to the apex; on this darker portion a marginal, wavy, lighter shade; a narrow basal transverse line; the discal spot finely out- lined with dark brown. Secondaries pinkish brown; a little yellow between the ocellus and a transverse black line; the outer margin paler. ‘The ocellus small, black, with a brownish centre containing a few white scales. Thorax brown. Abdomen reddish. Expanse 70 mm. The female is more of a pinkish grey; the space between the ocellus and transverse black line pink. Abdomen reddish brown, with broad black transverse bands. Expanse 85 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. AUTOMERIS NOPALTZIN, Sp. NOV. Female. Primaries violaceous brown, a basal transverse shade, and an outer dark transverse line, inwardly shaded with yellow. The discal spot dark, ili defined, containing a minute white spot. Secondaries reddish, paler along the outer margin; a large black ocellus with a light brown centre, containing three black spots speckled with white, the central spot, which is the largest, being also crossed by a white line; the ocellus is externally bordered with yellow, and beyond this there is a fine, indistinct black line. Thorax violaceous brown. Abdomen red. Expanse 80 mm. Hab, Paso de San Juan, Vera Cruz. Allied to Automeris rubrescens, Walker. AUTOMERIS RUBICUNDA, Sp. nov. Male. Primaries above brown; the base fawn-colour and limited by a very narrow, transverse, dark line; a lunular transverse line beyond the cell; the discal spot dark brown, oblong; a dark trian- bular spot on the costal margin near the apex. Secondaries above ~bright red; the ocellus small, black, with a brownish centre con- taining a few white scales: beyond this a black transverse line; a submarginal brownish band, and a marginal brownish shade on a 1892. ] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 291 paler ground. Underneath the primaries are yellowish, with a large black discal spot containing a white point; a submarginal dark lunular line. Secondaries underneath reddish brown, thickly speckled with black ; a white discal point, and a transverse, lunular brown line. Thorax brown, with posteriorly a number of white hairs. Abdomen reddish. Expanse 54 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. AUTOMERIS TAMPHILUS, sp. nov. Primaries above fawn-colour, tinged with reddish; the outer margin yellowish ; the basal and outer transverse lines a little paler than the ground-colour; the outer line extending from near the apex on the costal margin to the inner margin at three fourths from its base. Secondaries yellowish red, the outer margin paler; the ocellus not very large, brown, circled with black and then with yellow; in its centre a minute greyish spot with a white streak; a submarginal black line inwardly edged with yellow. Head and thorax dark brown. Abdomen reddish. Expanse male 90 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. 5. Notes on the Anatomy and Osteology of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster). By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society. [Received March 15, 1892.] The structure of the soft parts of both Plotus anhinga and P. melanogaster has been fairly completely described by my two predecessors, Prof. Garrod* and Mr. Forbes*. Prof. Garrod has also given a brief account of some of the peculiarities of the third species, P. levaillanti, in a later paper*. So far as I am aware, the only existing account of the visceral anatomy of P. melanogaster is to be found in Mr. Forbes’s notes upon this bird. More recently Prof. Firbringer, of Jena, has contributed * to our knowledge of this genus in his great work upon the shoulder-girdle of birds. Having recently had the opportunity—afforded me by the death, on December 31st of the present year, of a female P. melanogaster, which arrived at the Gardens on May 1883—of dissecting an example of that species, I have been able to make some slight additions to what is already on record about the bird. As will be easily imagined, I have only to confirm the careful work of Mr. Forbes, so far as that goes; 1 “ Notes on the Anatomy of Plotus anhinga,” P. Z.S. 1876, p. 335. 2 «On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogas- ter), and on the Mechanism of the Neck in the Darters (Plots), in connexion with their Habits,” P.Z.S. 1882, p. 208. 3 “ Note on Points in the Anatomy of Levaillant’s Darter (Plotus levaillanti),” P. Z.8. 1878, p. 679. “ Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel, &c., 1888. 292 MR. F. KE. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. | Apr. 5, there are a few points, however, to which Mr. Forbes does not refer. To these I have naturally paid particular attention. As regards the musculature, Mr. Forbes only refers to some of the muscles of the neck ; but, Fiirbringer having dissected the shoulder-muscles, I have confined my attention to the muscles of the hind limb. Myology. As I have already said, the muscles of the anterior limb have been described by Furbringer. In the hind limb I find no note- worthy differences from P. anhinga. The “ muscle formula” is the same, z7.e. AX+. The Semitendinosus is a comparatively slight muscle; Garrod speaks of it in P. anhinga as being very large. It arises entirely from the pubis, and is inserted in common with the Semimembra- NOSUS. The Semimembranosus is a very large and stout muscle; at its origin it is nearly as wide as the Biceps; it is inserted by a strong flat tendon, on to which tendon, just at its commencement, is inserted the Semztendinosus. There are two Adductors, of which the inner is much the jargest ; this muscle is tendinous at its origin, and it has also a tendinous in- sertion of some length on to the underside of the femur. The Gastrocnemius has the usual three heads of origin; the middle head arises partly from the innermost adductor, and also by a very slender tendon from the Semimembranosus. The Tibialis anticus has a single and undivided tendon; in many birds the tendon of this muscle splits into two at its insertion. There are two Peroneals present; the Peroneus longus is, as is invariably the case with this muscle when present, attached to the tendon of one of the deep flexors. As to the deep flexors, the Flexor hallucis is bound by a strong vinculum to the Mlexor profundus just at its trifurcation. Viscera. The accompaaying drawing (fig. 1, p. 293) illustrates the very rudimentary tongue. Mr. Forbes does not mention the tongue, though it might be inferred from his silence on the point that the organ resembles that of Ploéus anhinga. I have thought it worth while to have a drawing prepared, as this structure has not been, to the best of my knowledge, figured. Professor Garrod’s remark that ‘“ the tongue, as an independent organ, does not exist” applies to Plotus melanogaster no less than to Plotus anhinga; there is in the former species, as apparently in the latter, a minute process, shown in the drawing, which is all that is left of the tongue. I may remark that the right lobe of the liver, as in P. unhinga, is larger than the left ; and that there is a well-developed gall-bladder (see fig. 2, p. 294), the duct of which opens as shown in the drawing. 1892. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 293 The same drawing also illustrates the arrangement of the pan- creatie ducts, to which neither Garrod nor Forbes make any allusion in either species. There were two minute caca in my specimen. The stomach agrees perfectly well with Mr. Forbes’s description of that organ. Some of the membranes surrounding the stomach have Fig. cnn A. Lower mandible of Indian Darter, to illustrate rudimentary tongue (7) ; B. Rudimentary tongue in profile. rather a peculiar arrangement. The liver lies near to the posterior end of the thoracic cavity, and a considerable space is thus left hetween its anterior border and the apex of the heart. This is a very unusual state of atfairs. As a general rule the front end of the liver is nearly in contact with the heart. Unfortunately I have not had the opportunity of observing how matters stand with Phalacro- corax, Pelecanus, and Sula. This space which divides the liver from the heart is of course bounded laterally by the oblique septa, and behind by a membrane shutting off this space from the liver. It [Apr. 5, MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 294 Alimentary viscera of Indian Darter. h.d., c.d., Bile-ducts ; P, Pancreas. G.B., Gall-bladder ; 1892. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE INDIAN DARTER. 295 probably has, though I have not definitely made out the fact, a con- nection with the air-sacs. : Osteology, and Comparison with Plotus anhinga. The osteclogy of the Darters has received attention from Brandt’, Eyton ?, Donitz *, Garrod *, and Milne-Edwards®. The only one of these authors to describe and figure the species which is the subject of this communication is M. Milne-Edwards. The entire skeleton, as well as the separate bones, are figured in the magnificent work upon the Natural History of Madagascar, now in course of publication. Milne-Edwards, however, does not do much more than describe the osteology of Plotus melanogaster ; there is but little in the way of a comparison between this and other species. My object in the present paper is to point out the principal differences between Plotus melanogaster and P. anhinga. 1 must first of all refer to an inter- esting matter concerning the skull, which has already been dealt with by Garrod for P. anhinga. In the figure illustrating the skull °, Garrod has indicated a small rod (lettered ‘“‘a”’) attached to the occipital bone. Of this he writes as follows :—‘ In speaking of Phalacrocoraz cristatus, Mr. Eyton remarks, the tubercle on the upper edge of the occipital bone has a pointed, movable, triangular process attached to it, which I suspect has also been the case with my specimen of Plotus, but has been lost.”’ In the Society’s female specimen there is a fibro-cartilaginous, similarly situated process, not more than one sixth of an inch long, which is ossified in the evidently older male. In his notes on the anatomy of the Cormorant, Hunter teils us that ‘a small bone, about an inch long, passes back from the os occipitis and gives origin to the temporal muscle, which is very strong.” The same bone in the Darter, although comparatively not so long, performs the same function, the superficial temporal muscles meeting behind the skull along the median raphe, which becomes ossified to form the above-mentioned bony style in the adult bird.” This is not figured by Milne-Edwards, but I found the bone in Plotus melanogaster attached precisely as is figured by Garrod for P. anhinga. The bone was of a triangular form, thus resembling more closely the corresponding bone of the Cormorant. It was en- tirely ossified. In comparing the two skulls of P. ankinga and P. me- lanogaster, the process of the occipital bone to which the ossicle in question is attached is seen to have a truncated form in P. melano- gaster, whereas in P. anhinga it has, as Garrod has correctly figured, & more conical form, terminating in a point. 1 Mém. de l’Acad. Imp. de St. Pétersb. t. v. (1839). 2 Osteologia Avium, p. 218. 3 Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys, 1873, p. 357. * Loe. cit. 5 Histoire nat. de Madagascar, t. xii. p. 690. ® Loe. cit. pl. xxvii, fig. 1. * 296 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW [Apr. 5, The chief difference between the skulls of P. melanogaster and P. anhinga, apart from the form of the occipital style, is in the form of the palatine bones; in P. anhinga these bones are rounded off posteriorly, the lateral margins curving inwards gradually. In P. melanogaster, on the other hand, the thin lateral wings of the palatines form a right angle behind ; they are cut perfectly square. There are no other very salient points of difference in the skulls of these two species ; in Plotus melanogaster the ridges which bound the temporal fossze above are more pronounced than in P. anhinga ; but possibly this is rather a difference of age than of species. However, in Garrod’s figure of the skull of P. anhinga, which represents that of an adult bird, and has been drawn, no doubt, from one of the two skulls now in my custody, the same difference is apparent ; the stronger development of the occipital style in P. mela- nogaster perhaps needs a stronger development of these ridges, for the two together form the line of origin of the temporal muscle. The postorbital processes are better developed in P. anhinga than in P. melanogaster ; this cannot be a question of age, for the skull of P. melanogaster is that of a younger bird than that of P. anhinga. With regard to other parts of the skeleton, the only differences that I could detect concerned the ribs and the vertebral column. The skeleton of Plotus anhinga has a very rudimentary rib, con- sisting of a small bit of bone, not more than half an inch in length, attached to about the middle of the last complete rib. This is absent from the skeleton of P. melanogaster, and has certainly not been lost, for that skeleton was prepared with the greatest care. The ossification of ‘ Donitz’s”’ Bridge has been mentioned by Mr. Forbes. 6. Descriptions of Seven new Species of Land-Shells from the U.S. of Colombia. By. G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S., F.Z.8. [Received March 1, 1892.1] (Plate XXIIT.) BuLIMUS GUENTHER], n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 7, 8.) Testa anguste perforata, ovata, solida, levis, fusca, flommis albidis irregulariter angulatis et undulatis picta ; spira conica, breviuscula, apice obtusiusculo ; anfractus 43, convexi, ultimus 3 longitudinis equans, inflatus, basi rotundatus ; columella fere verticalis, plica obliqua crassiuscula munita; apertura ovalis, leviter obliqua, intus griseo-fusca ; peristoma crassum, reflecum, marginibus callo crassiusculo junctis. Long. 41, diam. maj. 26 millim. ; apertura 12 lata, 22 longa. Hab. U.S. of Colombia. This species is remarkable for the smoothness of its surface, having neither granules nor striz. In form it somewhat resembles B. cardinalis (Pfeiffer), while its markings are like those of a JE), Zi jy ISVS Ne ale OCINIILY, LE 78 G.B.Sowerby lith. INTE Sat IEE Sy INO) UES, Ole OOO) WIN Hanhart TAP - 1892. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM COLOMBIA. 297 variety of B. suecinoides (Petit). The only specimen I have seen belongs to the National Collection at South Kensington. BULIMULUS KOPPELI, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 9-12.) Testa imperforata, ovato-conica, tenuis, nitens, carneo-albida vel luteo-straminea, plerumque maculis parvis nigro-fuscis pro- mascue conspersis picta, ad apicem carnea ; spira acute conica ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, longitudinaliter levissime irregu- lariter striati; sutura leviter impressa; anfractus ultimus sudventricosus, 3 longitudinis fere cequans, basi rotundatus ; apertura subovalis, leviter obliqua, latiuscula, intus albida, maculis anfractus ultimi transmeantibus; peristoma tenue, roseo marginatum ; marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis. Long. 25, diam. maj. 15 millim. Hab. Bogota. A pretty little shell, varying considerably in form and colour, but the lip appears to be always thin and prettily edged with red. Of the two specimens lent me for description by Mr. Da Costa, one is nearly white, profusely sprinkled with small brown spots, while the other is of a yellowish straw-colour (more decided yellow towards the apex), with only a few pale spots. I have as yet only seen very few specimens, but these exhibit considerable variations in their proportions. One apparently abnormally inflated specimen measures nearly 15 millimetres in width and only about 20 in ength; while the narrowest specimen measures scarcely more than 11 millimetres in width to 21 in height. BuLIMULUs DA-CosT#, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 15, 16.) Festa anguste sed profunde umbilicata, elongata, nitida, irregu- lariter striata, pallide fulvo- -carned, longitudinaliter fusco undulatim strigata, maculis parvis nigro-fuscis bifasciatim picta ; spira convexo-conica, apice acuto; sutura leviter im- pressa; anfractus 6, conveviuscult, ulttmus spiram subequans, basi attenuatus ; columella obliqua, refleca ; apertura subver- ticalis, intus rosea, maculis perlucentibus ; peristoma simplex, leviter reflecum. Long. 26, diam. maj. 11 millim. Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). I have as yet only seen a single specimen of this species, which may be found to vary as much as the last. It seems, however, to be distinct from any hitherto known. BULIMULUS GLANDINIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 13, 14.) Testa anguste perforata, oblonga, tenuissima, nitida, pellucida, stramineo-albida, longitudinaliter ruguloso-striata ; spira turrita, apice obtuso; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, sutura anguste cunaliculata sejuncti; anfractus ultimus 4, longitudinis via aequans, basi leviter attenuatus ; apertura subovalis, fere ver- ticalis ; columella rectiuscula, reflexa, perforationem Sere tegente ; peristoma simplex, acutum. 298 ON NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM COLOMBIA. [Apr. 5, Long. 21, diam. maj. 7 millim. Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). A transparent, fragile shell, with very much the appearance of a Glandina. HyYALiniA GOMEZI", n.sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 5, 6.) Testa perforata, depresso-rotundata, tenuis, pellucida, nitida, fusca, via striatula; spira parum elevata, regularis, apice obtusiusculo ; sutura appresso-marginata; anfractus 5, con- vexiusculi, uliimus non descendens, rotundatus, subtus convexus; apertura transverse lunato-ovalis ; peristoma acutum, marginibus distantibus ; columella subverticalis, dente minuto instructa. Diam. maj. 11, min. 94, alt. 8 millim. Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). — A small hyaline shell, the only remarkable character of which is the presence of a minute tooth or tubercle on the columella. In this and other respects it bears a strong resemblance to some of the Polynesian species of Microcystis, though from its habitat it is probably rightly placed in the genus Hyalinia. CLAUSILIA MAGISTRA, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 1-4.) Testa magna, anguste fusiformis, solidiuscula, sinistrorsa, nigro- fusca; sptra elongata; anfractus superstites 7, convexiuscult ; costulis obliquis irregulariter undulatis ornati, sutura impressa sejuncti; anfractus ultimus leviter attenuatus, ad basin ro- tundatus, breviter solutus a longitudinis subequans ; apertura late auriformis, majuscula ; peristoma continuum, expansum, non reficxum; lamella superior arcuatim suodverticalis, parvi- uscula, subcompressa ; lamella inferior obliqua, latiuscula ; clausilium tenue, leviter arcuatum ; plicis nullis ; lunella nulla. Long. 38, diam. maj. 7 millim. Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). A fine large species, elegantly sculptured with irregularly undu- lating oblique costule. In form it closely resembles the smaller species, C. epistomium (Pfeiffer), which is found in the same locality. The internal structure presents the somewhat unusual character of being destitute of plicz. CYCLOTUS FILO-LIRATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 17-19.) Testa late umbilicata, depressiuscula, olivacea, saturate olivaceo- fusco zonata, liris numerosis concentricis filiformibus instructa ; spira levissime elevata ; sutura profunda ; anfractus 5, convezi, 1 Since this paper was read Mr. Da Costa has called my attention to the proximity of this shell to a species named by Bland Proserpina swifti, from which it differs in being more convex and in having a much less pronounced tooth on the colunella. There is no doubt that the two species belong to the same genus; but the animals being unknown it is impossible to speak with certainty as to their position. Judging from the shells, however, I think it very unlikely that they belong to the Proserpinide. The little Microcystis eacrescens (Mousson), from Viti Levu (Feejee Islands), has a similar dentiform callus on the columella.—G. B. 8. 1892.] MR. SCLATER ON THE EGG OF HPYORNIS MEDIUS. 299 ulitmus non descendens, prope suturam concavo-depressus, ad peripheriam carinatus, aliter rotunde convexus; apertura sub- cireularis ; peristoma continuum, simplex, leviter incrassatum. Diam. maj. 36, min. 30, alt. 20 millim. Hab. Bogota (Mus. Da Costa). The thread-like ridges on the body-whorl of this shell are much more distant and prominent than in C. blanchetianus (Moricand) and in other allied species. I have at present only seen a single specimen. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. Figs. 1-4. Clausilia magistra, p. 298. 5,6. Hyalinia gomezi, p. 298. 7,8. Bulimus guentheri, p. 296. 9-12, Bulimulus koppeli, p. 297. 13, 14. —— glandiniformis, p. 297. ; da-coste, p. 297. 17-19. Cyclotus filo-liratus, p. 298. May 3, 1892. Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1892 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of April was 83, of which 31 were by presentation, 2 by exchange, 27 by purchase, 10 by birth, and 13 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 84. Amongst the additions special attention may be called to :— A Finely-marked Owl (Pseudoscops grammicus), from Jamaica, presented by the Jamaica Institute, April 8th, being the first living example of this Owl that has reached us. Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks upon a nearly perfect egz of one of the extinct gigantic birds of Madagascar of the genus AE pyornis (probably AZ. medius), obtained from the sands near Cape S. Marie in the South of Madagascar, by a correspondent, resident at Fort Dauphin, of Mr. W. Clayton Pickersgill, H.B.M. Vice- Consul at Antananarivo, and lately brought to England by that gentleman. The egg measured 113 by 83 inches. Its larger circumference was 314 inches, and its smaller 262 inches. It was therefore not quite so large as the specimen figured by Rowley (Orn. Mise. iii. pl cxil.), and came nearer in dimensions to the specimen in the British Museum (41,484) referred by Mr. Lydekker (Cat. Fossil Birds, p. 214) to 4. medius. The following papers were read :— 300 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE | May 3, 1. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of Northern Somaliland. By H. G. C. Swayne, Capt. R.E., C.M.Z.S." [Received April 5, 1892.] 1. THe Oryx (Oryx beisa). Baet (pronounced Beyt). The Oryx inhabits open stony ground, or barren hills, or open grass plains. It is very widely distributed over the Somali Country and not at all uncommon, and it may be found in all kinds of country except in the thick jungles with aloe undergrowth so much liked by the Lesser Kudu, and in the cedar forests on the higher ranges. The Oryx feeds chiefly on grass, and is often found very far from water. It has keen sight, and protects itself more by this than by its sense of hearing or smell. Oryx are found in herds of moderate size, chiefly composed of cows. The herds number from half a dozen to thirty or forty. The only Antelopes which go in very large herds in Northern Somaliland are the Hartebeeste and Scemmerring’s Gazelle. Numbers of bull Oryxes are found scattered singly all about the country, and possibly these make up in number for the prepon- derance of cows in the herds. Single Oryxes are almost always bulls. Often two or three cows with growing calves will be found together, making up a small herd of half a dozen. It is nearly impossible to distinguish which are the bulls in a herd, and they are so few in proportion to the cows that it is best not to fire at a herd at all. The bull is slightly higher in the withers than the cow, and the horns, though an inch or two shorter in the bull, are more massive, especially about the burr at the base, and they are more symmetrical. The cows’ horns are often bent or of unequal length. The Oryx is often revengeful when wounded and brought to bay. Twice I have seen a wounded Oryx make a determined charge into a mob of Somalis armed with spears. The Midgans, who are the outcast race, and are armed with bows and poisoned arrows, hunt the Oryx with packs of savage yellow pariah dogs; the thick skin round the withers of a bull Oryx is made by them into a white “ g4shan” or shield 18 inches in diameter. The hunting as carried out by the Midgans in the Bulhar Plain is as follows :—Three or four Midgans with about fifteen dogs go out just before dawn, and walk along silently through the scattered thorn- 1 (Capt. Swayne has now kindly sent me the promised field-notes on the Antelopes of Somaliland of which I have lately given an account to the Society, mainly based upon his valuable specimens (see P. Z. S. 1892, pp. 98, 117). The first set of all the specimens sent to me by Capt. Swayne has been presented in his name to the British Museum, and the duplicates to the U.S. National Museum at Washington. I have added; at Captain Swayne’s request, the scientific names and some references to these Notes.—P. L. 8.] 1892.] ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 301 jungle till fresh tracks are found. These are followed till the game is sighted. By throwing stones towards the Oryxes, whistling, and other signs, which the dogs thoroughly understand, they are shown the game, aud settle down to their work methodically. The dogs run mute, the men fellowing at a crouching trot, which in a Somali is untiring, and this lasts for a mile or two, when the dogs run into their game and open in chorus round the herd of Oryxes as it stands at bay. The Oryxes make repeated charges at the degs, which are often badly wounded. The dogs generally try to pull down a calf, avoiding the mother’s sharp horns. Sometimes the whole herd will charge the dogs together to rescue a calf. The Midgans come crouching up amongst the bushes and let off a flight of poisoned arrows into the mass of Oryx. On seeing the men, the herd breaks up like a bursting shell. An animal wounded by one of these arrows takes a line of its own, and is carefully followed till found dead, or it is easily pulled down by the dogs in its weak state. I have often joined the Bulhar Midgans in their trips. They sleep out night after night under the trees, guarded by the half- tamed dogs. Their camping arrangements are primitive. They slightly roast the Oryx-meat in the fire and eat it nearly raw. If one has no matches, one may have the pleasure of helping them light a fire by rubbing two sticks together. It takes twenty minutes ; special wood has to be selected. It would take Europeans a very long time to get a light. The pariah dogs have no affection for their masters, and growl and snap when approached ; but, curiously, when hunting they are very obedient and obey every sign or call. The skin on the withers of a bull Oryx is about #inch thick. The average length of horns in a good bull is 32 inches, in a cow 34 inches. Young Oryxes when caught and confined in a cage will sometimes show their stubborn, wild nature by charging the bars, head down, and killing themselves. A case of this occurred in Berbera. Oryxes are by no means fast Autelopes, and when wounded are easily ridden down. The young calves are very like those of English cattle, but smaller, with stumpy black hornsa few incheslong. ‘They give out a peculiar half-bleat, half-bellow, when attacked by dogs or wounded. Oryxes sometimes strike sideways with their horns as we use a stick. When angry an Oryx suddenly lowers his horns till they are nearly parallel with the ground, and makes a dash forward with surprising swiftness. Lions are very fond of Oryx-meat. I have often seen Oryxes in company with Hartebeestes and Gazelles. Once I saw a small herd with some of the Flabby-nosed Gazelles, and amongst them were two Ostriches. 2. Toe Kunvu (Strepsiceros kudu). Gédir or Gorialeh-Gédir (male); Adér-yu (female); Adér-yu (collective name for herd-animals of both sexes and all ages), Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXI. 21 302 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [May 3, Kudus are found in mountainous or very broken ground where there is plenty of bush and good grass and water. Sometimes a solitary old bull Kudu will make his mid-day lair close to water, in some quiet part of the hills. They are very retiring, and live in smail families, two bulls and seven cows being the largest number I have noticed together. They prefer the steepest mountains, but wander about at night in search of grass in broken ground in the neighbouring plains. An old male with a heavy pair of horns avoids thick jungle, where they may catch in the branches, and likes to spend the heat of the day under the shadow of some great rock on the mountain-side, where he can get a good view around. His eyes, nose, and ears appear to be equally on the alert, and he is often very cunning. Although such a heavy animal he is a good climber. He is hard to stalk, but, once successfully approached, the steep nature of the ground generally yields him up an easy victim to the rifle. The alarm-note of the female Kudu is a loud startling bark, which echoes far into the hills around, and is similar to that of the Indian Sambar hind. The bark is accompanied by an impatient pawing of the ground with the hoofs. The habits of the Greater and Lesser Kudu of Somaliland exactly correspond respectively to those of the Indian Sambar and Spotted Deer. Great Kudus live in the mountains; Lesser Kudus live on the bush-covered slopes at their base. Kudus are generally timid, but care must be taken when coming suddenly on them, as I once saw an unwounded bull Kudu make a very determined charge from some thirty yards’ distance at a solitary man, who had been sent to stop the mouth of a gorge. The man jumped to one side and threw his spear, grazing the beast’s flank. The Kudu galloped out into the plain and escaped. I had a good view of this, and there could be no doubt as to the intention of the beast. The Kudu is the largest of all the Somali Antelopes, a large bull standing about 13 hands 1 inch. A good pair of horns in Somali- land will measure nearly 3 feet from base to tip, and 48 inches round the spiral of each horn. The largest Somali Kudu head I have ever seen measured 56 inches round the spiral. The Kudu is rare except in the highest mountains. It is found on the highest ground of Northern Somaliland, inhabiting the top of Wagar Mountain and Golis Range, which rise respectively to six thousand eight hundred and six thousand feet. Kudus have lately become very shy and scarce in these mountains. A Kudu head is a great prize, and a good pair of horns should be ample reward for a tortnight’s climbing in the hills. Kudus, although active climbers, are not fast on level ground. 3. Tue Lesser Kunv (Strepsiceros imberbis). Gédir or Arreh-Gédir (male) ; Adér-yu (female) ; Adér-yu (col- ective). - 1892.) ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 303 This is quite the most beautiful of all the Somali Antelopes, and the skin is more brilliantly marked and the body more graceful than in the Great Kudu. The Lesser Kudu is found in thick jungles of the larger kind of thorn tree, especially where there is an undergrowth of the “ Hig” or pointed aloe, which is of a light green colour and grows four feet high. This Antelope may also be found hiding in dense thickets of tamarisk in the river-beds. It is never found in the open grass plains, and I have never seen one in the cedar-forests on the top of Golis. The favourite haunt of the Lesser Kudu used to be along the foot of this range, but they are seldom seen there now. ‘The Lesser Kudu likes to be near water if possible, and living, as it does, in thick bush, its ears are wonderfully well developed. It has strong hindquarters, and is a great jumper, the white bushy tail flashing over the aloe clumps as it goes away in great bounds. Lesser Kudus are very cunning and will stand quite still on the farther side of a thicket, listening to the advancing trackers; then a slight rustle is heard as they gallop away on the tarther side. The best way to get a specimen is to follow the new tracks of a buck, the shooter advancing parallel with the tracker, but some 50 yards to one flank and in advance ; a snap shot may then be obtained as the Kudu bounds out of the farther side of the thicket, first giving the warning rustle. One may be months in the country before getting a really good specimen. Lesser Kudus go in small herds of about the same number as the Great Kudus. Old bucks are nearly black, and the horns become smooth by rubbing against trees. The average length of a good buck Lesser Kudu’s horns is about 25 inches from base to tip. ‘The longest I have shot or seen was between 27 and 28 inches in a straight line. The horns are very sharp. I have never seen a Lesser Kudu charge anybody. 4. Tue Somat HartesBeeste (Bubalis swaynei)". Sig. South of the highest ranges, and at a distance of about 100 miles from the coast, are open plains some four or five thousand feet above sea-level, alternating with broken ground covered with thorn-jungle, with an undergrowth of aloes growing sometimes to a height of six feet. This elevated country, called the “ Haud,” is waterless for three months, from January to March; it was crossed by Mr. James’s party in 1884, when their camels were thirteen days without water. Much of the Haud is bush-covered wilderness or open semi- desert, but some of the higher plains are, at the proper season, in early summer, covered, far as the eye can reach, with a beautiful carpet of green grass, like English pasture-land. At this time of the year pools of water inay be found, as the rainfall is abundant. This kind of open grass country is called the “ Ban.” Notabush 1 Sclater, above, p. 98, pl. v. 304 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [May 3, is to be seen, and some of these plains are thirty or forty miles each way. There is not always much game to be got in the Haud; but a year ago, coming on to ground which had not yet been visited by Europeans, I found one of these plains covered with herds of Hartebeestes, there being perhaps a dozen herds in sight at one time, each herd containing three or four hundred individuals. Hundreds of bulls were scattered singly on the outskirts and in spaces between the herds, grazing, fighting, or lying down. The scene I describe was at a distance of over a hundred miles from Berbera; and the game has probably been driven far beyond that point by now. The Hartebeeste bulls are very pugnacious, and two or three couples may be fighting round the same herd at one time. Often one of the bulls will be sent rolling head over heels. The easiest way to get a specimen is to send a couple of Midgans round above the wind to drive the Hartebeeste towards you, at the same time lying down in the grass. A shot may be got within fifty yards, but no one would care to shoot many Hartebeestes, as the trophy is poor. Often Oryxes and Scemmerring’s Gazelles are seen in company with these great troops of Hartebeestes, but the Oryxes are much wilder. The Hartebeestes are rather tame, and they and the Scemmerring’s Gazelles are always the last to move away. Hartebeestes have great curiosity, and rush round a caravan, halting now and then within two hundred yards to gaze. This sight is an extraordinary one, all the Antelopes having heavy and powerful forequarters, head, and chest, of a different shade of chestnut to the hindquarters, which are poor and fall away. In the midday haze on the plains they look like troops of Lions. The pace of the Hartebeeste is an ungraceful lumbering canter ; but this is really the fleetest and most enduring of the Somali Antelopes. The largest herd I have ever seen must have contained a thousand individuals, packed closely together, and looking like a regiment of cavalry, the whole plain round being dotted with single bulls. The coat is glossy like that of a well-groomed horse. From their living so much in the open grass plains the Harte- beeste must live entirely on grass, for there is nothing else to eat ; and it must be able to exist for several days without water. Hartebeestes are the favourite food of Lions, and once, when out with my brother, I found a troop of three Lions sitting out on the open plains, ten miles from the nearest bush. They had evidently been out all night among the herds, and on their becoming gorged, the rising sun had found them disinclined to move. Hartebeeste horns vary greatly in shape and size. There are the short massive horns and the long pointed ones, and all the gradations between. Some curve forward, with the points thrown back ; others curve outwards in the same plane as the forehead, the points turning onward. 1892. ] ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 305 5. WALLER’S GAZELLE (Lithocranius walleri). Gerenouk. The Gerenouk is the commonest and most widely distributed of the Somali Antelopes except the little Salt’s Antelope, which springs like a hare from every thicket. The long neck of the Gerenouk, large giraffe-like eyes, and long mobile muzzle are peculiar, the only other Antelope at all like it being the Dibatag (Ammodorens clarkei). The Gerenouk is more of a browser of bushes than a grass-feeder, and I have twice shot them in the act of standing on the hind legs, neck extended, and fore feet against the trunk of a tree, reaching down the tender shoots, which could not be got in any other way. Thus not only the appearance, but the habits of a Gerenouk are giraffe-like. The skull goes far back behind the ears like that of a camel. ‘ne Gerenouk is found all over the Somali Country in small families, never in large herds, and generally in scattered bush, ravines, and rocky ground. I have never seen the Gerenouk in the cedar forests which crown Golis, nor in the treeless plains which occur in the Haud. Gerenouk are not necessarily found near water, in fact generally in stony ground with a sprinkling of thorn-jungle. The gait of this Antelope is peculiar. When first seen, a buck Gerenouk will generally be standing motionless, head well up, looking at the intruder and trusting to its invisibility. Then the head dives under the busbes, and the animal goes off at a long crouching trot, stopping now and again behind some bush to gaze. The trot is awkward-looking and very like the trot of a camel. The Gerenouk seldom gallops, and its pace is never very fast. In the whole shape of the head and neck and in the slender lower jaw there is a marked resemblance between the Gerenouk and the newly-discovered Dibatag. The texture of the coat is much alike in both. The horns of young buck Gerenouk are almost exactly the same shape as those of the Dibatag, The average length of a Gerenouk’s horns is about 13 inches. I have never seen a female with horns. Female Gerenouks sometimes lose or desert their young ones, as I have now and then come on quite young Gerenouk living alone in the jungle. 6. S@MMERRING’S GAZELLE (Gazella semmerring?). Aoul. Five years ago, when staying in quarters at Bulhar, I remember that the Aoul could be seen from the bungalow, grazing out on the plain. The Bulhar Maritime Plain used to be full of them, but they have been so persecuted by sportsmen that they have retired to a great distance, and are seldom shot near Bulhar now. The Aoul weighs about the same as the Gerenouk, but has a shorter neck and a clumsy-looking head. It is altogether a coarse 306 CAPT. H. G. C. SWAYNE ON THE [May 3, animal. It is a grass-feeder, and lives in the open plains or in scattered bush, but never in thick jungle, and it prefers flat ground. The white hindquarters can be seen from a great distance, making a herd of Aoul look like a flock of sheep in the haze of the plains. I have never seen Aoul on the Golis Range, but in the Hartebeeste ground beyond they are common, and may often be seen in large herds along with the herds of Hartebeestes. The Aoul are the most stupid and easy to shoot of all the Somali Aatelopes, and their habits are identical with those of the Indian Blackbuck ; but the Aoul is not to be compared with the Blackbuck for beauty or grace of movement. Aoul often make long jumps when going away, and are apparently a near relative of the Cape Springbuck. I have never seen them spring vertically to anything like the height to which the Indian Blackbuck will spring. Presumably it is done to get a better view of the plain. : Aoul are inquisitive and will follow a caravan. If fired at they make off across the front at racing speed, drawing up in a troop now and then to gaze. If much meat is required, it is easy in scattered bush to run into a large herd and shoot several. A large herd becomes confused, as the leaders cannot be seen in bush. The bucks with a herd will often be seen fighting or chasing each other about at speed as Blackbuck do. Solitary bucks are sometimes found far from any herd. Aoul can live a long way from water. Near the coast they often come down close to the shore, possibly to obtain salt. A wounded Aoul buck does not hide, but will lie down in the most open spot he can find, and will generally have a circle of jackals waiting round him. Aoul can easily be shot at dusk, when they are apt to blunder close to a caravan. The horns vary in shape, generally being lyrated, sometimes pointing forward like the Gerenouk horns. They are often mal- formed, and seldom have much symmetry. The largest pair I have seen measured 17 inches; the average is about 14 inches, following the curve. I once saw a herd of about fifteen young fawns of this Antelope gathered together a mile away from the rest of the herd. 7&8. Tur Gazevues. TueE Coast GazeL_e (Gazella pelzelni). Tue Big-Nosep GAZELLE (G. spekit). The ordinary Coast Gazelle almost exactly resembles the Arabian and the Indian Gazelle (G. bennetti). The other, the Big- or } Both Déro. Flabby-nosed Gazelle, inhabits the elevated country, commencing about 35 miles trom the coast. I have shot numbers of Gazelles for food at various times, and have always noticed that the Flabby-nosed Gazelle has a much thicker and longer coat than the Coast Gazelle. This is evidently 1892. | ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. 307 the result of natural selection, as the high plains of Ogo and Haud, where it lives, are subject to sweeping cold winds, and the nights are very cold indeed. I have noticed the Oryx in the elevated country also have slightly thicker coats. The altitude of these plains inhabited by the Flabby-nosed Gazelle is from three thousand to nearly six thousand feet, but doubtless they go much lower towards Ogaden. The great upheaval of Golis, and its prolongations east and west, which rise some forty miles inland and separate Guban, the low coast country, from Ogo, the high interior country, form the natural line of demarcation between these two Gazelles. The short-coated, brightly-coloured Coast Gazelle is foud below in Guban, to the north of Golis. The long-coated, dull-coloured, Flabby-nosed Gazelle is found south of Golis, in Ogo and in the Haud. In Ogo-Gudan, the country near Hargeisa where Guban rises gradually into Ogo, I have found the Flabby-nosed Gazelle to prevail. I have found that the Gazelles of the low country carried longer horns, those of the Big-nosed Gazelle being shorter, thicker, more curved, and better annulated. The habits of both are alike. ‘They go in moderate herds from half a dozen up to about fifteen, and are fond of stony or sandy undulating ground and ravines, thinly dotted over with mimosas. They are fond of salt, and do not want water, and it is hard to understand what they can pick up to eat in the wretched ground they frequent. ‘They avoid thick bush. They have curiosity which amounts to impudence, but are wonderfully bright and on the alert, and are hard to shoot, knowing perfectly well the range of a rifle and presenting a small target. 9. Saut’s ANTELOPE (Neotragus saltianus). Sakdro. The Sakaro certainly weighs less than an English hare, and is the smallest of the Somali Antelopes. The horns are well-ringed at the base and sharply pointed, and about 14 inch long. There are two kinds of Sakaro, the larger and the smaller. They are alike in every other respect, but one is half as large again as the other. The smaller is found in Guban and Ogo. I shot the larger in the Gadabursi country, 150 miles inland. Mr. Clarke, who went to Mauhan, first noticed a difference in size and pointed it out to me. The skull is nearly twice as large in the larger kind. The eyes of the Sakaro are larger in proportion to the head than any other of the Antelopes here. Sakdro live in broken ground where there is good cover of low mimosa scrub. They are never seen in absolutely open grass plains. They are specially partial to the aloe undergrowth found in Lesser Kudu ground. Sakaro go in pairs, hiding under the low bush. The female exposes herself to view most, and is consequently most often shot. 308 ON THE ANTELOPES OF NORTHERN SOMALILAND. [May 3, They lie very close, and when disturbed they dart off at speed with two or three sharp whistling alarm-notes uttered in quick succession. This often gives the alarm to larger game. Three or four Sakdéro may be seen together, seldom or never more. Young Sakdro are soon able to take care of themselves, and only when very young can they be run down on foot by the Somalis, who often catch them to eat. ‘he Somalis, who are sensible in most ways, are peculiar in that they do not eat birds, and know little about them, calling them contemptuously “Shimbir,” the Arabic for bird, but generally having no names for the different kinds. They say birds are ‘‘ Haram,” or forbidden food. I have seen probably eighty Sakaro in the course of aday. Their habits are those of the hare, and they live in similar ground. They nibble the young shoots of the mimosa. ‘They like to be near water, and go to drink at midday and just after nightfall. They are especially lively in the afternoon and evening. 10. Tae KurpsprinGer (Oreotragus saltator). Alakud. These Antelopes live in the most rugged mountains, poising them- selves on large boulders, and leaping from rock to rock. They are neither shy nor hard to shoot. Alakud go in twos and threes like Sakaro. The longest horns I saw in Somaliland were about three inches. The females have no horns. 11. Cuarke’s GAZELLE (Ammodorcas clarket). Dibatag. Clarke’s Gazelle is very local in its distribution, and is not found nearer than Burao and the edge of the Haud. T..ey are common in parts of the Dolbahanta country. I have never had time to shoot when in the country they inhabit, which has only lately been opened up. Its likeness to the Gerenouk is remarkable. 12. Berra. My brother, while with me in the Gadabursi country last year, saw three specimens of an Antelope which the natives called “Beira,” but he was not fortunate in obtaining a shot. He de- scribed it as a small reddish Antelope of the Klipspringer kind, the same size, with little black horns, much laid back. The natives said no Europeans had shot them. 1892.] SPECIMENS FORMERLY IN THE JEUDE COLLECTION. 309: 2. On the probable Identity of certain Specimens, formerly in the Lidth de Jeude Collection, and now in the British Museum, with those figured by Albert Seba in his ‘ Thesaurus’ of 1734. By O.prizrtp THomas. [Received April 5, 1892.] In 1867 the British Museum purchased, through the late Mr. R. Damon, a large quantity of zoological specimens of all sorts out of the collection of Prof. Th. van Lidth de Jeude of Utrecht. Of the mammals, about 280 are preserved entire in old-fashioned glass jars with red wax tops, and 330 are skulls. In the well-known folio work by Albert Seba, ‘ Locupletissimus rerum naturalium Thesaurus,’ vol. i., there is a frontispiece with the author’s portrait, and behind him are specimens in bottles so exactly like those of the Lidth de Jeude collection as to have attracted my attention to the circumstance; and although it has since proved that such bottles were used by Lidth de Jeude himself and others, yet as the suspicion thus aroused was confirmed by my finding some of the specimens to be similar to the animals figured by Seba in this work, a thorough examination has been made, with the startling and unhoped for result of showing that many of these Lidth de Jeude specimens are actually the very individual examples figured by Seba. Of course, one or two, or even five or six cases of resemblance might have been put down to accidental coinci- dences, but so large a number prove to correspond in every way to Seba’s figures and descriptions, that I no longer have a doubt as to their being really Seba’s specimens, carefully preserved by their successive possessors in the original hermetically sealed jars in which he placed them. Naturally, in the course of time, many have been lost, others have deteriorated and been destroyed, and others again have been alienated in ignorance of their special value and interest. But in spite of all, enough remain to raise their resemblance to Seba’s figures far beyond the region of accidenta! coincidence, and, as each specimen identified increases the prola- bilities for the identification of the rest, in the aggregate to amount practically to a proof of the opinion now advocated. In fact the whole British Museum collection from other sources could not produce so many close resemblances to Seba’s figures as occur in this one collection of Lidth de Jeude. It may be noted that, judging by the old tickets on the bottles, there appear to be t»o sets of specimens in the collection—the bottles of the one labelled with large printed numbers, and of the other with manuscript numbers, evidently of an earlier date; all the cases of asserted identity occur im the latter part of the collection, an evidence in itself that these have some common bond of origin. At the same time the importance of this piece of evidence is unfortunately much weakened by the fact that many of the identified specimens have Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXII. 22 310° MR. 0. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY __[ May 3, been rebottled, so that one cannot tell with certainty * to which part of the collection they belonged. Owing in part probably to some of the intermediate possessors not having been interested in anything but Mammalia, and in part to the comparative absence of individuality in specimens of the lower classes, scarcely any identification has been made in other groups than the Mammalia. But as the Lidth de Jeude collection acquired by the Museum contains specimens of all classes, both of Vertebrates and Invertebrates, as did also the Seba cabinet, there is little doubt that some of Seba’s specimens are contained in it, if only they could be identified. At the same time no members of other groups have upon them the old MS. labels to which I attach so much importance. Moreover, the Seba collection of Reptiles was wholly, or in part, purchased by the Emperor Peter the Great, and taken to St. Petersburg, where many of the specimens are still preserved’. Unfortunately they were all rebottled some years ago, so that none are left in the original bottles ; Dr. Strauch, however, as Iam kindly informed by Dr. Biichner, well remembers that the bottles were exactly like those figured by Seba, and therefore like those of the Lidth de Jeude collection. As to the labels, several sorts seem to have been on the bottles, but none quite like those now on our bottles. Among the Reptiles and Fishes, in the examination of which I have had the assistance of my colleague Mr. Boulenger, one snake (Eunectes murinus, 66.8.14.308) and one fish (Chetostomus cir- rhosus, 66.8.14.154) agree so well with Seba’s Vol. ii. pl. xxix. fig. 1 and Vol. iii. pl. xxix. fig. 12 respectively, that, viewed in conjunction with the Mammal identifications, it appears very pro- bable that these specimens are Seba’s originals, and that they escaped Peter the Great, and passed with the Mammals into the hands of Prof. Lidth de Jeude. It is an unfortunate thing that none of the many eccentricities figured by Seba, such as the Cat with two bodies, &c., are identi- fiable, as they would have been better evidence of identity than any I am able to produce; but the fact is easily explicable, as the British Museum never has purchased or collected any such specimens, and therefore even if, as no doubt was the case, any of Seba’s monstro- sities were included in the ‘collection trés remarquable de foetus monstrueux”’ of the Lidth de Jeude collection, they would not 1 Tn an interesting leaflet which I owe to the kindness of Mr. R. F. Damon of Weymouth, there is a rough classification of the Lidth de Jeude Museum, and among the chief headings is one of “ Une série de foetus des races humaines et des Mammiféres.” Now, on examining the Museum specimens bearing the printed Lidth de Jeude labels, I find that without exception they are either young specimens or else mothers containing fcetuses, so that we may presume that of the rebottled specimens those at least which are adult would not have had the printed numbers, and would therefore in all probability have had the old MS. labels upon them. 2 See Strauch, Zool. Mus. St. Petersb. in seinem finfzigjahr. Best. p. 192 (1889). Dr. Biichner informs me that a large part of this collection was destroyed by fire in St. Petersburg in 1747. 1892.] IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. - 311 have been acquired by our own Museum; nor am I able to trace where they have gone. Before proceeding toa detailed account of my identifications, I propose to give such scraps of historical evidence about the Seba and Lidth de Jeude collections as I have been able to get together, and I hope that these in course of time will be supplemented by other similar items of information. Firstly, from the preface to the fourth volume of the ‘ Thesaurus’ we learn that, although Seba himself died in 1736, the collection was not dispersed until 1752, when it was sold by public auction in Amsterdam. It next, probably not very long afterwards’, passed into the possession of the Stadthoider, William VY. of Holland, or at least of his guardians, he being a boy of four at the time of the sale. But when the French occupied Holland and the Stadtholder fled in 1795, the invaders, as was their habit in regard to objects of art and science, brought back with them to Paris certain of the spe- cimens of the Stadtholder’s collection. Of these, or at least of the Mammals, a list has most fortunately been preserved in the Archives of the Paris Museum, a copy of which I owe to the kindness of Prof. A. Milne-Edwards. This list, however (see below p- 317), shows that no such specimens as are now attempted to be identified went to Paris at that time. Indeed, such specimens as these animals in spirit would not have been very attractive to the French military and unscientific collectors, and they therefore, no doubt, remained in Holland, but in whose hands I cannot trace. The next reference is one which, so far as it goes, is antagonistic to the idea of any of Seba’s spirit-specimens having been preserved until now, and it deserves, therefore, careful consideration. In 1853 Temminck, the famous head of the Leyden Museum, made the two following statements * :— “ Seba rassemblait, sans choix ni ordre systématique, toutes sortes d’objets curieux ; parmi les mammiféres, les monstres et les foetus étaient les plus nombreux ; toute sa collection, conservée 4 l’esprit de vin dans des bocaux de verre, était, aprés sa mort, en grande partie détériorée.” And :— ‘Il y a plusieurs années (cinquante ans 4 peu-prés) que je fis Pacquisition de quelques bocaux, provenant des débris des collections de Seba; dans ce nombre se treuvait un trés-jeune individu de notre Spiniger ; il était totalement décoloré et 4 peine reconnaissable. Ce sujet, qu’on a monté, se trouve dans nos galeries. C’est peut- étre Vindividu type du Cervus perpusillus ou bien de Cervus per- gracilis de Seba.” 1 Perhaps Pallas visited Amsterdam in the interval, for in 1797 (Nov. Glires, p. 314) he says of Mus longipes (Seba, vol. ii. plate xxix. fig. 2): “ vidi quondam Amstelodamie Museo Seb reliquum specimen in collectione DN. Chr. Paul Meier, mercatoris.” Later on he speaks of this specimen as having been a skin, so that it could not be one of our specimens, but might have been one of the “ Deux Gerboises de la petite espéce” that went to Paris (see below, p. 317). ? Esq. Z. Guin. pp. 202, 203 (1853). B12 MR. 0. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMEREY [May 3, Now in reference to these serious Statements, it may be observed that Seba’s great collection consisted of mammals, birds, reptiles, scorpions, shells, echinoderms, and many other invertebrates, and might, therefore, easily be “en grande partie détériorée,” especially as regards the softer and more destructible invertebrates, and yet leave the majority of the mammals unhurt; while, as regards the Royal Antelope (“‘notre Spiniger’’), of course the accidental open- ing or leakage of a single bottle would imply the destruction of its contents. But except for Temminck’s bare statement, and it is by no means certain that he really knew much about the condition of “toute la collection,” he only having obtained “ quelques bocaux,” there seems to be no reason whatever that specimens preserved as these are in hermetically sealed bottles and in good preserving fluid should be really seriously deteriorated merely by the lapse of time. Certainly, judging by the present condition of the Lidth de Jeude collection, there seems to be no reason against their having been in the bottles they now are for the past 160 years, or, if untouched, for their remaining very much in their present con- dition for centuries more. Of other references to this collection, at this time or later, I can find no trace. Probably it got into the hands of one or several successive private and scientifically unknown collectors of curiosities before coming into the possession of Prof. Lidth de Jeude. Of the latter’s museum, we only know what is stated io the preface to his sale-catalogue of 1858. In this he utters a pathetic lament at being forced to part with his collection, the result of half a century’s labour. This period would carry back the com- mencement of his collecting to 1808, a date very near that when some of the Seba specimens were certainly still in existence, as we know from Temminck. Among the collections and even ‘‘ Musées entiers ’’? which he acquired during the half-century were those of «Mr. Je Baron van der Capellen, ancien Gouverneur des Indes Orientales, Mr. van Klinkenberg, amateur zélé 4 Utrecht, Messrs. Muller, Draak, etc.” Of these gentlemen the first would not have been likely to possess a general collection, of the last two I know nothing; but of the second, the most likely sounding of all, thanks to the kind researches of Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum, we know that his full name was Gysbert Johannes van Klinkenberg, that he set up as an apothecary in Utrecht in 1802, that he had large Natural History collections, and that these were sold by auction on Nov. 8, 1841. The majority of the specimens were bought by Prof. Lidth de Jeude, but as this was done privately no sale-catalogue of them was printed. It may be noted, however, that among the books sold* at that sale there were two copies of Seba’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ rather a cumbrous work for an ordinary collector to have in duplicate, if he had not had some special reason for possessing them. * I must sincerely thank Dr. Jentink for the care and trouble that he has taken in helping me to trace out the history of this collection, and, among other things, for having lent me a copy of this rare sale-catalogue, as well as a marked copy of Lidth de Jeude’s own catalogue. 1892.] IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. ~ 313 This being all the historical evidence that I have been able to gather about the Seba and Lidth de Jeude collections, I need scarcely say that I shall be most grateful to anyone who may happen to find any pertinent references to either of them and who would give me information thereof. To pass now to the evidence derived from the specimens them- selves and their agreements with the Seba’s descriptions and figures. In the first volume of Seba’s work about 90 Mammalia are figured and described, and 7 in the second. Of these we must eliminate those that were probably among the Paris set (see below), besides a considerable number more which, owing to their size, could not have been preserved in spirit, and such again as Seba states were not in his own collection. This would leave some 70 or 80 for which originals may be sought. Many of these are of animals so rare, even to the present day, that their independent possession both by Seba and Lidth de Jeude would itself be unlikely ; and still more unlikely that the specimens belonging to the latter should have been able so closely to match the figures given by the former, in age, size, and above all in sex, a point on which Seba was fortunately very careful to give particulars. Of the cases put forward in the following list, some few depend of course merely on an ordinary specific resemblance, and one can only say that there is no disqualifying point, such as wrong sex or age; but in others, and indeed in the majority, there is a strong imdividual resemblance between the figure and the specimen, often confirmed by some collateral evidence extracted from Seba’s de- scriptions. Such cases as those of the Opossums with their varying numbers of mammze visible or in use, of the Lutra brasiliensis with its wrinkled sides, and of the pair of Tamias with the right sexes and number of stripes respectively, are far beyond anything that one could-possibly suppose might be due merely to accidental coincidence. te Pai In the table now exhibited (pp. 314-15) the first column gives the number of the plate and figure in Seba, the second the name of the species, and the third the British Museum register-number of the specimen I assign to the figure. These specimens will of course always be open to the inspection and comparison of anyone interested in the subject. It is unfortunate that, before the history of the collection was suspected, many of the specimens were taken out for examination and rebottled in modern bottles, but in all cases the fact of their having actually come from the Lidth de Jeude collection is beyond question. Without such taking out, however, exact specific deter- mination is occasionally very difficult, and some animals are therefore inserted in the table merely under their generic names, as without very special reason it would not be right to unseal the ancient and interesting bottles which contain them. [May 3, MR. 0, THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY 314 “WBULING WOTJ OAITe paatooayy LYP “BIUIGAL A WOT POF ‘ping sutasesoad ur paoetd pue paumoup ‘pouorjueut AT[eroeds se ‘ueyy pue eft, mozy UMBIp Wqnop ou teaye qdey uennsedg -uojpLeg WOT», GSP CG ?. cc SOPULIOF JUOUIOFTOTID 40S So9.LNOq seyt{od soy yUOp ae ‘sajjemtay soqyed sanaisntd tesne goa £ uO, ‘& ‘TAXXX J0 ssatdaoqjey ayy 07 Sutpuodseasoo Ayavey Aza. suomoeds Sunok yesoaes SUI¥JUOD OS[R 913}0q omles oT, °f fo uaqunu yng oy2 $0 7n0 padojanap b SPY wouoody “uMerp etumeut yuourmoasd anoq FIP 62g ‘sotoads oaeyy F9G "HO}}09T[09 04} UT [eteAes ¢ AjoITeA OUIqTe UOMLGOD ggg Org “pagnys pur /eey ut qo Voye} [[B o19m Ay} AJoyvuNy10j10 yng ‘toqjeso9, 8T}0 epnepr op qipvy ouo ut qe o1om Sunok pue teqjopT “ut yes prnoo og se Cue su peques -oidat sulf ysiqae ey} nq ‘sunok » YAM uaultoedg 9FG “TT tequinu [nq ‘eyqista ATisva 1 Ajuo qnq ‘osn ur g yar uoutvedg ayeyd ut sv umoys AyTuO 4nq ‘4x04 UT G 40 1 9q 0} pres euumey ES ‘uettoeds apnor ‘syvuloy ep YYPrT jo ou -1098Ida1 Wines AL “wUNL “afin DnsDAT "P ‘vppeonjoa snuazdoumrag “snasisb sagsodsapy “aul ‘suwoarouno uohooag "5 ‘wopumryd shydjopu ‘wabynonoa sndhiposg “DINND $1.L07490Sh.LYD) ‘padoina ndjn], "& ‘ojnpnnornasg shydjapyt *yowq UO sunok 9 pus 'S ‘puri shydjepuy °& ‘vurunu skydjapyg "P ‘nur shydjaprg *QUe NT "e ee ‘T IXxx ‘T “104 ‘OINSLT pus oyvpq “eqeg 315 IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. 1892.] ‘srupbyna ‘gy Ayquesedde uautinadg (-o8ed yxou 9as o.myepoueMOU 107) ‘pueyst qeyy Jo oaryeu e ,‘synpa,, 2g se uosqog Aq pour -adjap UeuIoedg -exBUdey, WIOIZ eq 07 vqog Aq pIvg “MOT}99][09 OYY UTOMy Ayuo 943 ote SoTeutoy pue oem ‘sueutioeds omy sayy, ‘OYVUIay, WOT "9800 A1OA ST JUOWMOIISe 64} ynq ‘uduttoods ey} WoL} O80) Jo pouTuMeje(T *YISUeT UL ofqeraea ATOUIeI4x9 O18 TOYA ‘sysn} SUOT MOF ey} Jo JuotudorsAop oatyriet oy} Ul oinsy oY} YIM sooase Ajostoord y[Nys sIyy, ac O9QIS OC «sted sou oq_,, “egog Aq poansy syuntadiyy 04 24} 04 seanepuods -21409 Jo ated e[qveorjou AoA & OYRUL SV] OY} PUL SILL, ‘uamiideds siyy TIM [Jom ATqe -yieuet 90198 uondisosop pue eansy ey syoedsox Joyo UT, eayenb ue npuej,, SvAd JTS}I [127 ON} 9Bq} BOpl 6} 0} est UAAIS avy Avu pinbiy eYy4 Ur jre} oy} JO saley SUC] oy} Jo soypunq Ut Jno Surjyroy ony 4ng ‘uovaioads aoqjo Aue 10 siqy 10j AjI[IGissodut ue esin0o Jo st oansy 049 Jo [1e} Arvulpsoesxe oy, ,duonbiy oun suep gadesuog,, “Aqoaey4 SOPIS S$} SUOTe poulao} soyyUIIM osAoASUvAY poyteut jo Joquinu v peg sey pue ‘o]{30q & [[eMs 00} OZUT possordmio0s useq sey toutoeds oyy, ‘syuep oy} uo sedi4js estos} aeIjnoed jo seltes B SMOUS BANS oT, | 6LP GPP 4 ns “ds ‘ninpi9019 "ds ‘xa.vog °P ‘snuhduoa sndouarg "P “wind vynoarsayy *d ‘njord vjnonrway ‘dS ‘wngopnoon9a.g nusapruUazy “Pp ‘snurtodap 0172200\T ‘TUAS ‘srinfjp vsn.ugog "Pp “ds ‘snaovutuy “uta ‘sradouna snasvuLuy “‘purwbhrz seat °& ‘sngoruygs sonuny, *P ‘snownisn snnwDdy, ‘ant ‘seswarpesnig DAgwy "¢ ‘IIIX'T ‘§ “ILIA ‘IT “TOA G TIAT xo TAT ‘T “AT § “T CR GRIT XITX % TIATX ‘e 66 6 IfAIX 316 MR, 0. THOMAS ON SPECIMENS FORMERLY [May 3,,. Besides these cases there are a large number of instances, such as the young Opossum figured on Plates xxx1. & xxxvi., where although it is impossible to fix on individual specimens as their originals, yet practically the Lidth de Jeude collection does contain specimens fairly corresponding with them. Further research again will, I hope, reveal some few more cases of close identities, as I cannot feel that I have by any means exhausted the possibilities in this direction. It would appear certain, then, that so large a number of resem- blances as the above cannot be merely an accident, especially when some of the more remarkable cases are taken into account, and I can, therefore, only reiterate my belief that these are the actual specimens from which Seba took his figures. But besides its extreme interest, this fact has a special scientific importance, for in many cases systematic names have been given, primarily or solely, to Seba’s figures, and therefore, where the originals of these figures can be identified, the specimens are clearly the types of the species. The tracing of such names, however, can only be properly done in cornection with the systematic working out of the different groups, and the following cases are therefore only those of which __ I now have clear evidence and are perhaps but a small proportion of those which really exist. Names of Species founded on Seba’s figures, for which typical specimens have been identified. Chrysechloris aurea’, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 391 (1780). Founded on Seba, XXXII. 4 & 5. Specimen 67.4.12.564. “ Vespertilio” vampyrus?, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) p. 31 (1758). Founded on LVII. 1&2. Specimen 67.4.12.3825. Pteropus edulis, spec. g, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 51. Kerivoula picta, Pall. Spic. Zool. iii. p. 7. Founded on LVI. 2&3. Specimens 67.4.12.342-3. 7° of Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 334. Noctilio leporinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 832 (1758). Founded on LY. 1. Specimen 67.4.12.339. (f of Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 396. Didelphys philander, Linn. t.c. p. 54. Founded on XXXVI. 4. Specimen 67.4.12.414. g of Cat. Mars. p. 338. Didelphys murina, Linn. ¢. ¢. p. 55. Founded on XXXI.1&2. Specimens 67.4 12.541 & 2. x and z of Cat. Mars. p. 347. Dideiphys dorsigera, Linn. J. c. Founded on XXXI. 5. Specimen 67.4.12.546. f' (of D. murina) Cat. Mars. p. 347. Didelphys brevicaudata, Erxl. Syst. R. A. p. 80. Founded on XXXI. 6. Specimen 67.4.12.540. 6 of Cat. Mars. p. 358. ee eS Sen Se SO 1 Linnzus’s name “ asiatica” is equally founded on this specimen, but, being erroneous, is not admissible. * This will affect. the name of the species, which will have to stand as Pteropus vampyrus, . EKven if the identification of the specimen is wrong, however, Seba’s LVII. 1 & 2 clearly represent what has been known as Pt. edulis, Geoff., so that the change would have to take place in any case. 3 "The male specimen accidentally omitted from the list in the Catalogue. 1892.] IN THE LIDTH DE JEUDE COLLECTION. _ 317 Finally, in order to focus as far as possible all the existing infor- mation about the Seba cabmet, I have thought it well to reproduce just as it stands the list, obligingly hunted out for me by Prof. Milne-Edwards, of the specimens taken to Paris. The numbers placed in brackets are those of the Seba plates and figures which may be those of the specimens mentioned. How many of these interesting specimens still remain in the Paris Museum after the lapse of nearly a century, I will leave my confréres of that great institution to determine ; but I am afraid there cannot be many, as the specimens seem to have been for the most part perishable skins or stuffed specimens. Liste des animaux envoyés de la Haye Van IIT." de la République Francaise. (Cabinet du Stathouder.) Un Hippopotame adulte. Un Hippopotame jeune. Une téte de Narwal avec la corne. Un Fourmilier de Cayenne [XXXVIII. 2, XL. 1, or Vol. II. XLVII. 2]. Un Pangolin [LIV. 1]. Un Singe nasique. Un Tatou ? [XXXVIT. 2]. Portion de crane et cornes de Coudou. Deux peaux de Coudou, ¢ @. Deux peaux du Buffle bleu du Cap. Trois peaux de Chat-tigre. Une peau de Rhinocéros bicorne (jeune), Deux peaux de Bubale, g @ [XLII. 4]. Un Tapir. Un Gerboise de la grande espéce. Un Cochon sanglier sauvage de Surinam [? L. 2]. Un petit Singe dune espéce particuliére [? XLVII. 1]. Une Loutre blanche. Un Renard blane. Deux Gerboises de la moyenne espéce. Deux Gerboises de la petite espéce [? IL., XXIX. 2]. Un Faisan perleé de la Chine. Des peaux d’ Antilopes. Un Hléphant avec son poil follet. Un Sanglier du Cap qui a vécu 4 la Haye. Un Daim du Cap. Une sorte de Renard [? XXX. 1]. Un Cerf du Cap. Un Castor de Westphalie. Deux tétes de Babouines 4 dents dorées. Un Paresseux de haute taille [XXXTV. 1]. Une jolie Chévre de Surinam |? XLII. 3]. Des Ecureuils volants. Un Bouquetin. Une téte de Rhinocéros 4 doubles cornes. Some Reptiles were also taken, as several of Seba’s specimens are known to be in the Paris Museum. 1 Sept. 1794 to Sept. 1795. * See I. Geoff. C. R. xxiv. p. 572 (1847). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXIII. 23 318 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, Adding to this list the Royal Antelope (Wanotragus pygmaeus), said by Temminck to be possibly the original of xut11. 2, and the specimens asserted by Sundevall to be perhaps those of xuiut. 1 & 2°, we are able to account, with the Lidth de Jeude specimens now in the British Museum, for a very large proportion of Albert Seba’s historical collection of Mammalia. 3. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico,and Peru.—Part II.* By W.Scuaus, F.Z.S. [Received April 29, 1892.] The following descriptions are all taken from specimens in my own collection, and, with the exception of those from Peru, they were collected by myself. Fam. LASIOCAMPIDZ. ORMISCODES OPIS. Primaries above reddish brown; a basal straight, and an outer oblique, transverse grey band; a marginal wavy whitish shade; a long white streak at the end of the cell. Secondaries reddish brown; a median transverse greyish band and a submarginal dark brown shade. Underneath brown, the outer portion of the wings crossed by four bands of whitish scales. Head and thorax reddish brown. Abdomen black dorsally, whitish between the segments; anal seg- ment red; underneath reddish brown. Expanse 100mm. @. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. LONOMIA CARNICA. Male. Above red, the wings crossed from the apex of the pri- maries to the middle of the inner margin on the secondaries by a broad black line, divided by a greyish shade; on the primaries two discal spots, the anterior one blackish, the posterior one white. Underneath pale brownish red, with broad, marginal, paler shades ; the transverse line very narrow and indistinct, inwardly shaded with white ; on the primaries two white discal spots; on the secondaries a black discal spot circled with white; a large black spot at the apex. Expanse 80 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. PREPTOS, noy. gen Antennee minutely pectinated, and with ong tufts of hairs at ° ' Pecora, p. 303 (1847). I have to:thank Prof. W. Leche, of Stockholm, for information anout the present condition of these specimens. See also Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 637. * For Part I. see above, p. 272. 1892.] _—|s SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA, 319 their base. Palpi very short, woolly, descending. Abdomen stout, not extending beyond the secondaries. Primaries broad, straight along the costal margin to near the apex, then convex ; outer margin straight, the inner angle very convex. Secondaries with the costal margin very slightly convex; the outer margin convex. The discal cells very short, not extending beyond a third from the base. PREPTOS OROPUS. Fawn-colour, the outer margins broadly brown and separated from the ground-colour by a straight dark line, extending from the apices to the inner margins near the angles on both the primaries and secondaries; a median and on the primaries also an outer trans- verse dark wavy shade; a blackish spot on the subcostal vein of the primaries near the base. Underneath yellowish fawn-colour ; a median and a submarginal dark brown, lunular, transverse band, and between these three similar but less distinct bands. Head and thorax pale fawn-colour. Collar dark brown. Abdomen dark fawn-colour. Expanse 95 mm. 2. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. LEBEDA DOERI. Male. Dark brown, reddish grey about the inner angle of the primaries, with three small black spots; the primaries also crossed by four pale lines, the inner two straight, the outer two slightly oblique ; a small white point in the cell. Underneath brown flecked with greyish scales; two transverse pale lines from the costal margin of the primaries near the apex to the inner margin of the secondaries. Expanse 75 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. ARTACE ANULA. Female. Primaries above whitish with transverse greyish streaks, and a circular grey spot on the inner margin. Secondaries above greyish white, with a broad submarginal dusky band. Underneath grey, with a white marginal line. Body greyish. Expanse 43 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. ARTACE MERIDIONALIS. Female. Primaries above white, with a basal, a median, and an outer row of dark grey spots on the veins, and two grey spots at the end of the cell; a marginal and a submarginal dusky grey transverse band, and a row of black spots on the extreme margin between the veins. Secondaries above grey, darker along the inner margin. Underneath: primaries grey, with the apex white and a row of dark spots on the extreme margin; secondaries grey, with the fringe white. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen dorsally dark grey, underneath white. 23" 320 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Tijuca, Rio Janeiro. Most nearly allied to 4. albicans, Walker. HyprIAS THERESA. Primaries above grey, the veins black towards the outer margin and some black scales at the base ; two black points in the cell, and beyond the cell two transverse blackish lines, the inner one resem- bling a line of fish-scales, the outer one forming prolonged angles. Secondaries brown, the costal margin broadly grey, mottled with black ; a marginal wavy, dusky grey line and a faint trace of a median transverse line. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen brown, grey subdorsally. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. HypRIAS BOCHICA. Primaries light grey, the base brown with two contiguous wavy, brown, transverse lines ; a black discal spot ; beyond the cell another double transverse streak, and a submarginal row of brown spots; a brown spot on the costa near the apex; the outer margin brownish except at the apex and the inner angle. Secondaries with the costal and outer margins greyish ; the inner margin and disk brown ;. two transverse wavy brown lines. Body brownish grey. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Peru. HypRIAS BRAGANZA. Male. Primaries above white ; brown along the inner margin and posterior half of the outer margin, also a brown spot on the costal margin close to the apex, and asmaller spot near the base. Second- aries above brown, the costal margin broadly white. Underneath brown ; a marginal wavy white line at the apex of the primaries, and a short broad white band at the apex of the secondaries. Head brownish. Thorax brown in the centre, on either side white. Abdomen brown. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. HypRIAS LACRIMOSA. Male. Primaries above brown ; a greyish basal transverse streak, also a similar outer wavy transverse streak, beyond which on the anterior half of the wing is a submarginal whitish band; a marginal broken white line from the apex to the imner angle. Secondaries light brown, darker along the costal margin and mottled with buff ; a median and a marginal indistinct transverse line. Underneath light brown ; beyond the cell the wings are crossed by three darker transverse lines. Body brown. Expanse 26 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 321 HypRIAS SORDIDA. Male. Primaries above brown, slightly mottled with greyish scales; a transverse outer lunular line and a submarginal deeply angular black line. Secondaries rich brown; the costal margin mottled with greyish, and an indistinct wavy marginal line. Body brown ; a few greyish hairs on the thorax. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. TALIMA CARMEN. Male. Primaries above grey, brownish along the inner margin, whitish at the apex ; beyond the middle of the wing a semicircular row of small black spots; an upright white streak on the inner margin near the angle. Secondaries above bright red; apex and fringe greyish brown. Wings underneath red; the costal margins and apices grey. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen red dorsally, grey underneath. Expanse 23 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Fam. LimAacopiIp. ECHEDORUS ARGENTINA. Male. Wings grey, slightly hyaline and iridescent, the outer third slightly paler in colour. The primaries crossed at a third from the base by two outwardly curved, narrow, whitish lines; beyond the cell two wavy whitish lines and a wavy marginal whitish band; a small black spot at the end of the cell. Underneath, the primaries are almost denuded of scales, and show the markings of the upper surface. The secondaries above have the dark and light portions separated by a faint whitish shade, the darker portion occupying the entire inner margin; underneath, a broad median, transverse, black band, shaded with white on either side. Thorax and abdomen dark grey, with tufts of brownish hairs at the base of the wings ; also similar tufts on the last segments underneath. Expanse 43 mm. The female is altogether more woolly, the primaries are hardly iridescent, the markings a little less distinct, and the black spot at the end of the cell more conspicuous. The secondaries are uniform dull grey. Expanse 60 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil ; Buenos Ayres. TITYA FUMIDA. Male. Wings smoky brown; a black spot at the end of the cell on the primaries, and a submarginal greyish band, more distinct on the primaries than on the secondaries. Body brown. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 322 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [ May 3, TITYA ARGENTATA. Female. Primaries above silvery white, the margins and frmge finely brown ; a broad brown band from the middle of the inner margin to the costal margin near the apex. Secondaries brown. Underneath, all the wings brown. Body brown, reddish brown towards the anal segment. Expanse 52 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. MEGALOPYGE RADIATA. Brown, the basal half of the primaries below the median vein much darker and outwardly bordered with white, whence white lines extend towards the outer margin; at the end of the cell a large velvety brown spot; beyond the cell white lines radiate towards the apex and outer margin. Secondaries brown. Body brown. Head behind the antenne white. Expanse 54mm. @. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. MEGALOPYGE ACCA. Primaries above pinkish brown; a blackish median transverse line. Secondaries roseate. Underneath roseate, the apices of the primaries brownish. Head and thorax brownish. Abdomen red. Expanse 30 mm. <6. Hab. Rio Janeiro. DALCERA TIJUCANA. Primaries yellowish white, faintly reddish along the outer and inner margins and through the centre of the wing; fringe yellow; a black oblique line at the end of the cell, and a black shade along the median vein. Secondaries bright yellow. Head orange, collar yellow, thorax pinkish, and abdomen dorsally yellow ; underneath orange. The wings underneath are yellow, with a small black mark at the end of the cell on the primaries. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Tijuca, Rio Janeiro. / PINCONIA COA. Orange, all the veins on the primaries outlined with yellow, more distinctly so in the male than in the female. Expanse, ¢ 33 mm., 2 44 mm. Hab. Coatepec, Jalapa, Mexico. PARASA MINIMA. Primaries light brown ; a transverse median green band, widening on the inner margin to the base of the wing; a submarginal wavy, darker brown shade ; the veins on the outer margin finely outlined with darker brown. Secondaries very light brown, somewhat darker 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERAe 323 along the outer margin. Head and thorax light green. Abdomen brown. Expanse 19 mm. Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. TRABALA CICUR. Male. Primaries reddish yellow, the veins slightly darker; a darker basal streak along the median vein, and below this an irregular darker shade curving round it towards the apex; a marginal darker shade. Secondaries and abdomen reddish yellow. All the fringes very long. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. TRABALA DRUCEI. Wings and body bright brownish yellow. On the primaries a brown, slightly curved streak from about the middle of the imner margin to the costal margin, very close to the apex; a dark marginal line. Expanse, ¢ 30 mm., 9 36 mm. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. This species was described and figured in the ° Biologia Centrali- Americana’ as the female of Vipsania anticlea, Druce. TRABALA CEBRENIS. Primaries light green, a large brown space occupying the basal half of the wing above the median vein ; the outer margin and part of the inner margin light brown, with a greyish marginal streak. Secondaries brown, slightly blackish along the outer margins. Head and thorax light green. Abdomen brown. Expanse 28 mm. Q. Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. TRABALA BRUMALIS. Primaries above brown, darkest along the costal margin; the basal half of the median vein blackish ; below this an indistinct whitish line curving upwards to the apex; beyond this a sub- marginal greyish shade, and then a marginal whitish shade from the apex to the middle of the imner margin; the extreme margin and fringe brownish. Secondaries light brown, thickly speckled with darker scales. Body brown; two light streaks on the head and thorax. Expanse 42 mm. 9°. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. VIPSANIA FRIGIDA. Primaries light brown, faintly tinged with pinkish ; a pale olive- green patch at the base of the costal margin, including a minute brown spot ; from the base of the wings, following parallel with the inner margin for a short distance and then extending to the costal margin close to the apex, an olive-green irregular line, partly shaded 324 ° MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, with yellowish green. Secondaries brown, slightly reddish along the inner margin. Head and thorax light greenish yellow. Abdomen dull reddish. Expanse 29 mm. Hab. Las Vigas, Mexico. NyssiA SULLA. Primaries light reddish brown, faintly tinged with violaceous along the outer margin; a submarginal row of black points on the veins, connected by a faint black line. Secondaries yellowish white, brown at the anal angle and partly along the inner margin. Body brown ; abdomen yellowish laterally and underneath. Expanse 2] mm. Hab. Petropolis. NEOMIRESA COPAC. Primaries dark cinereous brown; a basal, a median, and a sub- marginal transverse, wavy, darker shade ; a small black point in the cell; a small olive-green spot above the submedian vein ; the fringe brown with darker spots. Secondaries paler, except along the inner margin. Body dark cinereous brown. Expanse 24 mm. Hab. Peru. AMYDONA SERICEA. Primaries light brown, having a silky and wavy appearance, and shaded with darker brown, especially at the base, at the end of the cell, and submarginally. Secondaries brownish yellow. Thorax shaded with dark brown. Abdomen light brown, somewhat reddish brown dorsally. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Peru. SEMYRA STRAMINEA. Female. Primaries reddish brown, the veins finely brownish ; the inner margin and part of the outer margin purplish ; two indistinct dark wavy lines from the base of the wing to the costal margin near the apex. Secondaries purplish brown, yellowish along the costal margin. Body purplish brown. Expanse 27 mm. Hab. Rinconada, Vera Cruz, Mexico. EULIMACODES MOSCHLERI. Wings brown, the primaries with a quadrate darker space occupying the basal half of the wing below the median vein and including a small reddish.and two minute white spots; a darker streak in the cell, and a subapical darker shade, beneath which are two or three small dark streaks. Body brown. Expanse 23 mm. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 325 Very similar in its markings to Eulimacodes distincta, Méschler, but a much smaller insect. TARCHON MINOIs. Primaries above dark reddish brown, the costal margin narrowly luteous ; a black point in the cell ; an outer transverse dark shade and a submarginal dark wavy line: underneath with the disk dark brown, the margins broadly light reddish brown. Secondaries above dark brown, the fringes golden brown: underneath light reddish brown ; a black point in the cell, and two dark wavy transverse lines. Body dark brown above, underneath light reddish brown. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Fam. BomBYCID&. HyGROCHROA LIMOSA. Primaries above silvery grey, light reddish brown along the inner margin, and finely so on the costa; an outer and a sub- marginal transverse wavy black lime; a dark shade along the anterior half of the outer margin. Secondaries bronze-grey, darker along the outer margin; on the inner margin some dark brown and whitish spots. Body grey. Expanse 26mm. 6. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. TAMPHANA, nov. gen. Antenne deeply pectinated, as long as the thorax. Abdomen extending beyord the wings and laterally tufted. All the legs with tufts. Primaries long, not very broad, straight along the costa, slightly convex at the apex, outer margin slightly convex. Second- aries with the anal angle slightly prolonged, and the outer margin somewhat excavated close to the anal angle. TAMPHANA MARMOREA. Primaries above light brown, finely striated with dark brown; the costal margin paler; a broad basal transverse greyish band; a minute greyish spot in the cell; an outer transverse, double, wavy brown line; a large apical space on the costal margin whitish crossed by a greyish shade; a dark spot on the inner angle: underneath light brown, whitish at the apex. Secondaries above brown, with a dark spot about the middle of the inner margin: underneath light brown, with two dark transverse streaks. Expanse 27 mm. <6. Hab. Palmeiras, Rio Janeiro. AROTROS, nov. gen. Female. Antennze longer than the thorax, pectinated. Palpi short, tufted. Abdomen stout, the anal segment with long stiff 326 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, hairs. All the legs tufted. Primaries broad, the apex rounded, the outer margin very convex. AROTROS STRIATA. Wings buff, all the veins and lines between the veins brown. The primaries with the base and half of the costal margin dark grey. Head dark grey. Collar brown, with dark margins. Thorax and abdomen buff, the latter with numerous longitudinal dark streaks. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. OLCECLOSTERIA MAYA. Primaries above very light grey, an indistinct basal and outer transverse shade, beyond the latter a row of minute spots on the veins ; a subapical, small, quadrate vitreous spot; the fringe on the middle of the outer margin dark brown; a minute black spot in the cell. Secondaries pale brownish grey. Underneath brownish grey, somewhat darker on the outer margin of the primaries below the apex ; a submarginal brown line and a median brownish shade on all the wings; a fine transverse streak in the cell on the primaries. Body above grey; underneath light brownish grey. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. OLCECLOSTERIA MUTUSCA. Male, Primaries above light grey, speckled with blackish scales, the apices darker; a basal and a median transverse dark wavy line; an. outer row of minute black points on the veins, and a very small subapical round vitreous spot. Secondaries brownish, with two dark transverse lines. Underneath greyish brown, the apices of the primaries darker; the outer line on the secondaries forming numerous acute angles, also a small black point in the cell. Expanse, ¢ 32 mm., 2 44 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. Very similar to Olceclosteria microps, Walker, but differs in its colour, the vitreous spot and the outer line on the secondaries underneath. Fam. DREPANULIDE. PEROPHORA CORCOVADA. Apices of primaries not prolonged. Primaries above grey, tinged with reddish at the base, and with brown on the costal margin near the apex; a blackish submarginal line outwardly shaded with reddish brown ; a vitreous spot at the end of the cell. Secondaries above with the base grey ; a transverse median black line, beyond which the wing is reddish brown, except the extreme outer margin, which is grey; a small vitreous spot as on the primaries. Under- neath grey speckled with black ; the disk of the primaries reddish, = 1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 327 also a large red space on the outer margin of the primaries. Body brownish grey. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. PEROPHORA ACUTA. Primaries with the apices very much prolonged. Wings light grey, speckled with black ; a black spot in the cell on the primaries ; on the costal margin of the same wings, at about three fourths from the base, a faint brown oblique line, which forms a sharp angle and extends to the middle of the inner margin on the secondaries. Body grey, speckled with black. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Fam. Cossip. CossuUSs PARILIS. Primaries above black, covered with a network of veivety black lines and striz, the most conspicuous forming an extra-basal and a marginal transverse line; all these velvety black lines are finely bordered with brownish scales: underneath blackish, the costa and the outer margin greyish, with darker spots and striz. Secondaries above whitish, with numerous transverse indistinct striz; the inner margin broadly black: underneath almost the same, but without the dark inner margin. Thorax and abdomen black, with a few brown and grey scales. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Cossus HORRIFER. Black, the primaries above with a few velvety black lines, chiefly along the costal margin; a broad basal line, posteriorly bifurcated, and a submarginal irregular line not reaching the inner margin ; the outer margin with numerous deep black striz. The secondaries above brownish black, with a few indistinct darker lines. Under- neath, the wings are dark grey, covered with blackish striz; the disk of the primaries with long black scales. Antennze more deeply pectinated than in Cossus parilis, Schaus. Expanse 70 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. CosTRIA ABNOBA. Primaries above dark silvery. grey, the outer margin broadly brown, with darker brown spots; a basal small brownish shade ; a large, round, whitish discal spot. Secondaries above brown. Underneath greyish brown, the extreme margins spotted with dark brown; the apices with a small yellowish space. Head and thorax in front dark velvety brown, thorax otherwise silvery grey. Abdomen brownish above, light grey ‘underneath. Expanse 66 mm. Hab. Palmeiras, Rio Janeiro. 328 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, DoLECTA JUTURNA. Primaries above grey, with large black spots edged narrowly with luteous, three between the median and submedian veins, one m the cell, another beyond the cell, three near the outer margin and three subapical, also some smaller spots along the costal margin. Second- aries greyish white, blackish at the base ; a marginal row of blackish spots and a submarginal dark irregular band. Expanse 63 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. DoLECTA MACROCHIR. Primaries light brown, covered with a network of yellowish-white lines, dividing the ground-colour into a mass of small spots; a few of the spots are dark velvety brown, chiefly on the margin, and the largest spot of all is submarginal, about the middle of the wing. Secondaries paler, and consisting of indistinct brownish spots and strize ; underneath, the markings ou the secondaries are more distinct. Body brown. Expanse 46mm. 6. Hab. Rio Janeiro. DoLEcTA INVENUSTA. Primaries light grey ; a few dark spots on the costal margin; a short dark streak below the median vein at the base ; a dark oblique shade beyond the cell; a broad, subapical oblique spot; wavy, longitudinal, dark lines along the outer margin between the veins ; the fringe with large black spots. Secondaries dark grey ; the fringe paler, with dark spots as on the primaries. Underneath dark grey, consisting of numerous strie; the fringe spotted as on the upper side. Expanse 45 mm. 9. Hab. Rio Janeiro. CossULA NOTODONTOIDES. Primaries above with almost the entire basal half yellowish white, shading beyond from light brown to very dark violet-brown ; along the outer margin are a few paler spots and a few very dark longi- tudinal streaks. Secondaries above brownish. . Head and thorax whitish. Abdomen brownish. Expanse 50 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. CossULA PRECLARA. Primaries above whitish, the costa finely dark brown; a basal, a median, and an outer transverse steel-grey band, the median band being the widest ; along the inner margin numerous shorter grey streaks ; on the outer margin two large, round, deep red spots. Secondaries brown. Head and thorax grey. Abdomen brown. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Novo Friburgo, Brazil. 1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 329 LANGSDORFIA POLYBIA. Light greyish brown, the primaries with a large whitish space occupying the outer portion of the wing; apex and outer margin, however, greyish brown ; a quadrate whitish space below the median vein; here and there a few dark striz. Underneath, the second- aries almost entirely whitish, and on all the wings widely separated dark striz. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Allied to Langsdorfia forreri, Druce. GiIVIRA TECMESSA. Primaries above violaceous brown, with interrupted transverse rows of small darker spots; the basal half of the inner margin broadly velvety brown. Secondaries whitish, the outer margins broadly blackish. Length of body 14 mm. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. GivIRA PHILOMELA. Primaries whitish grey, darker along the inner margin and at the apex, and crossed by numerous short dark lines; a black spot at the end of the cell. Secondaries dark grey. Body light grey, the base of the abdomen somewhat darker. Length of body 13 mm. Expanse 37 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. ZEUZERA RAMOSA. Male. Primaries above with the costal margin dark brown from near the base to the apex; a light brownish space occupying the cell and extending somewhat beyond it; from the middle of the median vein to the centre of the outer margin an irregular black line; the base, inner margin, and outer margin otherwise white with transverse black strize. Secondaries above white, with a few blackish striee along the outer margin. Body whitish, speckled with black. Expanse 41 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. Closely allied to Hudowyla strigillatu, Felder. Fam. HEPIALIDE. DALACA PRYTANES. Primaries greyish brown, with some white streaks along the costa; a short, oblique, dark brown basal streak edged with whitish; a dark brown shade, enclosing some small silvery marks, from the end of the cell to near the inner angle; a submarginal, transverse, brownish band, darker where contiguous to the above mentioned dark shade ; the primaries otherwise crossed by indistinct transverse 330 MR. W.SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, lines. Secondaries and body brown. Underneath brownish, the costal margins luteous with dark grey spots. Expanse 33 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. DALACA MUMMIA. Very light grey, with an outer and a submarginal paler transverse band; the submarginal band is formed of contiguous quadrate spots. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. DALACA OREAS. Primaries dark brown, indistinctly mottled with slightly paler lines; a small dark shade and two minute silver spots beyond the cell; an outer transverse dark line and three silver spots on the outer margin below the apex. Secondaries and abdomen brown. Head and thorax velvety brown. Underneath dull brown. Expanse 43 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. DALACA TEREA. Primaries pale fawn-colour with a reddish tinge; a small dark streak at the end of the cell, beyond which is an interrupted trans- verse dark line; otherwise with numerous short, transverse, pale streaks outwardly bordered with brownish. Secondaries and body very light reddish. Expanse 42 mm. Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. PHASSUS ABSYRTUS. Male. Light reddish brown, the primaries crossed beyond the middle by four darker bands from the costal margin to the median vein; darker shades and light wavy streaks about the inner angle and along the inner margin. The female has the bands less distinct and crossing the entire wing. Expanse, ¢ 63 mm., 2 85 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Fam. NoTopDONTID&. Ca@LODASYS TONAC. Female. Primaries light grey ; a short oblique black line at the base ; some dark greyish lines on the costa, and long grey lines between the veins on the outer margin, a large dark spot at the end of the cell, from beneath which a large oblong dark space extends towards the outer margin just above the inner angle. Secondaries whitish, with the outer margin broadly shaded with dark grey. Underneath whitish, the primaries with the costal margin and apex broadly grey. Body greyish. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. 1892. ] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 331 C@LODASYS PEGASIS. Primaries above with the costa broadly buff, the inner margin violaceous brown, and the intermediate portion brown shaded with buff and violaceous ; the base of the wing narrowly buff, limited by a transverse blackish line; at the end of the cell a short transverse brown streak, followed by several longitudinal brown streaks; the basal and outer transverse lines angular and indistinct; a submar- ginal series of small dark spots, and a marginal row of black points; the fringe alternately brown and buff. Secondaries brown, the fringe yellowish. Underneath brown, the fringe buff. Body brown, the collar edged with black. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. CEDEMASIA TERRENA. Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with dark brown, darkest slong the inner margin; a cluster of black scales below the middle of the median vein; halfway between this spot and the outer margin another similar spot resting on the posterior portion of a very in- distinct, outwardly curved, and wavy pale line, which reaches from the costal to the inner margin; the outer margin with the veins dark, finely edged with buff; a series of oblique pale lines between the veins ; a large pale space at the base of the primaries. Second- aries dark brownish grey. Centre of thorax and abdomen very dark cinereous. Thorax laterally and head light fawn-colour. Expanse 50 mm. Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. CEDEMASIA MAXTLA. Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with brown along the inner and outer margin; longitudinal brown lines on the outer half of the wing and a few pale oblique lines on the outer margin between the veins; at two thirds from the base an indistinct, pale, outwardly curved, transverse line, angular near the inner margin. Secondaries brownish, whitish towards the base. Head and thorax fawn-colour. Abdomen brownish dorsally. Expanse 38-42 mm. Hab. Coatepec, Mexico. This species is very similar to Gidemasia terrena, Schaus, but may be distinguished by its paler colour and by the thorax, which has no dark markings. CiDEMASIA GUARANA. Primaries fawn-colour; a large basal space without markings; the median space shaded with brown, beyond which is a transverse, slightly curved, narrow, white band, divided by a blackish line; the outer third of the wing dark cinereous, except a small fawn-coloured space on the outer margin below the apex, a submarginal row of . blackish marks, and a marginal row of similar but smaller spots ; 332 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, the inner angle whitish. Secondaries brownish grey; the fringe luteous. Head and thorax fawn-colour. Abdomen dorsally brown. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. CEDEMASIA INCA. Primaries dark brown, slightly paler on the middle of the costal margin and at the inner angle; the median space crossed by several indistinct wavy lines from the costal to the inner margin ; a marginal row of velvety brown dashes, inwardly shaded with fawn-colour. Secondaries whitish, with the veins brown and the outer margin broadly shaded with brown; an indistinct transverse row of brownish points on the veins. Body brownish above; underneath paler. The antennz for half their length are twice as deeply pectinated as in any other species of Gdemasia known to me. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Peru. EDEMA MATHEIS. Dark cinereous brown, except the apical third of the costal margin on the primaries, which is creamy white streaked with light brown ; at a third from the base two parallel wavy dark lines from the costal to the inner margin, and beyond the cell two similar lines ;~a mar- ginal wavy line. Underneath brownish grey; the apices of the primaries yellowish. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. EDEMA TLOTZIN. Female. Primaries above light grey, with two median and an outer, nearly straight, transverse black lines; a submarginal black line, concave on its anterior half, angular posteriorly ; the wings otherwise crossed by several angular greyish shades. Secondaries above white, with the costal margin and apical half of the outer margin broadly shaded with brown; the inner margin and outer margin towards the anal angle only narrowly shaded with brownish scales. Body brownish grey. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. BLERA CAUSIA. Primaries above with the basal half and a space extending towards the outer margin white with a few black scales; the outer portion of the wing otherwise light brown, here and there shaded with greyish scales, and separated from the white portion by a black line; there are two short, parallel, black streaks beyond the cell, starting — from the subcostal vein ; a submarginal, very angular black line; the terminal portion of the veins are blackish. Underneath white, broadly shaded with brown and grey towards the apex. Secondaries pure white, with a small brown streak at the anal angle on the 1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 333 upper surface. Head and thorax light grey. Collar and abdomen brownish grey above. Underneath, abdomen white. Expanse 48 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Brazil. BLeRA BIANCA. Primaries above white, thinly speckled with brownish scales, broadly shaded with light brown at the apex, and there is a cluster of brownish scales at the inner angle; a very indistinct median and outer transverse brown line; two fine dark lines at the end of the cell; from the base of the costa to the inner margin, at one fourth from the base, two parallel black lines ; a marginal, nearly straight heavy black line, having outwardly a black dash in the spaces between the veins ; a submarginal wavy black line. Underneath white, shaded with black along the costal and outer margins. Secondaries above white, with the veins slightly blackish ; under- neath white. Head and thorax brownish grey. Abdomen light grey above, white below. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. BLERA APELLA. Primaries above shining greyish brown, variegated with paler scales ; an indistinct basal and median black transverse line, between which is a large cluster of white scales, confined between the median and submedian veins ; a wavy, outer, transverse black line, within which is a large irregular, triangular, white space, situate on the costa and extending halfway across the wing, and enclosing at the end of the cell a black ring-shaped spot; a distinct submarginal wavy black line. Secondaries above brownish white at the base, dark brown along the outer margin. Underneath, the primaries are brown, shaded with grey; the secondaries yellowish white, with the costal and outer margins brownish. Body brownish grey. Expanse 43 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. BLERA SIDA. Primaries above light brown, darker towards the base, with the basal and outer lines dark brown and very indistinct, the inner margin shaded with grey; a small oblong white spot near the base, below the median vein; a large white space on the posterior portion of the outer margin. Secondaries above light brown, the outer margin narrowly dark brown, the fringe whitish. Underneath, the primaries brownish, the secondaries white. Body grey above, whitish underneath. Expanse 41 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. HETEROCAMPA LECA. Male. Primaries above rich brown, mottled with greyish white ; Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXIV. 24 334 ‘ MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, the entire inner margin broadly greyish white; the outer margin also greyish white, with two clusters of brown scales ; some grey shades along the costal margin and a large greyish space at the end of the cell; fringe grey, spotted with brown. Secondaries above dull brownish black, with a transverse pale shade from the middle of the costal margin to the anal angle ; the outer margin outlined with dull brown; fringe yellowish grey. Underneath, the wings are dull brown, with paler shades chiefly along the outer margins. Head and collar reddish brown ; thorax and extremity of abdomen erey ; abdomen otherwise brown dorsally, grey underneath. Expanse 48 mm. Hab. Tijuca, Rio Janeiro. HETEROCAMPA HERTHA. Female. Primaries above light brown, with the base, the costal and inner margins mottled with grey ; an indistinct, darker, trans- verse median line, and an outer triple transverse lunular line, beyond which and up to a submarginal black, wavy line the wing is leaden grey, with a dark streak in each space between the veins, and these streaks are outwardly surmounted by a cluster of brownish scales ; the outer margin light brown. Secondaries above brown. Under- neath yellowish white, thickly covered with brownish scales. Body grey-brown. Expanse 50 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. HETEROCAMPA LIMOSA. Female. Primaries above blackish, mottled with grey along the costal margin and towards the apex; ali the transverse lines almost lost in the ground-colour ; a submarginal wavy line fairly distinct ; a short longitudinal black streak beyond the cell. Secondaries above whitish, the margins clouded with black, and a small black spot at the anal angle. Underneath, the secondaries are about the same ; the primaries are® dull black, with the costal and outer margins greyish. Body greyish. Expanse 48 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. HIETEROCAMPA VIRGEA. Male. Primaries above dark olive-green, with the transverse lines dark brown shaded with lighter brown; at the end of the cell a small brown streak surrounded by a paler shade, and there are some paler spots along the submarginal line near the apex. Secondaries above light grey, with yellowish scales along the inner margin; the outer margin thickly clouded with black scales. Underneath, the wings are dirty white, the costal margin of the primaries being slightly spotted with grey. Head and thorax olive-green. Abdomen brownish, with darker clusters of scales subdorsally. Underneath, body dirty white. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. 1892.] SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 335 HETEROCAMPA EPONA. Primaries above dull greyish green, with a large grey space on the costal margin, from the middle of the wing to the marginal transverse line, which is wavy, brownish green; the basal and median lines rather indistinct ; the outer line fine, lunular, dark grey ; the extremities of all the veins brownish. Secondaries above light grey, with a brown transverse lunular line starting from the costal margin near the apex, but not extending far. Head and thorax dull greenish. Abdomen light brown, with somewhat darker subdorsal tufts. Expanse 37 mm. Hab. Peru. HETEROCAMPA ATRAX. Male. Primaries above blackish grey, light grey at the base; some submarginal light grey shades; the fringe light grey spotted with black: the transverse lines black, very indistinct, being absorbed by the general ground-colour. Secondaries white, the inner margin with long dark hairs, the outer margin narrowly dark grey ; the fringe whitish ; the costal margin with some transverse dark grey shades. Head and thorax dark grey. Abdomen dorsally reddish brown at the base and extremity, otherwise dark grey. Underneath, body and primaries light grey. Secondaries white. Expanse 52 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. HETEROCAMPA PERILLEUS. Primaries above light brownish grey ; a median wavy black line, preceded by a large blackish space, on the costal margin ; the median space is crossed by an angular, dark grey line, and there are two small pale shades in the cell; the outer line is black, irregular, and followed by some broad dark brown shades; there is a marginal white shade, with inwardly a series of irregular black spots ; a sub- marginal fine, lunular line; the fringe light grey, spotted with brownish grey: underneath blackish. Secondaries white, with the outer margin broadly dark grey; the extreme margin whitish, with the end of the veins dark grey and the fringe white; just above the anal angle a dark streak. Head and collar dark brown. Thorax grey. Abdomen grey, darker dorsally, and with a black transverse line on the anal segment. Expanse 46 mm. Hab. Novo Friburgo. SYMMERISTA DENTATA. Primaries cinereous brown, the costal margin very broadly darker, the basal half being violaceous brown, the apical half paler brown ; this space is limited by an irregular velvety brown line, which starts a short distance from the base, follows through the cell, at the end of which it has a posteriorly prolonged tooth, and continues to the outer margin. Secondaries cinereous brown. Palpi dark brown. 24* 336 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, Head light grey. Thorax greyish, with the anterior portion velvety brown. Abdomen brownish. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. SYMMERISTA TETHYS. Primaries dark cinereous with transverse brownish shades ; two inner and an outer blackish line; a marginal row of black spots, inwardly edged with yellow; a yellowish spot circled with black at the end of the cell; a whitish crescent-shaped spot on the costa near the apex; the fringe with a yellow spot at the end of each vein. Secondaries brown, very dark on the outer half; the fringe and base yellowish. Underneath, the secondaries are yellow, with the costal margin narrowly, and the outer margin broadly, brown; the fringe, however, yellow. Body brown above, yellow under- neath. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. SYMMERISTA PROCNE. Primaries above light grey, irrorated with darker grey and reddish scales; a large space at the inner angle white; a marginal inter- rupted black line; a submarginal reddish transverse shade; the apex reddish brown; the fringe on the apical half of the outer margin reddish with black spots, containing each a white dot; the fringe near the inner angle white. Secondaries above brown ; fringe whitish. Underneath brown; the outer margins luteous, the primaries having also a black band on the extreme margin; fringe on the primaries reddish, on the secondaries white. Head and anterior portion of thorax, also anal segment, reddish brown; body otherwise cinereous, with an indistinct greyish subdorsal line on the abdomen. Expanse 63 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. SYMMERISTA MYCONOS. Primaries above light grey ; three basal irregular dark lines; in the cell a V-shaped black line; two outer, parallel, lunular lines, followed by a series of blackish spots, largest towards the costal margin; a submarginal, angular black line, preceded at the apex by a heavy blackish shade. Secondaries with the basal half whitish, the outer half dark grey, and the fringe white. Primaries under- neath dull grey, with a little white towards the base and on the outer margin between the veins. Body light grey. Collar edged with black. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. - Harpyia (!) TENUISs. Primaries above dull silvery white, thinly speckled with blackish 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 337 scales ; a transverse, fine, black median line, preceded on the costa by a cluster of blackish scales; the costa beyond this with some small brownish spots; the outer line very fine, indistinct, followed by a broken series of large pale brown spots, not reaching the inner angle, and each outwardly enclosing a small cluster of blackish scales ; the submarginal line fine, but distinct, wavy, black. Second- aries white, with a narrow brown outer margin, and the ends of the veins shaded with brownish. Underneath, the wings are whitish, the primaries with the veins and costa brownish. Head and collar light brown; thorax and extremity of abdomen grey; abdomen otherwise dorsally light brown, below white. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. RosEMA EXCAVATA. Primaries above green, a slight excavation on the outer margin just below the apex, in this excavation the fringe is white, otherwise it is brown; the costal margin is very narrowly edged with yellowish brown, and there is an indistinct whitish discal pomt. The second- aries above are yellowish brown in the male, yellow in the female. Underneath the wings are yellowish brown in the male, yellow in the female, with a brownish shade on the excavation of the pri- maries, and a row of marginal black points on the secondaries. Head and thorax green. Abdomen yellow, darker in the male. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. ROSEMA LUNA. Male. Primaries above green, with the costal margin narrowly edged with white, and a small white spot in the cell; underneath whitish, with the fringe green and the costal margin reddish. Secondaries whitish. Head and thorax green. Abdomen roseate above, white underneath. Expanse 30 mm. The female differs in having the costal margin underneath white, and the abdomen is dorsally white, merely shaded with red towards its base. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Peru, Brazil, Novo Friburgo. RosEMA LAPPA. Male. Primaries with the costal margin straight for two-thirds, and then slightly convex to the apex. Above green, the costal margin very narrowly edged with yellowish ; the inner margin with an irregular brown mark from the base to the inner angle, which ig itself prolonged in a slight tooth ; in the cell a black point. Second- aries above whitish, with the inner margin roseate. Underneath, all the wings are whitish. Head green. Collar and thorax greyish 338 MR. W. SCHAUS ON NEW [May 3, brown, the latter green laterally. Abdomen red above, white laterally, brown underneath. Expanse 41 mm. Hab. Peru. ROSEMA INCITA. Male. The costal margin asin Rosema lappa, Schaus. Primaries above green ; a small black point in the cell, and a long black mark on the middle of the inner margin. Underneath whitish, with the costal margin slightly roseate. Secondaries clear white. Head green. Collar brown. Thorax brown, green laterally. Abdomen above with the base brownish, otherwise reddish ; underneath white. Expanse 32 mm. Hab. Peru. RosEMA LANGUIDA. Male, Primaries with the costal margin straight ; above green, the costal margin narrowly bordered with yellowish ; a small black point in the cell ; the inner margin with the fringe along the basal half greyish, and a small grey spot about the middle of the margin, containing a cluster of green scales. Secondaries above pale roseate. Underneath the wings are whitish, with the costal margin of the primaries reddish. Head green. Collar grey. Thorax greyish, laterally green. Abdomen roseate dorsally. Expanse 37 mm. flab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. RosEMA UNDA. Primaries above green, with the costal margin’ very narrowly yellowish ; in the cell a black spot circled with yellowish ; near the base of the inner margin a small cluster of brownish scales. Secondaries above yellowish roseate. Underneath yellowish white, with both costal margins distinctly reddish. Head green. Collar brownish. Thorax brown, laterally green, Abdomen red above, yellowish underneath. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Peru; Brazil, Novo Friburgo. RiFARGIA CLOELIA. Primaries above cinereous, faintly mottled with greenish and roseate ; at the base of the inner margin a streak of black scales, also a few at the base of the median vein; at the end of the cell a large crescent-shaped black line, from the interior of which to the apex the ground-colour is much lighter ; there is a marginal row of velvety-brown streaks and three similar subapical streaks. Second- aries smoky grey, somewhat paler at the base. Underneath the wings are greyish, the secondaries paler than the primaries. Body greyish brown. Expanse 37 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. 1892. | SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. 339 RiFARGIA GELDUBA. Female. Primaries above dull cinereous, with a few greenish scales along the inner and outer margins; a few black scales forming a streak at the base of the inner margin, and some similar scales at the base below the median vein; a curved brownish shade from the middle of the subcostal vein to the middle of the outer margin, enclosing a pale space; a pale space along the sub- costal vein near the apex; four subapical brown streaks between these two pale spaces; a submarginal wavy brown line. Second- aries above dark grey, paler at the base. Underneath all the wings greyish. Body brownish. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. ETOBESA TIZOC. Primaries above violaceous grey, darker at the base ; on the outer half of the wing, longitudinal streaks of dark velvety brown, light brown, and creamy white, the, latter streaks occurring only near the middle of the outer margin; the base of the submedian vein whitish. Secondaries above white, with the anal angle dark brown ; the fringe spotted with brown. Body greyish brown ; the posterior portion of the thorax darker. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Peru. PHYA PSAMATHE. Male. Primaries light brown, a dark space at the base of the costa ; a black spot in the cell, from which extends a broad brown shade to the outer margin, and beneath this on the outer margin a large brown space; the fringe spotted with dark brown. Secondaries whitish hyaline ; a few brownish scales at the anal angle and along the inner margin. Body brown. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. HAPIGIA XOLOTL. Primaries with the basal half of the inner margin slightly excavated; apex acute; outer margin very convex. Above dull brownish grey ; the basal transverse line wavy, very indistinct ; the outer line straight for two-thirds from the costa, then slightly curving towards the inner angle, brown, inwardly shaded with buff; a submarginal angular black line, shaded with silver scales, close to the apex ; at the end of the cell a large irregular and a small round golden spot, the larger one having its centre reddish bronze. Secondaries above brownish grey, yellowish white towards the base. Underneath dull grey. Body grey. Expanse 60 mm. Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico. 340 NEW SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. [May 3, HAPIGIA ACCIPITER. Primaries with the costa straight; the apex acute; the outer margin straight just below the apex, then oblique to the inner angle, which is prolonged in a long, broad tooth. Above brown, shaded with olivaccous at the base; on the inner margin some pale reddish- brown marks; a median, transverse, wavy, blackish-brown line, further from the base on the inner margin than on the costal margin ; in the cell a conspicuous black point, beyond which two indistinct, irregular, paler spots, faintly outlined with black; the outer line straight, dark, inwardly shaded with lighter brown ; the submarginal line very irregular, black, preceded by a broad wavy shade, especially noticeable towards the apex. Secondaries above blackish brown, dull white along the costal margin; a yellow spot on the fringe at the end of each vein. Underneath all the wings yellowish, with long blackish scales on the primaries below the subcostal vein. Body dark olivaceous brown above, reddish brown underneath. Expanse 70 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. HAPIGIA PHOCUS. Shape of wings and markings very similar to Hapigia apulus, Cramer. Primaries above much darker than in H. apulus, being of a rich velvety brown, with the inner and outer margins paler; the outer transverse line is not so wavy as in H. apulus, and the two silver spots in the cell are closer together. Secondaries above white ; the inner margin and fringe greyish brown; the veins brownish. In H. apulus the apex of the secondaries is broadly shaded with brown. Underneath the wings are whitish, with the costa and apex of the primaries powdered with brown. Head and thorax brown. Abdomen above black. Underneath brown. Anal hairs testaceous. Expanse 70 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. RHUDA ENDYMION. Primaries above with the anterior portion of the wing shading from light brown at the base to pale buff towards the outer margin, and with a few longitudinal dark streaks; a heavy velvety-brown line, extending from the base of the costa to the middle of the outer margin, separates the brownish portion of the wing from the posterior portion which is light grey ; on this grey space a trace of the outer line is visible; the costal margin towards the apex is also greyish ; on the extreme outer margin a row of V-shaped brown marks. Secondaries white ; the inner margin broadly coyered with long brown scales, and the outer margin spotted with brown. Under- neath the wings are whitish, with the costal margin of the primaries broadly smoky brown. Head brown. Collar velvety brown. Thorax grey. Abdomen above brownish grey, below whitish. Expanse 58 mm. Hab, Rio Janeiro. imp. Mintern Bros Peter Smit del.et lith. IN DTAN Ei@iGs: 1892. | FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 341 IcHTHYOSOMA CASSIOPE. Primaries very pale fawn-colour, crossed by four narrow, double, zigzag lines of a darker shade—one at the base, one through the end of the cell, the third beyond the cell, and the fourth marginal, the latter shaded inwardly with smoky brown; on the middle of the inner margin a reddish-brown spot. Secondaries white, the inner margin covered with long reddish-brown scales. | Underneath white, slightly reddish on the costal margins. Thorax and abdomen above pale reddish brown ; underneath white. Expanse 49 mm. Hab. Rio Janeiro. MARTHULA NORA. Primaries above brown, broadly lilacine on the inner margin, and some reddish-brown shades along the costal margin and about the middle of the outer margin; the basal, median, outer, and sub- marginal lines pale, the first three absorbed by the ground-colour on the costal margin, where crossing the reddish-brown shades. Underneath brownish, with a broad whitish marginal shade. Secondaries above white, with the veins and outer margin shaded with brown. Underneath white. Head reddish brown. Collar and abdomen brown. ‘Thorax lilacine. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. MARTHULA PLEIONE. Primaries above brown, the inner margin broadly grey; the basal, median, and outer lines only visible on the inner margin; the sub- marginal line distinct throughout ; a marginal row of black points ; on the costa near the base a small yellowish-white patch, and a much larger one about the middle of the costa, these are both crossed by irregular reddish-brown lines. Underneath brown. Secondaries above brown, slightly hyaline towards the base. Under- neath yellowish white. Body greyish brown. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Corcovado, Rio Janeiro. 4. On some Specimens of Frogs in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with Descriptions of several new Species. By W. L. Scrater, M.A., F.Z.S. [Received May 2, 1892.] (Plate XXIV.) Before leaving Calcutta at the end of last year I had been engaged in examining the collection of Batrachians contained in the Indian Museum. The collection comprises examples of 180 species, of which 103 42 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SPECIMENS OF [May 3, are Indian and Malayan, and 77 are exotic. The number of speci- mens is 2045, of which again the bulk (1698) are Indian, and 347 are exotic. The number of species of Batrachians described in Mr. Boulenger’s recent book (‘Reptilia and Batrachia of British India’) is 130, of which 5 are referred to the Batrachia Apoda, and 1 to the Batrachia Caudata; leaving 124 belonging to the Batrachia Salientia ; so that it will be seen that a considerable number of the Indian species are still unrepresented in the Indian Museum. A list of these de- siderata is given below. The collection contains a considerable number of types described by Stoliczka, Anderson, Blyth, and others. Of these also I have thought it worth while to give a list. A complete list of the specimens of Batrachians in the Indian Museum which I have drawn up will shortly be printed and published by order of the Trustees. In the meanwhile I offer to the Society these notes upon some of the more noteworthy specimens. My best thanks are due to Mr. G. A. Boulenger of the British Museum, who has most kindly assisted me both in naming obscure specimens and in drawing up the descriptions of the new species. The types of the latter will all be returned to the Indian Museum. 1. Rana vicina. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1, 1 a.) This Frog was described by Stoliczka (Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 130), and was with doubt referred by Boulenger (Ind. Rept. p- 445) to Rana liebigi. An examination of the type at once shows that this Frog has nothing to do with R. liebigiz, but that it must remain separate as a distinct species. The following is a redescription of the type :—Vomerine teeth, two small oblique groups commencing at the middle of the choanz and extending somewhat behind them; no tooth-like prominence on the lower jaw in the two specimens available for examination ; head moderate ; snout somewhat oval; canthus rostralis slightly marked ; nostril halfway between the eye and the tip of the snout; upper eyelid two-thirds the width of the interorbital space ; no trace of the tympanum ; fingers blunt, first slightly shorter than the second ; toes webbed to the extreme tips ; subarticular tubercles well marked and a long narrow not very large inner metatarsal tubercle, about half the length of the inner toes; no outer metatarsal tubercle ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to in front of the eye; skin of back and belly smooth, a few tubercles on the flanks. Brown above ; hind limbs mottled darker; upper lip dark brown and a dark irregular line from the nostril to the eye and from the eye to the commencement of the arm; below lighter brown, rather darker under the chin. This Frog seems on the whole most nearly allied to R. corrugata, Peters, from Ceylon, from which, however, it differs in the absence of the tooth-like prominences of the lower jaw, the much broader 1892. ] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 343 upper eyelid, and the longer legs; its aspect, too, is different, owing to the eyes being normally placed, instead of being prominently turned upwards. Besides the original type, which was procured by Stoliczka at Murree, in the Himalayas, at an elevation of 6000 ft., there is a second specimen in the Indian Museum presented by Lieut. Newn- ham, and procured near Simla. The figure is taken from the former specimen, the type of the species. 2. Rana LieBiGi, Ginth.; Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 445. This species has not been known to occur west of Nepal, whence came the type. There is, however, an example in the Indian Museum from Tavoy in Southern Burma, which extends its geographical range considerably beyond what has hitherto been known. 3. Rana FE#, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887, p. 418, pl. ii. ; id. Ind. Rept. p. 446. Among the Frogs of the Indian Museum I have found a second specimen of this species. This was procured at Hotha in Yunan by Dr. J. Anderson, but was apparently not described by him in his ‘ Scientific Results of the Yunan Expedition.’ 4. RANA ASSAMENSIS, Sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 2, 2a.) Vomerine teeth in two strong, slightly oblique, series between the choanz, commencing at the inner anterior corner; lower jaw not provided with bony prominences in the single specimen available for examination; head moderate, somewhat blunt and narrow; nostril equidistant from the eye and the tip of the snout; inter- orbital space very slightly broader than the upper eyelid ; canthus rostralis marked, loreal region concave; tympanum very distinct, somewhat oval, barely half the diameter of the eye; fingers rather slender, the first and second nearly equal in length ; toes webbed to the tips, with the tips slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles well developed, inner metatarsal tubercle elongate, and about two-thirds the length of the inner toe; no outer tubercle; a tarsal fold present ; the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches well beyond the tip of the snout ; skin smooth above and below. Colour in spirit : above brown, the canthus rostralis and a patch behind the eye embracing the tympanum darker ; a dark line with white edges running from the eye on either side backwards to the sacrum, corresponding in position to the glandular lateral folds, but no trace of a glandular lateral thickening can be distinguished ; legs transversely barred ; below lighter, with darker spots on the lower aw. Length from snout to vent 70 millim. Allied to Rana andersonii, but the vomerine teeth commence at. the: anterior inner edge of the choanz, and the legs are considerably longer, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching some way beyond the tip of the snout. 344 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SPECIMENS OF [May 3, Described from a single specimen in the Indian Museum, procured by the late Dr. Jerdon in the Khasia hills in Assam. 5. RANA HASCHEANA, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxix. 1870, p. 147, pl. ix. fig. 3. An examination of the type of this species preserved in the Indian Museum shows that it is nearly allied to R. dorie, Boulg. The general shape is the same, the legs are about the same length, and the vomerine teeth commence on a level with the hinder edge of the choanze. The only real distinction is in the toes, which in R. dorie are webbed to the tips, but in R. hascheana for only about one-third of their length. 6. Rana LimBorG!, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 3, 3 a.) Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups, commencing on a level with the choanee and extending well behind them; slight traces of the bony prominences of the lower jaw; head moderate; snout short, hardly longer than the diameter of the orbit; canthus ros- tralis very rounded, hardly marked; loreal region almost flat ; nostril about equidistant from the tip of the snout and the front of the orbit; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym- panum distinct, nearly as large as the eye, with a very thick fold above it; first finger extending slightly beyond the second; toes moderate, slender, only about a third webbed, the web extending only about halfway up the first joint of the digits; a slight cuta- neous ridge along the fifth toe; tips of fingers and toes but very slightly swollen; subarticular tubercles fairly well developed; no outer metatarsal tubercle ; a large, compressed, fairly sharp-ridged inner metatarsal tubercle, very nearly as large as the inner toe; traces of a tarsal fold present; the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostril; skin above granular, with slight traces of a granular lateral fold running back on either side from behind the eye and a transverse fold between its posterior borders ; below smooth. Colour above a faded olive-brown, below lighter. Length from snout to vent 24 millim. This species is somewhat intermediate between A. dorie and R. rufescens; from tbe former it differs in having only very slightly webbed toes and a compressed flattened metatarsal tubercle, and from the latter in its vomerine teeth, which commence only on a level with the posterior corners of the choanz, and from both in the presence of its rudimentary glandular lateral fold. This description is taken from a single specimen procured in Tenasserim by Mr. Limborg, to whom I have dedicated the species. 7. Rana TIGRINA, Daud.; Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 449. A small Frog from Penang, described by Stoliczka (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxix. 1870, p. 142) as R. gracilis, var. pulla, seems to be merely the young of FR. tigrina; that the type has only just lost the larval tail is shown by the persistence of the tail-scar. 1892.] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 345 8. RANA TENASSERIMENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 4, 4a.) Vomerine teeth not well developed, in one specimen absent alto- gether, in another in two oval groups between the choanz; no papillee on the tongue; head short and rounded, with indistinct canthus rostralis and slightly concave loreal region; nostril a good deal nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space somewhat wider than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, about two-thirds the size of the eye; fingers and toes moderate, the tips dilated into quite large disks, about one-third the size of the tym- panum ; first finger much shorter than the second ; toes rather less than one-third webbed, webs extending to about a level with the first joint of the phalanges ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small oval, flat, inner metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold; a fringe along the fifth toe ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching to a level with the front of the eye; skin of the back wrinkled into short longitudinal glandular folds; a fold from the eye to the shoulder above the tympanum. Above brown, with darker spots and scattered white blotches ; limbs both fore and hind cross-barred; beneath lighter brown, minutely speckled with darker. Length, snout to vent 22 millim. This Frog seems to be most nearly allied to R. leptodactyla, from which, however, it differs in wanting the free pointed papille ef the tongue and having shorter legs. It is altogether a very distinct species. It is perhaps somewhat near to R. hascheana, Stol. (above, p. 344), from which, however, it differs in its rough granular skin, its indis- tinct vomerine teeth, and lastly, and chiefly, in its very much larger fingers and toe-disks. There are five examples of this species in the Indian Museum, all collected by Mr. Limborg in Tenasserim. 9. Rana Gracixis, Gravenh.; Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 456. The type of Lymnodytes macularius, Blyth, which species has been identified by Boulenger with &. gracilis, Gravenh., agrees very well with the description given of this Frog by Boulenger (Joc. cit.), except for the fact that the skin above is very distinctly granulate, as in R. malabarica. 10. Rana NIGROVITTATA (=TYTLERI) and R. ERYTHR#A. The distinction drawn by Boulenger, namely, the presence of an outer metatarsal tubercle in R. ty¢leri and its absence in R. erythrea, does not seem to be very constant; in fact the only difference of specific value between the two forms seems to be that in R. erythrea the dorsal glandular lateral fold is very much thicker and more prominent than in R. tyéleri. The type of Hylorana tytlert of Theobald, which is in the Indian Museum, has a very thick glandular lateral fold, and must therefore be referred to R. erythrea; the other species, the form described by Boulenger under the name R. fyéleri, will therefore require 346 MR. W. L. SCLATER ON SPECIMENS OF [May 3, another name. Hylorana leptoglossa, Cope, the second name in Boulenger’s list of synonyms, also refers to a species with a thick and heavy glandular lateral fold, and must therefore be referred to R. erythrea too; of Hylorana pipiens, Jerdon, the specific name “pipiens” is already engaged; Hylorana granulosa, Anderson, refers to a different species altogether (see below). The type of Limnodytes nigrovittatus (Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. xxiv. 1855, p. 718) is still in the Indian Museum, and an examination of it shows that it must clearly be referred to Bou- lenger’s Rana tytlert. The species will therefore stand under the name Rana nigrovittata (Blyth). There are examples of this species in the Museum from all parts of Assam, Cachar, Pegu, and Tenasserim, and of R. erythrea from Lower Bengal (Calcutta and Dacca), Assam, and Burma. 11. Rana GRANULOSA, Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. 1871, p. 23. This species has been provisionally identified by Boulenger (Ind, Rept. p. 458) with Rana nigrovittata (= Rana tytleri, Boul.), but it differs markedly from it in many ways. The vomerine teeth are longer, and usually reach to well behind the choanz; the first finger extends well beyond the second; the toes are two-thirds webbed, the web being deeply incised and barely reaching to the tips of the third and fifth digits; the subarticular and the inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are all very strongly developed; the skin of the back is markedly granulate, with broad prominent glandular lateral folds; there is a second glandular fold along the upper lips from below the eye to the shoulder, ending in a large rounded granule; the colour is reddish brown above, irregularly spotted, darker below, speckled throughout. 12. RHacopHorus LATERALIS, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xii. 1883, p. 162; id. Ind. Rept. p. 473. There is a second specimen of this hitherto unique species in the Indian Museum ; it was obtained by Mr. W. M. Daly at Koppa in Mysore, and by him presented to the Museum. 13. RHACOPHORUS CAVIROSTRIS (Giinth.); Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p- 481. There is a Frog in the Indian Museum resembling the type of R. cavirostris in every respect, except that the hind limbs are a little longer, since the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout, — whereas in the typical form the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches only to between the eye and the snout. The Indian Museum specimen was procured by Limborg in Tenasserim, and, if correctly referred to R. cavirostris, considerably extends the distribution of this species, which has hitherto been known only from Ceylon. 1892.] FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 347 14. IxaLus cInERASCENS, Stoliczka, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, p. 275. This species has been referred by Boulenger (Ind. Rept. p. 510) to Leptobrachium monticola; but an examination of the type shows that it is a true Jvalus, and that it is most nearly allied to Ivalus hypomelas, Giinth., from which it differs in its shorter snout and its shorter legs, the tibio-tarsal articulation only reaching as far as the eye; the legs also are cross-banded. 15. Ixatus GLanpuLosus (Jerdon); Boulenger, Ind. Rept. p. 488. Ivalus punctatus (Anderson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xl. 1871, p- 27), identified with doubt by Boulenger with Ivalus leucorhinus, is really, as shown by comparison of the type in the Indian Museum, identical with Ivalus glandulosus. 16. Ixauus AspER, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 415. The Indian Museum possesses an example of this species procured by one of the Museum Collectors in the Burma-Siam hills. It had previously been got only by Mr. Wray in Perak, so that it is an addition to the Indian fauna. The Indian Museum specimen agrees in every way with the type, with which it has been compared. 17. MicroHYLA ACHATINA (Boie); Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p- 166. The Indian Museum possesses an example of this little Frog from Ahsoon in Tenasserim. As this species has been hitherto recorded only from Java and the Moluccas, it is an addition to the fauna of British India. 18. Buro sromaticus, Litken ; Boulenger, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vii. 1891, p. 463. The Indian Museum possesses examples of this Toad from Calcutta and Burma, which agree very well with the type in the British Museum. This species is probably not uncommon in Lower Bengal, but has hitherto been confounded with Bufo andersonii. 19. Buro pARIETALIS, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 312. A Frog in the Indian Museum from Hongkong, received from the Hongkong Museum in exchange, seems referable to this species, which has hitherto been got only in Malabar. It is just possible that a mistake has been made in the labelling ; but if this is not the case, the distributional area of this species is considerably extended. - 20. LerroBRACHIUM CARINENSE, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) vii. 1889, p. 748; id. Rept. Ind. p. 511. An example of this species, procured very many years ago by Major Berdmore in Burma, and named Megalophrys montana by Blyth, is very interesting, in that it possesses vomerine teeth in two very nearly parallel lines between the choanz, and separated 348 FROGS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. [May 3, from one another by a considerable interval. In the types of L. cari- nense described by Boulenger the vomerine teeth are entirely absent, but they are to be found in the nearly allied Z. fee. This shows the uselessness of vomerine teeth alone as a generic or even as a specific distinction. Further, in this specimen the interorbital space is very wide, three times as broad as the upper eyelid; and there are two palpebral appendages on either side to the eyelids. List of the Types of Species of Batrachia contained in the Indian Museum. Rhacophorus tuberculatus, Anders. cruciger (Bly.). Ixalus cinerascens, Séol. Microhyla berdmorii (/y.). Callula variegata, Stod. Bufo olivaceus, Blanford. penangensis (Sfo/.). Cophophryne sikkimensis (L/y.). Hyla annectens (Jerdon). Tylototriton verrucosus, Anders. Rana vicina, Szo/. assamensis, Sed. f. hascheana, S¢ol. limborgi, Sel. f. —— plicatella, Szol. —— tenasserimensis, Sc/. /. nigrovittata (Bly.). granulosa, Anders. — nicobariensis (S7o/.). monticola (Anders.). Rhacophorus maculatus, Anders.' List of Species of Indian Batrachia unrepresented in the Indian Museum. Rhacophorus jerdonii (Giinth.). ferguson, Bowl. Txalus schmardanus (Kelaar?). hypomelas, Giinth. vittatus, Bowl. femoralis, Giinth. beddomii, Giinth. adspersus, Giinth. Callula macrodactyla, Boul. Glyphoglossus molossus, Giinth. Calluella guttulata (Bly.). Nectophryne tuberculosa (Ginth.). Bufo pulcher, Bowl. Rana corrugata, Peters. khasiana (Anders.). sternosignata, Murray. andersonii, Boul. dobsonil, Bowl. strachani (Murray). leithii, Bowl. diplosticta (Giinth.). —— phrynoderma (Bowl.). lateralis, Boul. —— margariana (Anders.). humeralis, Boul. formosa (Gimnth.). Micrixalus sarasinorum (Ff. Miill.). opisthorhodus (Giinth.). Nyctibatrachus pygmeus (Giinth.). Nannophrys ceylonensis, Giinth. guentheri, Bowl. Rhacophorus nasutus (Giinth.). reticulatus (Giinth.). —— dubius, Boul. hololius (Gznth.). macrotis, Boul. beddomii, Giinth. Leptobrachium fez (Bowl.). Uretyphlus malabaricus (Bedd.). Gegenophis carnosus (Bedd.). EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. Fig. 1. Rana vicina, Stol., p. 342. 9) ale 3. 4, * This name has been changed by Boulenger (Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 90) to bimaculatus. assamensis, Sp. n., p. 343. limborgi, sp. n., p. 344. : tenasserimensis, sp. ., p. 845. 1892. | ON AQUATIC OLIGOCHEZTOUS WORMS. 349 5. On some Aquatic Oligochztous Worms. By Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., &c. [Received May 3, 1892.] In the following remarks I propose to bring together a few notes upon certain aquatic Oligocheeta which I have had the opportunity of examining during the last year. i. On a Species of Dero. , Our principal knowledge of this genus is due to Perrier * and to Stole?. A recent paper by Bousfield * is mainly devoted to discrim- inating the species, though it contains a brief résumé of the structure of the genus Dero. T have recently been studying a species which I cannot identify certainly with any known form; my failure to identify it is largely due to the fact that the differences in the vascular system of dif- ferent species have not been worked out. Only in two, viz. D. per- riert and D. digitata, has the vascular system been described; and as these two show dissimilarities, it is at least possible that the remaining species do also. In any case, the Dero at which I have worked differs from both these species. According to Perrier, Dero perrieri has three pairs of contractile perivisceral trunks in segments vi., vii., and viii. Behind the viiith segment the dorsal vessel is not directly »united with the ventral. Of Dero digitata, Stole says, in the French abstract with which his paper concludes, “ Il y a toujours deux vaisseaux latéraux dans chaque anneau suivant jusqu’au treiziéme anneau (si l’animal est complétement développé). Dans les anneaux postérieurs les anses vasculaires remplacent les vaisseaux latéraux.’’ I cannot, I confess, quite understand the distinction which is here drawn between the two kinds of perivisceral trunks; unless, indeed, it is meant that the anterior series are contractile. As Dr. Stole’s paper is in Bohe- mian I am unable to say whether this is stated. The Dero examined by myself is a small species about a quarter of an inch in length. Like other Deros it fabricates a tube, which was always in the interior of half-decayed stems of plants; the stems had to be carefully torn up with needles to liberate the worms’. The number of segments varied from 16 to 52. The characters of the setze call for no comment ; the branchial processes most resemble those of D. limosa. The vascular system is remarkable for the fact that there are six pairs of contractile lateral vessels in segments vi.—xi. Those of 1 “ Histoire naturelle du Dero obtusa,’ Arch. Zool. Exp. t. i. p.65. Bousfield points out that the species investigated by Perrier is not Dero obtusa, but a new form for which the name D. perrzeri is suggested. 2 “ Dero digitata, O. F. Miller &c.,” SB. bohm. Ges. 1885, p. 65. 3 “The Natural History of the Genus Dero,” J. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p, 91. + Bousfield mentions this habit in D. furcata. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1892, No. XXV. 25 350 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, segments viii. and ix. are wider than the others; the pair of seg- ment vii. are hardly of less calibre; the other contractile lateral vessels are decidedly thinner. The non-contractile perivisceral vessels were obvious in the posterior segments of the body. ‘The first pair of ‘‘hearts”’ each give off a slender branch, which runs forward in ~ the direction of the pharynx. I did not find a corresponding branch to arise from the following “ hearts.” The “stomach” is in segments x. and xi.; the wider part of the intestine commences in segment xiv., but there was some variability in this point. In some individuals I could recognize no narrow cesophagus following the “stomach.” The lattice-work of blood- vessels upon the alimentary tract was in many specimens very clear. On the “stomach ” this,was particularly so, and I found a longi- tudinal trunk, such as Stole has figured in Nazs, on one side; the nephridia vary much as to the segment where they begin. Perrier mentions the sixth segment, so too does Bousfield. In the first individual which I examined they were apparent from the vith segment; in another they did not begin until the xiith segment ; in a third the ninth segment contained the first pair. ii. Note upon Pristina longiseta. In a valuable paper upon the Naidomorpha, published in a recent number of ‘ The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’ Prof. A.G. Bourne’ remarks of Pristina longiseta, ‘‘ This species has been recently re-described by Vejdovsky. I have uot seen it, nor has it, so far as I know, ever been recorded from England.” Having lately had the opportunity of examining a specimen, I offer the following remarks upon it. Firstly, its occurrence in England is of interest. There is no doubt, however, that the small number of aquatic Oligocheta hitherto recorded from Great Britain is simply due to the fact that they have not been looked for. The worm has been figured by Leidy*, d’'Udekem *, and Vejdovsky *. Neither d’Udekem nor Tauber * appear to have known of Leidy’s paper. Vejdovsky does not refer to it in the list of synonyms of Pristina longiseta, but does mention both the paper and the species, without comment, under the description of the family Naidomorpha ; in the table of known species of Naids and their distribution Vejdovsky does not cite N. America as a locality for Pristina longi- seta. ‘The double omission therefore leads me to the opinion that Vejdovsky was not certain as to the identity of the species termed by himself and Leidy Pristina longiseta. Vaillant, moreover, con- siders that the identity of the two is not fully established ; the only difference, however, to which he calls attention is a difference of * “On the Naidiform Oligocheta, &.,” Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxii. p. 352. 2 “Descriptions of some American Annelida Abranchia,” J. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. ii. p. 44. 3“ Nouvelle Classification des Annélides Sétigéres Abranches,” Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. t. xxii. p. 552. * System und Morphologie der Oligochaeten: Prag, 1884, p. 31, 5 Annulata Danica, 1879, p. 78, 1892.] AQUATIC OLIGOCHZETOUS WORMS. 351 ‘size. lLeidy’s specimen measured 1 line (=2 mm.), Vejdovsky’s 8mm. My own specimen being somewhat intermediate in size perhaps removes this difference. But a more important difference remains, which is not alluded to by Vaillant *. In Vejdovsky’s figure * of Pristina longiseta no sharp line of demarcation is indicated be- tween the prostomium and the first segment of the body, and in the description cf the species* he remarks :—‘‘ Der Kopflappen verjiingt sich allmalig zu einem konischen fadenformigen Rissel.”” On the other hand, Leidy’s figure indicates a sharp demarcation ; the “‘ pro- boscis”” commences quite abruptly. So too, though perhaps to a less extent, does d’Udekem’s figure. ‘The specimen examined by myself resembles Leidy’s figure much more than that of Vejdovsky. The location of the ‘stomach ”’ by Leidy in the viith segment may be perhaps an error. I found, as Leidy has figured, tactile hairs to be very abundant upon the anal segment as well as upon the prosto- mium and first segment of the body. It appeared to me that the ptostomium was deeply grooved upou the under surface, the groove becoming continuous behind with the mouth. In view of the slight difference recorded above, 1 am not assured that Leidy’s and Vej- dovsky’s worms belong to the same species; the specimen seen by myself evidently is identical with the worms described by Leidy and d’Udekem. Prof. Bourne’s paper, to which I have referred, seems to me to destroy the generic distinctions between Pristina and Naidium. Previous to the appearance of that paper they could be distinguished as follows :— Pristina : 1. Dorsal setze of segment iui. long. 2. Prostomium elongate. : 3. Shorter dorsal setze not bifid. Naidium : 1. These setee not longer than others. 2. Prostomium short with lateral processes. 3. These setze bifid. But in Bourne’s Pristina equiseta the first character is that of Naidium, and in P. breviseta there are bifid setze in the dorsal bundles much like those of Maidium. The only differential character which remains is therefore the prostomial tentacle; but in Naidium luteum the prostomium is said by Vejdovsky to be “ lang ausge- zogen,” and in P. longiseta, as figured by the same author, the pro- stomial tentacle is not so distinct as in other species. I do not think, therefore, that these two genera can be any longer distin- guished. ili. On Holosoma niveum. The only description of this species was published nearly thirty years ago by Leydig*; it has since been met with by Timm’, who 1 « Annelés’ in ‘ Suites 4 Buffon,’ vol. iii. p. 360. 2 Loe. cit. pl. ui. fig. 13. 3 Loc. cit. p. 3l. 4 “ Ueber die Annelidengattung Molosoma,” Arch. f. Anat. 1865, p. 360. 5 “ Beobachtungen an Phreoryctes, &c.,” Arb, z.-z. Inst. Wiirzb. 1883, p. 155, Zale 352 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, called it—evidently by a slip of the pen—‘‘ Holosoma lacteum.” I have lately examined a single specimen of an #olosoma which I refer to this species. Unfortunately I am not able to fix its locality with accuracy, as I found it in a bottle containing water and weeds from various sources. Leydig himself was of opinion that the species might turn out on further study to be an immature stage of 4. hemprichii, or of some species with coloured oil-drops in the integument; but he quoted, as against this possibility, Ehrenberg’s observation that the red colour is visible in embryos still within the egg, and was there- fore, on the whole, inclined to regard the worm as an adult form of a species with a colourless integument. I have, however, recently pointed out that’ the supposed cocoons are in all probability merely cysts into which the worms can tem- porarily withdraw themselves; so that Leydig’s opinion as to the possibility of his olosoma niveum being an immature form is not necessarily rendered untenable by Ehrenberg’s observations. Vejdovsky * in describing briefly the characters of his new species, AXolosoma variegatum, remarked that it was “‘ hochst wahrscheinlich von Leydig beobachtet und als olosoma niveum beschrieben.” In a fuller account’ of 4. variegatum Vejdovsky establishes its distinctness from olosoma niveum ; it agrees, however, with that form in possessing some colourless oil-globules in the epidermis, the rest being green. In Molosoma niveum all the integumental oil- globules are colourless. The most recent remarks upon Leydig’s 4olosoma niveum known to me are to be found in Vaillant’s account of the Oligochzeta in the ‘Suites 4 Buffon.’ In that work Vaillant considers it to be not yet established that the supposed species is not the young form of some other olosoma. I am therefore particularly glad to be able, I think, to definitely settle this question. I had on the same slide and under examination at the same time no less than three species of 4¥olosoma—an experience which is not, I imagine, very common. ‘These species were, 4%. quaternarium, 4G. niveum, and a species of whose identity I am not quite certain ; it was as large as my olosoma headleyi*, but may be Holosoma variegatum; I lost sight of it before I completed the examination. The worm which I believe to be 4olosoma niveum is at any rate a perfectly distinct species from any known to me. It comes nearest to Holosoma niveum as described by Leydig. Nevertheless, it does not altogether agree with his description. It may therefore con- ceivably be a new form. It was fully as large as 44. quaternarium, and there are other reasons for believing that it cannot be the young of that, or indeed of any other known species. jay Nee upon the Encystment of Holosoma,” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 2 System und Morph. d. Oligochaeten : Prag, 1884, p. 113 footnote. 3 “olosoma variegatum, Vejd., Prispevek ku poznani nejnizsich Annulatuv,” SB. bohm. Ges. 1885. * “Observations upon an Annelid of the Genus Molosoma,” P. Z.S. 1886, p. 213. 1892. | AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 353 The worm consisted of eight segments, after which came a bud that had been in part detached ; but I succeeded in finding the rest of it upon the slide ; the number of segments, therefore, is approxi- mately the same as Leydig gives for olosoma niveum, and the same number also that Vejdovsky gives for Aolosoma variegatum. The prostomium, however, was large, squarish in front, and dis- tinctly wider than the rest of the body. Leydig figures a very inconspicuous prostomium, which, in front at least, is actually nar- rower than the succeeding segments. With regard to the colourless oil-drops in the integument, I could see no structures that were at all obvious. There was no appearance such as is represented in Leydig’s figures. Nor were there any clearly defined droplets such as Vejdovsky figures in his olosoma variegatum. I should be inclined to say that there were no oil-drops present at all. The epidermis was much more like that of a Naid or a Cheéogaster than an olosoma ; and even when the worm was treated with potash, which produces such recognizable effects ' upon the oil-globules of other species, no alterations were observable, except that the worm was stained a faint yellowish. And yet there is no doubt whatever that I am right in referring the Annelid to the genus 4olosoma. In all other particulars it agreed with that genus. The prostomium was ciliated on the under surface, and the lateral ciliated pits are present. The mouth appeared to he situated rather further back than it has been usually figured for this genus; the constriction which marks off the prostomium posteriorly was situated some little way in front of the actual mouth-opening. The most important difference, however, from Leydig’s description concerns the setee. In all the species of olosoma at present known, with the exception of Vejdovsky’s Holosoma tenebrarum and (if it be really distinct from this) Holosoma leidyi*, there are only capillary setee present in both dorsal and ventral bundles. In the two species above mentioned cleft sigmoid setze are also to be found *. In the specimen of Aolosoma niveum described here I have also found these sigmoid sete, and it is principally the fact of the occur- rence of these setee which leads me to doubt the identity of this worm with Leydig’s olosoma niveum. Had they been present Leydig would hardly have overlooked them. The existence of these sigmoid sete also, | may point out, precludes the possibility of this worm being the young of Molosoma quaternarium, and I do not think that it has anything to do with Molosoma tenebrarum. In the first seta-bearing segment there were not any sigmoid sete, but four capilliform sete in each of the dorsal, and three in 1 « Note upon the Green Cells in the Integument of Holosoma tenebrarum,” P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 51. “Notes upon certain Species of Holosoma,” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1889. 2 B. W. Cragin, “ First Contribution to the Invertebrate Fauna of Kansas,” Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. 1887, no. 8, p. 31. 3 IT am not quite certain that the species described by me as Molosoma tene- brarum (P. Z. S. 1889, p. 51) is really identical with Vejdovsky’s species; I could not detect the cleft at the end of the sets, and the colour of the oil-drops appears to be rather different. 354 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, each of the ventral bundles. The number of setz per bundle dimin- ishes in the posterior segments, and they become mingled with sigmoid sete. In the seventh segment both setz in one of the ventral bundles were sigmoid, as was one of the two setz of the dorsal bundle. The sigmoid setz occur, therefore, in both dorsal and ventral bundles; I was, however, quite unable to detect any bifurcation at the free extremity of these setee, and I examined them with the highest power at my disposal (Zeiss’s F lens with eyepiece). — I could not detect the nephridia. In the colourless integument and in the presence of two kinds of setze this species evidently offers a transition to the Naidomorpha. iv. On Clitellio and Limnodrilus. These two genera, usually regarded as distinct, have been united by M. Vaillant in the recently published third volume of the ‘Annelés’ in the ‘ Suites 4 Buffon,’ M. Vaillant considers that the alleged absence of a prostate in Chtellio is not a sufficient difference. As a matter of fact, my own paper’ upon Clitellio showed other points of difference besides the absence of the prostate; the main distinction between the two genera, in addition to the want of a prostate, is the existence of two pairs of perivisceral trunks, which are specially enlarged and are contractile: I did not refer very defi- nitely to their contractility in the paper cited, but I have since re- examined the species Clitellio arenarius and find that these dilated trucks are contractile, one pair contracting before the other. Now the fact of the existence of contractile trunks does not distinguish Clitellio from Limnodrilus. Limnodrilus has also two pairs of con- tractile periviscerals, but only one pair of these are dilated ; whereas in Clitellio both pairs are wide tubes. This difference, at any rate, applies to the species of Zimnodrilus known up to the present. I take this opportunity of mentioning that Clitellio arenarius has, like Limnodrilus, a supra-intestinal blood-vessel. But I could find no integumental blood-capillaries such as are found in Limno- drilus. I looked for them very carefully, of course in living worms. So far, therefore, my observations have rather tended to accentuate than remove the differences between Clitellio and Limnodrilus. I have, however, found in a species of Limnodrilus an intermediate form between Clitellio and the typical Limnodrilus. This species is from New Zealand; I have already * recorded its occurrence in the South Island, though I was in error in stating that it presented no differences from the European species. As a matter of fact, this New Zealand Limnodrilus has, like Cli- tellio, two pairs of greatly dilated hearts in segments viii. and ix. ; there are no reasons for disbelieving that these wide trunks are pee certain Points in the Structure of Clitellio (Olaparéde),” P. Z.S. 1888, p. 485. * “On the Oligochztous Fauna of New Zealand, &c.,” P. ZS. 1889, p. 381. a 1892.] AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 355 contractile. This species is, of course, freshwater in habitat. It was found in a forest-pool along with Phreoryctes smithit. None of the specimens were mature, so I am unable to say how far they may agree with Clitellio in other particulars; but, in any case, they have the two pairs of dilated vessels in viii. and ix. that have hitherto served to distinguish Clitellio from Limnodrilus. v. Ona new Genus (Kerria) intermediate between Acanthodrilus and Ocnerodrilus. Mr. J. Graham Kerr, who accompanied the ‘‘ Pilcomayo Expe- dition’ in 1890, has kindly given me a number of small Oligocheta which he collected in the upper reaches of that river. They were preserved with corrosive sublimate, and are in consequence in an excellent condition for microscopical examination. There are alto- gether about a dozen specimens, some fortunately being sexually mature. The water where they were met with was exceedingly salt and bitter, but contained a number of other animals, notably a few decapod Crustaceans. But animal life was not, Mr. Kerr informs me, very abundant in the stream. So far as I am aware, no Oligo- cheete of any kind has ever been described from a locality like the present, except a species of Pachydrilus referred to by Semper as occurring in the brine-springs of Kissingen inGermany. Salt water is not, however, entirely inimical to the existence of Oligocheta, for there are a few species known from the sea-shore ; for example, Clitellio, referred to in the present paper, Pontoscolex, Pontodrilus, &c. I expected, therefore, that these worms would prove to be interesting, and my expectations were realized. The worms are all very small, an inch to an inch and a half in length by | mm. in diameter. They are about the size of, and re- semble in general appearance, Ocnerodrilus eiseni, and I at first was disposed to refer them to the same genus at least. Although a more careful examination of the worms showed that they could not be referred to the genus Ocnerodrilus, it became very soon evident that they were nearly related to that genus; they serve, in fact, to indicate the probable relations of Ocnerodrilus, concerning which I was formerly in doubt’. Lisen, the original describer * of the genus Ocnerodrilus, placed it in the family Lumbriculide. This conclusion was subsequently abandoned by Eisen himself *, and I have myself * endeavoured to combat it ; the genus is clearly to be referred to that very large and imperfectly known group of worms which I have called Cryptodrilide. I do not propose to give a detailed systematic account of the anatomy of this new worm, but merely to dwell _+ “On the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus (Hisen),” Tr. Roy. Soc. Hdin. vol. xxxvi. ae Ge the Anatomy of Ocnerodrilus,’ Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Upsal. ser. 3, a eonune Anatomy of Sutroa rostrata, &e.,” Mem. Calif. Ac. Sci. vol. iis oe cit. p. 580. 356 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, upon its salient characters, particularly those which bear upon its affinities. The setze are strictly paired and show no noteworthy peculiarities ; they are not in any way modified upon any segments of the body. The clitellum occupies segments xiv. to xix. The alimentary canal is chiefly remarkable for two points: there is a gizzard present, not a very usual occurrence with aquatic Oligocheta. The gizzard, moreover, is well developed ; it lies in segment vii. In segment ix. are a pair of calciferous pouches ; these are com- plicated in structure, being composed of a much-folded cellular membrane. Although the segment which they occupy is the same as that which in Oenerodrilus contains a pair of cesophageal diver- ticula, the organs are simpler in their minute structure in the latter genus. Some of the anterior mesenteries, as is usually the case in Oligo- cheeta, are thickened ; this statement applies to those which separate segments v./vi., vi./vii., vil./viil., vili./ix. The nephridia are present in the genital segments ; the posterior set are invested by a thick layer of peritoneal cells. The genital organs conform in almost every particular to the plan met with in the genus Acanthodrilus, and are illustrated in the accompanying drawing (woodcut, fig. 1). On segments xvii. and xix. are the openings of the atria; the actual pores are placed upon the summits of elevations near to the median ventral line of the body. The atria, like those of other Acanthodrilide, are divisible into two regions: with the actual orifice is connected a narrow muscular tube ; this widens out distally into a glandular tube, but this glandular tube is lined by a single layer only of cells. In no species of Acanthodrilus, so far as I am aware, is this the case. Even in smaller species than the one described here the glandular part of the atrium has two layers of cells, resem- bling, as I have pointed out, the structure of the clitellum. On the other hand, Ocnerodrilus has an atrium which is exactly like the present species in having a lining of a single row of cells. These cells are tall and very granular in appearance. The atrial pores are close to the ventral pairs of sete ; there are no penial setee. Penial setze are only rarely absent from Acanthodrilus ; A. multiporus and an allied species are the only forms which I can recollect that are thus deficient. On the xviiith segment open the vasa deferentia: there is only a single vas deferens on either side ; it runs in close contact with the body-wall, not embedded init. In the xth segment the vas deferens widens out to form a funnel ; this funnel is not only very large but very much folded, and occupies the greater part of the segment in which it lies. It struck me as being unusually large; there is only one funnel on each side. . The same segment, i. e. the xth, contained the single pair of testes. Asa general rule, when there is a single pair of testes these gonads occupy the xith and not the xth segment. In the 1892. ] AQUATIC OLIGOCHZTOUS WORMS. 357 Fig. 1. Genital segments of Kerria halophila, as seen on a dissection. G, Gizzard ; Ca, calciferous glands; Sp, spermatotheca ; 7’, testis; Sp.d, sperm- ducts; O, ovary; Od, oviduct; At, atrium. Segments of clitellum indicated in Roman numerals. 358 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [May 3, present species, however, there is no doubt of their lying in the xth segment. The sperm-sacs are in segments x. and xi. They partially involve the testes and vas deferens funnels. The ovaries are, it is almost unnecessary to state, placed in segment xiii. The oviducal funnels open opposite to them ; the ovaries are so large that but little room is left between the end of the ovary and the funnel; I saw an ovum within the mouth of the oviduct. There are no egg-sacs. The oviducal pores are upon the xivth segment. In the vilith and ixth segments are the spermatothece. These organs are large sacs, communicating with the exterior by means of a comparatively long duct; they were densely packed with sperma- tozoa, but had no diverticula. It is evident from the above short and, in some respects, incom- plete account of the Pileomayo worm that it is most nearly allied to the genus Acanthodrilus. That genus, it should be remarked, is one which is less uniformly terricolous than any other genus of ‘‘earthworms.” There are already several species known to occur in water. Among them are Acanthodrilus stagnalis, A. dalet, A. schmarde. This is, however, the first species which has been met with in saline waters. The other aquatic Acanthodrilide show no particular affinities to aquatic genera; but the present species does; and it distinctly approaches Ocnerodrilus. ‘The resemblance is not only in the sim- plification of the structure of the atria; that of itself would not perhaps be a very important fact, since it might be put down merely to degeneration. A more important point of likeness is the existence of the single pair of cesophageal diverticula in segment ix. ; this par- ticular segment is not a usual one in which to find these calciferous glands. Besides, in other Acanthodrilids there are nearly always two or three pairs of these glands situated further back. Very little is wanting to convert the species here described into an Ocnerodrilus ; to refer it definitely to the genus Acanthodrilus would be to ignore the characteristic differences which it shows from that genus, with which, however, it undoubtedly agrees in all those pomts which are made use of to define the genus Acanthodrilus. On the other hand, it can hardly be put in the genus Ocnerodrilus. The principal difficulty in the way of this is the two pairs of atria and their position. The fact of there being two pairs of atria instead of one only would not deter me from this step ; I think, for instance, that the genus Neodrilus must be merged in Acanthodrilus. The important difference appears to be the separation of the atrial and vas deferens pores by a septum in Acanthodrilus. If it were not for the position of the calciferous glands all the resemblances between this worm and Ocnerodrilus might fairly be set down to a con- vergence due simply to degeneration. As it is I am inclined to think that it will be necessary to institute a separate genus for this Acanthodriloid worm from the Pilcomayo; and I propose to call it Kerria, after Mr. Graham Kerr, with the specific term halophila. It may be useful to compare, by means of the following table, the 359 AQUATIC OLIGOCH2ZTOUS WORMS. 1892.] TABLE. Comparison of Kerria with allied genera. Gordiodrilus Ocnerodrilus .. Pygmeodrilus Atrial pores. XVII. and XIX. XVII. and XIX. XVII. and XVIII. or XVIII. and XIX.! XVII. XVII. Vas. def. pores. Atria. Penial setie. XVIII. XVIII. XVIII XVII. XVII. Lined by single row of cells. Lined by double row of cells. Lined by single row of cells. Lined by single row of cells. Lined by single row Of cells, None. Nearly always present. None. Calciferous glands. One pair in IX. 1-3 pairs in XTV. or XV.-XVII. Single pouch in IX. One pair in IX. One pair in IX. Gizzard. Present. Rarely absent. Present or absent. Absent. Present or absent. Spermatothece. Two pairsin VIII. and IX.; no diverticu- lum. Two pairs in VIII. and IX.; always diver- ticula. Two pairs in VII. and VILL. ; no diverti- culum. One pair in VIIL.; no diverticulum. One pair in IX., with or without diver- ticula, * Further back in Gordiodrilus tenuis, n. sp. od . 360 ON AQUATIC OLIGOCHETOUS WORMS. [May 3, present species with some allied forms. The table (p. 359) gives some additional facts not referred to in the above description. Also, I introduce a few worms not yet fully described, which I have recently been studying. The position of the external apertures of the male reproductive apparatus is, however, rather different from what is found in the genus Acanthodrilus. 'The accompanying figure (fig. 2) illustrates Sp, Spermatothecal pores ; od, oviducal pores; At, atrial pores; Sp.d, spermi- ducal pores. The segments of clitellum are indicated by Roman numerals. the arrangement in an individual which was studied by means of longitudinal sections ; I found it impracticable to examine the ven- tral surface of the entire worm mounted in glycerine, for the reason that in the course of preservation a good deal of the corrosive sub- — limate used as a fixing reagent had erystallized upon the integument, rendering it therefore very opaque. In the sections the sete were seen to be quite unaltered upon the genital segments, they were not even larger than those upon the neighbouring segments. The atrial pores, as well as those of the vas deferens, are in close relation to 1892.] ON NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 361 _ the ventral pair of setee: the anterior atrial pore of one side of the body lies a little in front of, and to the outside of, the pair of sete : the posterior atrial pore, on the other hand, has a slightly different relation to the pair of sete of its segment; it is placed a little behind the setee. The pore of the single vas deferens again differs in posi- tion from both of these apertures ; it lies on the same level as, but to the outside of, the ventral setze of its segment, which is of course the xviiith, I am disposed to believe that Rosa’s ‘‘ Acanthodilus” spegazzinit will prove to be congeneric with this species. 6. On the Systematic Position of Notoryctes typhlops. By - Hans Gapow, Ph.D., M.A., Lecturer on Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata, and Strickland Curator, University of Cambridge. [Received April 9, 1892.] Professor Stirling had kindly entrusted me with his most valuable material of Noftoryctes before this was distributed to various museums. He asked me to fix the systematic position of this new mammal more precisely than he had been able to do, because of want of time and opportunity. He also modestly wanted me to verify and to supplement his own work *. This was both an easy and a difficult task. His two papers on Notoryctes contain a most carefully worked out description of the creature, and, with the ex- ception of some important characters concerning the teeth and the cloacal region, leave nothing that could be of general interest and bear upon the question of the position of Notoryctes in the system. There are still some points which have not been worked out fully, e.g. the vascular, muscular, and nervous systems, but these will undoubtedly be investigated in due time. Professor Stirlmg has discussed the whole matter with me thoroughly during his several visits to Cambridge; several parts of Notoryctes we redissected together and many questions were studied, so that the following pages might well form a paper of conjoint authorship; but, unfortunately for me, his time in Cambridge was limited, and thus I have become the only responsible author. The advance copy of the ‘ Handlist of Australian Mammals,’ by Mr. J. Douglas Ogilby, contains many important remarks on the systematic position of Notoryctes, with which we are unable to agree. This has necessitated, unfortunately, more argumentative reasoning in the following pages than would have been the case had Notoryctes been left in a less ambitious position than that of a link between the Proto- and Metatheria. The creature is interesting enough as a Marsupial. 1 H. O, Stirling, ‘‘ Description of a new Genus and Species of Marsupialia (Notoryctes typhiops),” Trans. R. 8. South Australia, 1891, pp. 154-187, pls. ii— ix.; “Further Notes on the Habits and Anatomy of Notoryctes typhlops,” ibid. 1891, pp. 283-291, pl. xii. 362 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, With regard to the investigation of the affinities of Notoryctes, I trust that a word of warning will not be taken amiss. It concerns the danger which may result from the frequent habit of selecting the taxonomic characters from the skeleton only, to the exclusion of other organic systems. In case of fossils this cannot be helped, and we have then no further means of testing the validity of our con- clusions. Now, supposing only the skeleton of Notoryctes were known, while the teeth and soft parts and the land where it was found were unknown ; or let us suppose, for argument’s sake, that it “came from America,” neither an impossible nor an even improbable assumption. In this case many a zoologist, provided he knew his osteology well, would conclude that the skeleton in question belonged to a small, burrowing mammal, which was closely allied to the Dasypodide, especially to Tatusia, in fact that it was an Edentate. This conclusion would be based upon the following striking characters :— 1. Anchylosis of the second to sixth cervical vertebre. In Ta- tusia peba anchylosis of vertebrze 2, 3, and 4. 2. The extraordinary strength of the first thoracic rib. 3. The acromial process of the scapula is very long and curved, and has a facet on its mner surface for the upper end of the humerus. 4. There is a second spine on the postscapular fossa ; both spines enclosing a deep groove. 5. The clavicles are complete and are attached to the manubrium sterni by the intervention of a ligament of some length. Cf. Cholepus, &c. 6. The fibula has a large foramen near the proximal portion of its shaft (of. Stirling, p. 179, and fig. 7, pl. vui.). Such a foramen is also present in the Cambridge specimen of Tatusia peba. . There is a large sesamoid bone on the plantar side of the foot. . As many as six vertebree are anchylosed with the pelvis. . The caudal vertebrae possess movable chevron bones. The type of the fore and hind limbs is decidedly fossorial. Se oN ] We might go even further and insist upon some characters in which Notorycées differs from all or from most Marsupials :— — . The well-developed patella. Cf. Perameles. 2. The anchylosis of cervical vertebre. 3. The great strength of first thoracic rib. 4. The possession of six sacral vertebrze, instead of 2, 3, 4, or 5, as Phascolomys platyrhinus. 5. The fusion of the cuboid with the ectocuneiform bone. Unique. 6. The decidedly fossorial type of the limbs. 7. The apparent absence of marsupial bones; for these, while scarcely visible without a lens, and not overlooked by the careful describer of the first entire specimen, would certainly be lost in a naturally bleached skeleton, 1892. | POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 363 However, let us return to facts. Motoryctes occurs in the very middle of Australia, and every important part of its anatomy is known. Its teeth are not like those of any known Edentate, although they are aberrant enough in number and position even for Marsupials. It possesses a marsupium and an inverted inner angular process of the under-jaw—two characters which are together sufficient to prove that Notoryctes is a member of the Marsupialia or Metatheria in the sense hitherto defined and accepted. Mr. Douglas Ogilby* has naturally and correctly placed Noto- ryctes as a separate family among the Polyprotodontia of the Marsupialia, but he hopes that “ we have now obtained a definite link between the Proto- and Metatheria subclasses, a link which will perhaps eventually bridge over the gulf which at present separates the Monotremes from the Marsupials.” A definite link would certainly, not perhaps eventually, bridge over that gulf, but unfor- tunately that much hoped-for link is still missing ; certainly it is not represented by Notoryctes. : The Monotremes are characterized by the possession of :—(1) a typical cloaca; (2) a Saurian shoulder-girdle, 2. e. an episternum or interclavicle, clavicles, complete coracoids, and considerable remnants of the ventral halves of precoracoids (epicoracoids of some authors). Additional characters are :—(1) absence of functional teeth in the adult; (2) a temporary marsupium without nipples. Notorycies differs in every one of these four points from the Monotremes and agrees with the Marsupials. I, The cloacal arrangement appears at first sight strikingly like that of the Monotremes. The accompanying drawings (see p. 364) will explain the points better than a lengthy description. It must be borne in mind that there are Metatheria without a functional marsupium, while in the Prototheria this organ is functional ; like- wise there are monotrematous mammals besides the Prototheria. Marsupium and cloaca, taken alone, are therefore not sufficiently diagnostic for the separation of Proto- and Metatheria: they are differences of degree only, the intermediate links being furnished by the various Marsupialia themselves. I have shown elsewhere ° that in the Marsupialia the urogenital and rectal openings are not completely divided off by a partition, there being still one common external opening which leads into a common, although mostly shallow chamber, viz. into the proctodzeum or vestibulum cloacze. In both male and female Marsupials (figs. 4 and 6, p. 364) the urogenital sinus is still of considerable length, and is completely shut off from the rectum, while in the male Monotremes (fig. 1) the urine passes into a urodzum, or middle chamber of the cloaca above the penis. In Notoryctes and in all other Marsupials, this separate exit of the urine and of the genital products is made impossible by the completion of the fold #. Urine and sperm pass through the penis in the male, and in the female the ovarial products (eggs or foetus) have the same channel as the urine. This channel is the same in 1 Advance copy of portion of ‘Handlist of Australian Mammals,’ issued July 31st, 1891: Sydney. ? “Remarks on the Cloaca and on the Copulatory Organs of the Amniota,” Phil. Trans. 1887, pp. 5-37, pls. 2-5. 364 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, Fig. 2 y, Hf Notorycteso Ventral. View . Ur Monodelphia.g. Marsupial. Fig.5 g, Marsupialg Diagrammatic illustrations of the cloacal arrangement of Noforyctes and other Mammals. Ves, Urinary bladder; Ur, ureter; V.d, vas deferens; Ov, oviduct; R, rectum ; A.G, anal glands; Sy.P, pubic symphysis, 1892. | POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 365 the Marsupials, Notoryctes, and the Monotremes, and is morpho- logically the same through which runs the urine in the male Mono- tremes. II. The shoulder-girdle of Notoryctesis built after the Marsupial type ; it shows the complete absence of an interclavicle, of coracoids, and of “epicoracoids.” As confirmatory evidence of the affinities of Notoryctes with the Monotremes, Mr. Ogilby mentions “ the considerable development of the clavicle, which is connected by ligament to the sternal apparatus, along with the rudimentary. character of the epipubic bones being also Monotrematous.” The clavicles of Notoryctes are weak, their slenderness of function is obviously indicated by their long ligamentous connexion with the manubrium sterni. In the Dasyures and in the Bandicoots the clavicles are very rudimentary or even absent, while in the Mono- tremes they are, by means of a large interclavicle, fastened to the sternum as firmly as possible. ‘It may be sought to explain away this difference in the strength of the shoulder-girdle on the grounds that Notoryctes, Echidna, and Ornithorhynchus have the fore limbs strengthened in order to enable them to burrow with the greater ease ; but the superficiality of such a view is demonstrable at a glance, if we take into consideration the fact that the Peramelide, which are also of fossorial habits, though not in so marked a degree as the genera mentioned above, are absolutely without rudiments of these bones.” This may be, but the composition of the shoulder- girdle and sternal apparatus of Notoryctes is one of the strongest proofs against its Monotreme affinities. Its ancestors had lost the very strength of the sterno-scapular and humeral support which is so essential to an intensely fossorial animal, and its organism has resorted to a new device of giving strength to the chest by an extra- ordinary development of the first pair of ribs. The latter firmly fix the anterior portion of the sternum and secure the development and working of strong pectoral and humeral muscles. A. similar case is afforded by the Dasypodide. Is it more likely that a burrowing, digging creature like an Echidna would give up its strongly secured chest, or that a Marsupial (which as such had lost coracoids and interclavicle, and obeys the general law that parts once lost by reduction cannot be redeveloped) which assumes strongly fossorial habits would resort to strengthening some of those. parts which it does possess, namely ribs, in order to attain a similar result ? How the rudimentary character of the epipubic or marsupial bones of Notoryctes can be used as evidence of its affinity to Mono- tremes is not obvious, considering that in both Echidna and Ornithorhynchus these bones are much stronger and larger than in any Marsupial. III. The marsupium seems to be a permanent organ in the female Notoryctes, and a pair of minute mammary prominences, devoid of hair and ending in nipple-like projections, have been discovered by Professor Stirling. This is likewise a Marsupial, not a Monotrema- tous character. The pouch in Notoryctes opens backwards towards Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. XXVI. 26 366 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, the anus: this is probably a character adapted to the fossorial habits of the creature, a parallel case being afforded by Perameles. It would be rash to infer from this similarity any special affinity between these two genera. IV. The teeth are built after the zoophagous marsupial plan; it is, however, significant that the crowns of the teeth of the Dasyuride, and especially those of Myrmecobius, show the same type of struc- ture as those of Ornithorhynchus (cf. Poulton and Leche*). The teeth are present in considerable numbers, and, with the exception of a few, remain functional throughout life. There is no indication whatever of their becoming superseded by a horny covering of the jaws, the naso-frontal horny shield of Notoryctes being a special feature which has no resemblance to, or connexion with, the covering of the jaws of the Monotremata. The determination of the full number of teeth was wisely left in abeyance by Prof. Stirling, although he suggested the following formula: i. =, c. a p.2,m.7=*. The material placed in my hands Sip a oy LOe before the specimens were distributed to their ultimate places of destination has enabled me to arrive at some interesting results. For future reference and possibility of identification I append the following list, the numbers being those which Prof. Stirling had en- closed in the various bottles :— Specimen A.—Refers to the specimen figured by Stirling on plate vi. of his monograph. Preparation of skull, in spirit. Cambridge Museum. Specimen B.—Dry skull and skeleton. Cambridge Museum. Specimen C.—A partly dissected specimen. Roy. Coll. Surg., London. Male I.—Spirit specimen. Nat. Hist. Mus., S. Kensington. Male II. be 8 Roy. Coll. Surg., London. Male V. __,, ie Cambridge. Female 1.—Spirit specimen. N. H. Mus., 8. Kensington. Female III. _,, i, Stockholm Zootom. Inst. Female IV. _,, % Cambridge. The full number of teeth seems to be: i. + Cc. a pm. s m. == Probably the two upper and the two lower premolars represent the original pm. 1 and pm. 3, it being supposed that, as in Dasyuride and some other Marsupials, the original pm. 2 and 4 have been lost. Pm. 3 is fully developed and bicuspid in both mandibles of speci- mens A and B, and in the right mandible of female I. Pm. 3 is reduced to a very small, short, and pointed tooth on both sides in male II., left side of female IV., and right side of Specimen C, _ Pm. 3 is absent on both sides in male I., male V., female III. ; right side of female IV.; left side of specimen C. aq Poulton, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. 1888. W. Leche, ‘ Biologiska Fore- ningens Forhandlingar,’ Stockholm, 1891, iii. no. 17, pp. 186-154: “ Beitrage zur Anatomie des Myrmecobius fasciatus.” 1892.] POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 367 Pm. 1 is canine-shaped, projecting above the incisors and the canine ; it is present in both sides in males I., II., V., females IIL., IV., and specimen C. Pm. | is very much reduced to a short pointed weak tooth in the right side of specimen B and female I., in both sides of specimen A. Pm. | is absent in the left mandible of specimen B. The canine tooth, 7. e. the fourth in the series, fitting upon the fourth upper tooth, which latter is implanted immediately behind the premaxillary suture, is generally weaker than the incisors, never projects above the series, and shows occasionally a slightly uneven crown. The lower canine is thus fully developed in the right side in males I. and II., female I., and in specimens A, B, and C. The canine is reduced to a very small pointed tooth on the left side in males I., II., V., and in female I. The canine is reduced on both sides in female IIT. The caniue is absent on the left side in female IV., in specimens A, B, and probably in C. Concerning the incisors, they diminish in size from the first to the third. In most specimens three incisors are present in both man- dibles, but in the left of female IV. and of specimen C there are only two incisors, which in female IV. are followed by a gap in front of the first premolar, and in specimen C by a smaller gap in front of the reduced canine. Comparison of these nine apparently adult specimens shows the tendency of reduction of the left lower canine and of either pm. | or pm 3. ‘The reduction, resulting often in ultimate loss, seems quite irregular, there being apparently no compensation effected by the size of the neighbouring persisting teeth. The most remarkable feature is, however, that the reduction either in numbers alone, or in size, or in both is undoubtedly greater in the left mandible than in the right. This fact seems well established, considering that out of the nine specimens examined the left-sided reduction is greater in not less than eight specimens ; reduction in size alone in three, in numbers in five specimens. The total number of teeth in the nine right mandibles is 86, in the corresponding left mandibles only 79. The number of reduced and of absent teeth on the right side is 11, on the left side 19. Such a decided asymmetry is practically unique; I have failed to perceive any corresponding asymmetry in the size of the two mandibles. The teeth in the upper jaw are much more regular. Three incisors are followed by an equally small canine. The first of the premolars is small, the second large. The four molars are always present and do not vary in size. In specimen C the right and left upper sides possess each only 9 teeth, the third right incisor has been lost and has left a gap, while on the left side the canine seems to be absent without a distinct gap. In female IV. left side, and in female I. right side, there are like- wise only 9 teeth; the four molars are complete and so are the two premolars, while the canines seem to be absent, with perhaps a slight gap. bee 368 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SYSTEMATIC [May 3, The tooth formula of Notoryctes differs consequently from that of all other known Polyprotodonta in the smaller number of incisors, namely : against : in Didelphide, 2 in Peramelide, and 5 in Dasyu- ride; while the number of premolars, , agrees with that of Dasyu- rus against Didelphidea, Thylacinus, Thylacoleo, Phascologale, some Perameles, and Myrmecobius, in all of which the original fourth premolar is still present. Variation of the Number and Size of ,Teeth in the Lower Jaws of Notoryctes. 1/2/34] 5 | 6 |7/8/9l10 he) SAE ea eA a | Incisors. ||C.| Premolars, || Molars. | ieee rn lngeets aa | Fa ye pm. I.pm.3. 1)2/3/4 whe: jee de + ell eo) ok +/+/+/+| Pm. 1 small. Specimen! Ay Tae ..- | en penuh e O} « | + ||4/+)+/+] Pm. 1 small ; canine absent. Hee is . fe} t Pte} ox | + I+]+/+/+] Pm. 1 small. | Specimen B ......... i Fo + |/+/+/--/+] C. and pm. 1 absent. ie ‘ a) ae + 4 a x | -j+/+)/+] C. and pm.3 absent. Specimen’ messes eee Olle | 0 ee Pen, 3) Sani. Male I +/+ {++ 4 | 0 |+}44/+/Pm.3 absent. IVE Kete Ica Raper era do Lif i4ltie)) + | 0 |+4)4)4]+ Pm. 3 absent ; canine small. Male II f+ytyt 4! ae x +}+)+|+) Pm. 3 small. Mialle mbes ete nae arn pif Sef reall } a « |) +/+/+]+| C. and pm. 3 small. (2) 42) 45 |s)) 5 O |/+/+!+/+] Pm. 3 absent. | Male Wh wiclvieleivle’=|s)elae «iei= | abe arts ae se | a 0 |e 1 He ak C. small, pm.3 absent. r | es fears Te ae + ||+}+/+)/+| Pm. 1 small. | Ihara II, aasaneoastes 1 Efi ate bes fv o |4/+/+4/+] C. small, pm. 3 absent. | | Pa : sey se se yee Se O | +/+/+)+)| C. small, pm. 3 absent. | iemale dililinnesstee. ce iL a eae ef al | 0 + aera (Cy small, pm. 8 absent. | Fae | ae a ee te) @ fide ani +) C. small, pm.3 absent. | Female IV. ........ { ee peel | dD +-| * |+/+)+)+| 1.3 and c. absent, pm. 3 small. | | | ee ie While it was easy enough to disprove the existence of any Mono- trematous affinities in Notoryctes and to refer it to the Marsupials, the question to which of the families of existing Marsupials Notoryctes is nearest related is rather difficult. ' Mr. Ogilby prefers to look upon it as an aberrant Polyprotodont, and he has based this opinion on the character of the teeth alone, with this reserve that, if canine teeth be absent (as he himself has suggested) it is not a typical Polyprotodont, but a true link between the Monotremata and Polyprotodouts. This reasoning is not quite obvious. If 1892. ] POSITION OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 369 his own suggestion as to the incisor nature of the so-called canines were correct, the creature would of course be an aberrant Polypro- todont ; but this absence of true canines would not affect its Marsupial affinities, and would not in any way bring it nearer to the Monotremata, because we know several genera of true Marsupials which have no canine teeth. I have shown that Notoryctes is aberrantly polyprotodont in spite of the presence of canine teeth. The enumeration of the following characters of Notoryctes will perhaps help to settle its affinities :— A. Characters which prove Notoryctes to be a member of the Metatheria. 1. Possession of an apparently permanent marsupium, with two localized mamme and nipples. 2. Well-developed inner angular process of the mandible. B. Characters of Notoryectes which occur also in some Metatheria. 1. Large movable chevron-bones in the caudal vertebrae: Ma- cropus, Dasyurus, &e. 2. Acromion much elongated and curved over the humerus: Dasyurus. 3. Large osseous bulla auris: Peragalea (Macrotis) lagotis, Perameles, Dasyurus ursinus, Phascologale. 4, Very rudimentary marsupial bones : Thylacinus. 5. Opening of marsupium directed backwards: Perameles. 6. Presence of a prehallux, 7.e. the “ sesamoid ” bone attached by ligament to the entocuneiform, described by Stirling, p. 180, pl. viii. fig. 8s. Occurs also in Didelphys. . Presence of an osseous patella: Perameles. . Clavicles not directly attached to sternum, but by inter- vention of ligaments. A precoracoid unossified segment is usually present in Metatheria. 9. Presence of a ‘ meso-scapular segment.” Usual in Metatheria. C. Characters of Notoryctes, not found in recent Marsupials: see numbers 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8 of Edentate resemblances (p. 362) ; further, in opposition to Monotremata, the prepenial, extrapelvic, not abdominal position of the testicles combined with the absence Cee eo of ascrotum. Lastly, 5 incisors. D. Character unique in Notoryctes: fusion of the cuboid with the ectocuneiform of the foot. CON It so happens that the characters enumerated above do not permit any decided conclusion, except that Notoryctes might be looked upon as a “‘ very old and generalized form ”’ which has some charac- ters in common with almost every other existing Marsupial family. But this not unfrequent mode of cutting the knot of the difficulty of settling the systematic position of a "peculiar nature will hardly be advisable in the face of the highly specialized structure of Noto- ryctes. We have to make further inquiries. Notoryctes is fossorial to an 370 ON A WILD CAMEL FROM EASTERN TURKESTAN. [May 17, exaggerated extent and it is insectivorous. Consequently the feet and the czecum might give some hidden clue as to its affinities. The toes of the hinder extremities have to be considered as free. There is at the utmost a very slight indication of syndactylism of the second and third toes, far less obvious than it is even in Phasco- lomys. In its free toes Notoryctes agrees with Dzdelphde, Dasyurus, Thylacinus, Phaseologale, Myrmecobius, Phascolomys. The hallux is complete and functional, as in Didelphide, Phasco- logale, Phascolomys ; this character excludes Dasyurus, Thylacinus, Myrmecobius, Antechinomys. The pronounced syndactylism and the well-developed czecum of the Phalangistine, Phascolarctos, Perameles, Cheropus, and the Macropodide exclude these families from comparison. The structure of the foot invites, therefore, comparison of Notoryctes with Didelphide, Phascologale, and Phascolomys; the latter is excluded by its herbivorous life and by its Diprotodont teeth. ‘The comparison is now restricted to the Didelphide and to certain Dasyuride, especially Phascologale. The geographical distribution of the Didelphide would remove them from Notoryctes, but it is to be remembered that the Dzdel- phide seem to be the lowest and most “ generalized” of existing Marsupials, and that in bygone times they had a much wider distribution. Chironectes shows that the Didelphide are capable ot a great amplitude of adaptation, namely to arboreal and to aquatic life. However, it is unnecessary to go so far afield in the search of the nearest kin of Notoryctes. Through the possession of an element of a prehallux, Notoryctes, like the Didelphide, stands below the Dasyuride ; iv the reduction of its teeth it is further advanced than the latter. Although its numerous Edentate resemblances are clearly all acquired owing to its mode of life, they are important enough to give Notoryctes the rank of a family of the Polyproto- dont Marsupials, as has been done on other grounds by Mr. Ogilby, this family being nearer allied to the Dasyuride than to the Peramelide. May 17, 1892. Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.B.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited for Major C. S. Cumberland the skin of a Wild Camel obtained by the latter in Eastern Turkestan, as described in ‘ Land and Water’ for April 4th, 1891, p. 412, and ex- pressed his belief that this was the first wild Camel’s skin that had — ever been brought to this country. Major Cumberland had hoped to be present, but was unfortunately prevented by illness. He had, however, sent the following notes to be read to the meeting :— “ The habitat of the Wild Camel is the Gobisteppe from Khotan to Lob Nor. Except when snow lies on the ground these animals may be met with here and there along the old bed of the Yarkand 1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 371 and Tarim rivers, which they frequent for the pools of brackish water that are to be found here and there. But as soon as the snow falls they move off into the desert, as if then independent of the water- supply. They prefer the snow, I imagine, as being less salt than the water, although it also is impregnated to a certain extent soon after it falls. The Camel is very shy in its habits, and, so far as I could ascertain, has never been caught and domesticated. The natives told me that no horse in the country could catch the Camels in the deep sand of the region they frequent. They appear to me to be distinct from the Bactrian Camel; they are less stumpy in build, the hair is finer, closer, and shorter. They vary in colour, like the domestic species, from dark brown to lightish dun. Their origin has yet to be traced. I take it that they have sprung from Camels which escaped when the district known as Takla Makan was buried in a great sand- storm some centuries ago. Tradition relates that no human beings survived, but it is likely enough that some of the Camels and Horses did so, and that this was the crigin of the Wild Camels and Ponies which are found in this district.” Mr. Blanford added that he had compared the skull of Major Cumberland’s specimen with one of a Bactrian Camel in the British Museum. There was some difference, but without a much larger series it was impossible to say whether the difference was sufficient to indicate a distinction of race. In the rather small details in which C. bactrianus differs from C. dromedarius the Wild Camel skull agreed with the former, as it should do, for the skin was that of a two-humped Camel, although, as Major Cumberland had noticed, the humps were very small and represented by tufts of long hair. The following papers were read :— 1. Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou par M. Jean Kalinowski. Par Hans von Breruepscnu et JEAN STOLZMANN. [Received April 27, 1892.] TABLE DES MATIERES. Page i. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Jean Kalinowski dans les environs de Lima et d’Ica (Cote Péruvienne) ..................eeseeeesenececeees 37) ii. Apercu des ouvrages relatifs 4 la Faune Ornithologique de la cote du TRYSRO! cnacoocceosnencdocCuccebacetobaostqocos9saosebodeaunseobus dacdeEEOaraCoCcuT 396 iii. Liste des Espéces d’Oiseaux mentionnées des environs de Lima, qui ne sont pas trouvées la par M. Kalinowski.................0000+- seeveeenes 398 iv. Considérations générales sur la Faune Ornithologique des environs de JOTKERE, & ¢ Sandascohecoocesnecbecoecbe Ab ooHUS Sendo LEeen coo epa or GaeCHEEeOECecoacuce os 402 y. Postscriptum de Jean Stolamann ...............ceseesenseeteetecseeeeceeeeeee 410 i. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Jean Kalinowski dans les environs de Lima et d’Ica (Céte Péruvienne). M. Jean Kalinowski, explorateur intrépide du Kamtschatka et de la Corée, est parti en 1889 pour le Pérou en qualité de correspon- 372 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, dant du Musée des Comtes Branicki 4 Varsovie. Il a commence ses recherches ornithologiques par exploration des environs de Lima et d’Ica. Voici la liste des localités ot il a fait des collec- tions : Lima—capitale de la république. Callao—port principal du Pérou. Ancon—petit port au nord dé Lima. Magdalena Vieja et Choriilos—petites villes au sud de la capitale. Tea—capitale du département de ce nom, située 4 la céte (14° 4! 33" lat. S.). Dans le voisinage se trouvent les haciendas Huamani, Trapiche et Ocucaje. La faune ornithologique des environs d’Ica parait presque identi- que avec celle de Lima, c’est pourquoi nous n’avons pas separé dans la liste les oiseaux recueillis dans ces deux localités. Cependant il y a une espéce doiseau trouvée a Ica par Kalinowski qui n’est pas encore connue comme habitante des environs de Lima et peut-étre ne se répandra pas si loin au nord, tandis qu’elle est connue des parties plus méridionales de la céte: c’est le Xenospingus concolor. Des 80 espéces d’oiseaux trouvées par M. Kalinowski dans les environs de Lima et d’Ica il parait que 10 espéces n’étaient pas encore mentionnées comme habitantes de ces localitées, savoir :— Progne purpurea. Asio clamator. Pyranga testacea tschudi. Ardea egretia. Xenospingus concolor. Ardetia exilrs. Dolichonyx oryzworus. Tringoides macularvus. Tyrannus tyrannus. Numenius hudsonicus. Tous ces oiseaux étaient déja connus comme provenants du Pérou, sauf l Ardetta exilis, qui n’est pas mentionnée dans ‘1’Ornithologie du Pérou’ par le Dr. Taczanowski. Il y a aussi un Theristicus (Th. melanopis) déja connu de Lima, qui n’est pas décrit dans Pouvrage de Taczanowski, qui l’avait con- fondu avec une autre espéce du Haut Pérou nommée par lui Th. caudatus (Bodd.), mais qui en differe également et devrait peut-étre recevoir un nouveau nom. C’est le méme cas avec le Chrysoptilus atricollis de ’Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 86. I] nous a paru nécessaire de décrire comme espéces nouvelles ou sous-espéces nouvelles quelques oiseaux déja mentionnés de ces loca- lités, mais confondus avec d’autres espéces et cités sous des dénomi- nations fausses. Les voici :— Pyranga testacea tschudii, subsp. nov. Saltator immaculatus, sp. nov. Dives kalinowskii, sp. nov. Pyrocephalus rubineus heterurus, subsp. nov. Cinclodes taczanowskii, sp. nov. Nous avons aussi donné un nouveau nom au Molothrus autrement. nommé M. purpurascens (Hahn), mais qui n’est pas le M. purpu- rascens de cet auteur. Nous lui avons imposé le nom de M. oceci- dentalis. Toutes les peaux recueillies par M. Kalinowski sont d’une qualité 1892.] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 373 excellente et sont pourvues d’étiquettes contenant les indications de Vhabitat, du sexe, des mesures, du couleur d’iris ete. Les mesures relatives 4 la longueur totale et l’envergure des ailes sont prises par M. Kalinowski des exemplaires frais avant de les dépouiller, de méme que les couleurs des yeux, du bec et des pattes. Fam. Turpip&. 1. Turpus cHriGuanco, Lafr. et D’Orb. Merula chiguanco, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 494. Ica: une femelle; décembre 1889. ‘Iris brune claire, bec et ‘. b) pattes d’un jaune orangé.”’ 2. Mimus Loneicaupatus, Tsch. Lima et fca: nombreux individus ; octobre, novembre et décembre 1889. ‘Iris olive-jaunatre.”’ Note.—I) faudra probablement séparer les oiseaux de Guayaquil comme espéce distincte ou comme race locale. Les oiseaux de ’ Kcuadeur sont plus petits, ayant le bee, les ailes et la queue sensible- ment plus courts. La poitrine parait plus squamulé parce que les plumes sont d’un brun plus obscur vers la base, et bordées d’un blanc plus pur a la pointe. Le blanc 4 la pointe des rectrices ex- ternes est plus étendu. Le spéculum blanc formé par les pointes des tectrices des remiges primaires également.plus étendu. La strie sourciliére blanche ne s’étend pas au-dessus des freins, ce qu’est le cas‘chez le M. longicaudatus typique du Pérou. I faudra bien examiner les types du Mimus leucospilos, Pelzeln, et du M. nigri- loris, Lawr., qui sont décrits par méprise comme provenants du Chile et du Mexique, s’ils appartiennent peut-étre a la forme qui habite I’ Keuadeur. Fam. TROGLODYTID2. 3. TROGLODYTES MUSCULUS, Naum. Troglodytes audax, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 525 part. Lima : cing individus ; aotit, octobre, novembre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.”’ Les oiseaux de “Lane ressemblent beaucoup aux oiseaux typiques de Bahia. En général ils sont un peu plus pales et un peu plus petits, ce que se manifeste le plus dans la longueur de la queue. Ces points de différence ne paraissent pas tre constants. Dans tous les autres détails ils s’accordent trés bien avec les oiseaux de Bahia. Il parait que cette forme du 7. musculus a été nommé par Lesson T. murinus (Less. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 434, “du Pérou’’). Les trois ceufs recueillis par M. Kalinowski 4 Lima sont d’un blanc légérement teint de rosé, couverts de petites taches d’un roux rouillé. Ces taches forment une couronne dense autour du gros bout et sont assez rares sur le reste de la surface. la gamme inférieure les taches sont d’un cendré-violatre pale. Dimensions 18X13; 18x13; 18°25x13 mm. 374 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN = [May 17, Fam. Moraci.tuip2&. 4, AnTHUsS PERUVIANUS, Nichols. Anthus rufus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 460. Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre et octobre 1889; mars 1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.” — Les différences du A. rufus typique expliquées par M. Nicholson paraissent tout-i-fait constantes. Fam. MnioriLrip#. 5. GEOTHLYPIS AURICULARIS, Salv. Lima: cing individus; septembre et octobre 1889. “Iris brune claire.” Un oiseau de Callacate, Pérou du nord (coll. Stolzmann, Mus. Berlepsch), différe un peu. I] a les ailes, la queue et les tarses sen- siblement plus longues, le bee plus court, le gris du pileum un peu plus clair, et le vert du dos plus clair. Fam. HiruNDINIDz. 6. PRoGNE PURPUREA (L.)’. Ica: deux individus: novembre et décembre 1889. ‘“‘Ivis pres- que noire.” » 7, HrruNDO ERYTHROGASTRA, Bodd.? Lima: cing jeunes oiseaux ; octobre 1889. Ica: décembre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.” Le plus adulte de ces oiseaux ressemble tellement 4 la H. guttu- ralis, Scop., de la Sibérie, qu’on serait tenté de croire qu'il appartien- drait & cette espéce. I] a le devant du cou et la gorge d’un roux cannelle assez intense, la bande pectorale bien prononcée et le ventre presque blanc, légérement lavé de roussatre. Neéanmoins [aile est un peu plus longue, ce que distingue la H. erythrogastra de Vespéce asiatique. 8. PETROCHELIDON RUFICOLLARIS (Peale). Petrochelidon ruficollaris, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 503. Lima: quatre individus; octobre 1889. ‘Iris presque noire.” 9. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA MONTANA, Baird. Atticora cyanoleuca, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 244 part. Lima: septembre, octobre. Haale décenibun: \ Nombreux exemplaires. Fam. Ca@Resin&. 10. CONIROSTRUM CINEREUM, Lafr. et D’Orb. Lima: nombreux exemplaires; septembre, octobre, novembre 1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.”’ * Pas examiné par moi, Peut-étre =P. furcata, Baird.— Brrizrscn. 1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 375 Note.—Un oiseau d’Arequipa (coll. Whitely), Mus. H. v. B., a les ailes et la queue plus longues et les parties inférieures plus grisatres que les oiseaux de Lima. Fam. TANAGRID&. + 11. TanaGra pARwinti, Bp. Lima: nombreux exemplaires; septembre, octobre, novembre 1889. ‘Iris brune-rougeatre.”’ Ces oiseaux ont le bee plus large et le jaune des parties inféri- eures un peu plus pale que les oiseaux de Callacate (Pérou du nord) et de l’Ecuadeur. Le T. darwinit était décrit par Bonaparte comme provenant du ‘Chili.’ Si on voudrait faire une séparation ce serait probablement Poiseau de l’Ecuadeur qui devrait recevoir un nouveau nom. 4~ 12. PyRANGA TESTACEA TSCHUDII’, subsp. nov. Pyranga azare, 'Tacz. (nec D’Orb.) Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 495. Lima: deux oiseaux ; septembre et octobre 1889. ‘Iris brune foncée.”’ Les oiseaux du Pérou présentent la couleur rouge de sang plus intense et plus vive que les oiseaux typiques de Veragua. C’est pour- quoi nous proposons de les séparer comme sous-espéce nouvelle. +13. SALTATOR IMMACULATUS’, sp. nov. -Saltator similis, Tsch. (nec Lafr. et D’Orb.) Faun. Peruan., Orn. p- 209 (Kiistenregion). Saltator albicollis, Tacz. (nec Vieill.) P. Z.S. 1874, p. 517 (Lima), et 1880, p. 198, pt. (Chepen). Saltator superciliaris, Tacz. (nec Spix) Ornith. du Pérou, ti. p. 541. S. capite supra collique lateribus cinerascentibus minime olivaceo lavatis ; dorso tectricibusque alarum plus minusve olivaceo per- fusis ; uropyguo canerascente ; superciliis ad angulum oculi pos- teriorem ductis, pure albis: subtus albus, striis mystacalibus pectorisque lateribus griseis ; hypochondrus pallide griseo longi- tudinaliter striatis; crisso subalaribusque pallide isabellinis : remigibus nigricantibus olivaceo marginatis ; campterio pallide flavo: rectricibus mgricantibus grisescente late limbatis : iride clare brunnea: rostro pedibusque nigris. Juv. Adulto similis, sed pectore superiore toto grisescente (minime striato), iride olwvaceo-brunneo. Obs. Species S. albicoll, Vieill., similis, sed capite supra cineraceo, dorso potius griseo-olivaceo, et striis pectoralibus fere evanescentibus distinguenda. Cette espéce parait la plus proche au 8. aldicollis, mais elle n’a que des indications faibles de stries sur la poitrine, et tout le dessus 1 Peut-étre Pitylus puteus, Less. Institut, 1834, p. 316, sera la femelle de cette espéce. Dans ce cas elle devrait porter le nom de P. testacea putea (Less. ),— Bert. et StonzM. 2 Pitylus olivaceus, Less. Institut, 1834, p. 316, pourrait étre le jeune de cette espéce. I] faudra examiner l'exemplaire typique-—Burt. et Stouzm. 376 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN [May 17, de la téte et du cou est d’un cendré presque pur 4 peine lavé d’olivatre. Les dimensions sont plus grandes. 3. Long. tot. 235, enverg. “ 345,” aile 105, queue 99, bec 20, tarse 28 mm. ref . 39 230, 93 ee 330,” be) 102, be) 91, 33 IIs}, 39° 25:5 3? 2 2 39 233, 93 Sia 325,” 33 98, 53 100, 33 20, 33 25 53 Lima: huit oiseaux; septembre et octobre 1889. Fam. FRINGILLID. —14, SpoROPHILA SIMPLEX (Tacz.). Spermophila simplex, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 16. Lima: sept individus; janvier, février et mars 1890. “Iris brune foncée.”’ 15. SPOROPHILA TELASCO (Less.). Spermophila telasco, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 14. Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre, octobre 1889, janvier 1890. “Iris brune.” Un male adulte du 31 octobre a le bec tont-a-fait noir, tandis qu’un autre male, peut-étre plus jeune (mais en plumage parfait), du 21 septembre, l’a d’un brun rougeatre. Les oiseaux de Guayaquil paraissent tout-a-fait identiques avec les oiseaux typiques de Lima. 16. NEorHYNCHUS NASESUS (Bp.)’. Ica: trois oiseaux; novembre et décembre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.”’ 17. CATAMENIA ANALOIDEs (Lafr.). Lima: huit oiseaux; octobre et novembre 1889. “Iris brune foncée.”” Les oiseaux du Pérou méridional sont plus grands. S’ils ne seront pas identiques avec la C. analis, Lafr. et D’Orb,, ils appartien- dront 4 une troisiéme forme qui devrait recevoir un nouveau nom. 18. VouaTINIA JACARINA (L.). Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; aoiit 4 novembre 1889, janvier 1890. “Tris brune foncée.”’ , . ° Tous les males envoyés se trouvent en plumage imparfait. 19. XENOSPINGUS CONCOLOR (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Aenospingus concolor. Ica: six individus; novembre 1889. ‘‘ Iris brune-rougeatre.” La femelle adulte ne se distingue du male adulte que par des couleurs un peu plus ternes et parait plus blanchatre en dessous. Le type de d’Orbigny venait d’Arica. , 1 Le nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce sera probablement WV. peruvianus (Less.): cf. Callyrhynchus peruvianus, Less. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 209 (de Callao). —Benr, et Stouzm. 1892. ] ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 377 20. PoosP1zA BONAPARTET, Scl.' Lima et Ica: nombreux exemplaires; septembre, novembre et décembre 1889, février 1890. ‘‘ Iris brune.”’ 21. Puryeinus ALAuDINvs (Kittl.). Lima et Ica: six oiseaux; novembre et décembre 1889. ‘‘ Iris brune foncée.”” +- 22. ZONOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.) *. Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; septembre et novembre. Ica: novembre et décembre 1889. ‘Iris brune-rougeatre.” ~-23. CHRYSOMITRIs CAPITALIS, Cab. Lima et Ica: sept oiseaux recueillis depuis septembre 1889 jusqu’a février 1890. ‘Iris brune foncée.” Ces oiseaux ressemblent aux oiseaux typiques de 1’ Ecuadeur oriental, mais le croupion est d’un jaune plus pur, le jaune a la base des rectrices plus étendu, et le miroir alaire plus grand. Quant a ces détails ils paraissent un peu intermédiaires entre la Ch. capitalis de |’Ecuadeur et la Ch. icterica du Brésil. +. 24, SYCALIS ARVENSIS LUTEIVENTRIS (Meyen). Sycalis luteiventris et S. arvensis, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. pp. 59, 61. Lima: six individus; aott et septembre 1889, février 1890. “Tris brune.”’ Ces oiseaux saccordent tout-a-fait avec des individus de |’Kena- deur oriental. Les oiseaux de Chile (arvensis, Kittl.) sont un peu plus grands. La marque blanche sur les rectrices externes n’est pas constante. Une ponte de trois ceufs a été trouvé par M. Kalinowski a Lima le 9 novembre. Les cufs sont ovoides, légérement amincis vers le petit bout, qui est assez fortement retroussé. Le fond est bleu- verdatre pale, comme dans les ceufs des autres espéces de Sycalis. Le fond est couvert de taches d’un roux-brunatre, ramassées princi- palement au gros bout, o0 elles forment une couronne plus ou moins dense. le reste de la surface est couvert de taches plus rares et plus petites ; le petit bout reste quelquefois immaculé. La gran- deur des taches varie beaucoup, depuis petits points a peine visibles — jusqu’a macules de quelques millimétres en diamétre. En général les grosses taches sont rassemblées sur le gros bout, ou elles couvrent parfois le fond. Celles de la gamme inférieure sont d’une couleur \ Te nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce sera peut-étre Poospiza hispanio- lensis, Bp., mais on pourrait le rejeter comme fondé sur une erreur géographique —consensu omnium !|—BERu. et STOLZM. 2 Le nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce sera Zonotrichia capensis (Miull.), mais comme Poospiza hispaniolensis il pourrait étre écarté consensw onniwm. —Buru. et Stozm. 378 MM. H. VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN ON [May 17, rousse pale, qui tire quelquefois au cendré. Dimensions 19°25 x14; 20x14; 19:25x 13°50 mm. Fam. IcTeRIpD&. -~ 25. DoLicHonyx ORYZIVORUS (L.). Ica: cing jeunes oiseaux ; novembre et décembre 1889. “Iris brune.” ' 26. MoLoTHRUS OCCIDENTALIS, Sp. nov. Molothrus purpurascens, Cassin (nec Hahn), Proc. Ac. N. Se. Phil. 1866, p. 20; Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 422. 3s mart M. bonariensis simillimus, differt pectore lateribusque nitore cupreo resplendentibus, necnon rostro longiore. 2 femine M. bonariensis similis, differt corpore subtus clariore, fere albescenti, ct stria supercars pallida magis conspicua, corpore supra etiam pallidrore, plumarum marginibus pallidis. Hab. in Peru occ. (Lima etc.). Lima: nombreux exemplaires ; octobre et novembre 1889, janvier 1890. Iris brune chez l’adulte, “‘brune foncée”’ chez le jeune. 27. TRUPIALIS BELLICOSA (De Filippi). Lima et Ica: nombreux exemplaires recueillis depuis septembre jusqu’au décembre 1889. ‘“‘ Iris brune.” Deux ceufs ont été fournis par M. Kalinowski, qui les a trouvé dans les environs de Lima. Ils sont presque elliptiques, courts, et bombés aux deux bouts presque également retroussés. La coque est lisse, avec un éclat assez fort. Le fond est blanc, légérement bleudtre, parsemé sur toute la surface de petits points brun-olivatres, un peu plus denses sur le gros bout que sur le reste de la surface. Dimensions 24°25 x 19; 22°25 x 18:25 mm. Les oiseaux de Lima ont le bec un peu plus long, mais les ailes plus courtes que les oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occidental. L’espéce a été décrite comme provenante de “Am. meérid. occ.’ 28. DivES KALINOWSKII, Sp. nov. Dives warszewiczt, Tacz. Orn. du Peérou, i. p. 433 part. Totus niger nitore chalybeo-cyaneo ; rostro pedibusque mgris ; wide sordide rubra. 2 mari similis, sed minor. Obs. D. warszewiczi similis, sed multo major, nitore cyaneo nec viridescente. Rostro multo longiore et robustiore. Hab. Peru oce. circum Ica. Cet oiseau est d’un noir uniforme, avec un lustre bleu d’acier viride, qui est plus faible et plus verdatre sur les remiges et les rectrices. Le bec et les pattes sont noirs, Viris d’un rouge sale. C’est une forme proche au D. warszewiczi, Cab., du Pérou sep- tentrional et de l’Ecuadeur, qui s’en distingue au premier coup d’ceil par une taille beaucoup plus forte, par le lustre du plumage plus fort et d’un bleu d’acier au lieu de verdatre, et par la grandeur et la forme du bec, dont le culmen est un peu courbé, tandis qu'il est droit 1892.] BIRDS FROM PERU. 379 chez la forme septentrionale. Voila la table des mesures des deux espéces :— Long. tot. Enverg. Aile. Queue. Bec. _Tarse. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. D. kalinowskii, 8 (Ica)...... 324,323 “470” 146 134,130 35,332 38 5 OF (ica) sae 309, 505 * 430, 445” 139,137 126,125 31,32 372 D. warszewiczt, § (Yaguachi). — _— 106 92 24 31 “e $ (Tumbez).. — — 113 107 27°5 36 ay Q (Tumbez).. — — 98 87 24 30 Dives kalinowskii: a, 3; 6, 2. Quatre oiseaux des deux sexes ont été fournis par M. Kalinowski, tués a V’hacienda de Huamani (prés d’Ica) en décembre 1889. Une paire se trouve au Musée Branicki 4 Varsovie, une autre au Musée Berlepsch 4 Muenden. Fam. TYRANNID&. 29. MuscIGRALLA BREVICAUDA, Lafr. et D’Orb. Lima et Ica: six individus; septembre 4 décembre 1889, janvier et février 1890. ‘Iris brune claire.” : Un oiseau de Tumbez différe un peu. [I] a les parties supérieures plus claires et abdomen fort lavé de jaune pale, ce qui nest pas le cas chez les oiseaux de Lima et d’Ica. L’oiseau de Tumbez a aussi les ailes plus courtes et le bec un peu plus long. Cependant cet oiseau parait étre plus jeune que ceux de Limaet d’Ica. L’espéce a été décrite de Tacna. —30. SERPHOPHAGA CINEREA, Strickl. Lima : six oiseaux du septembre et novembre 1889 et du mars 1890. “Iris brune.”’ 380 MM.H.VON BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN ON [May 17, Ces oiseaux sont presque identiques avec d’autres de |’Ecuadeur et du Vénézuela. En général il parait qu’ils ont les ailes et la queue un peu plus longues. 31. ANHRETES REGULOIDES (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Culicivora reguloides, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. (1837) p. 57 (typ. ex Tacna). °? Tyrannulus albocristatus, Vig. Zool. Journ. v. (1829) p. 273 (typ. ex “ Brazil’’). Aneretes albocristatus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 241. Lima, Callao, Ica: cing individus; octobre et novembre 1889. ‘. Back not transversely striped. No heel-tufts. a®, Colour quite uniform, no mesial dark mark- ings on face or elsewhere. a‘, Size larger; hind foot (? hoof included) 2A mmr, Kalimacnjaros 2. 5.2.65... specter 6*. Size smaller; hind foot without hoof 193 mm. H. & 8.E. Afr. 6°. Mesial dark markings present either on face or back or both. All W. Afr. a*, Darker markings shining black or brown. a. Back uniform rufous, no dorsal stripe... o°?. Back with ablack dorsal stripe continued on the tail. a°®, Tail black and white; back of hams red or white. a’. Centre line of face decidedly darker than flanks. Dorsal line from nape. a>. Sternal region and back of hams white. Tail tufted at tip......... 6’. Sternal region and back of hams as dark as or darker than the body. ‘Tail evenly haired, not tufted 67, Face uniformly rufous yellow, like emcee reece resto cesses conve rcoe the flanks. Dorsal line from Withenrsinasnmeccenaeasessmen oe seacaseaasee b°. Tail nearly wholly black; back of hasta sonblackusassseeee eee ee eee b+. Darker markings bluish grey.................. b>. Back transversely banded. Heels with tufts. Wie Adar Shes Sonnet beside Nuaadel cha seelian woe Shia b', General colour smoky brown or blackish. a>, Size larger; hind foot 210 mm. Face more rufous than body. W. Afr. 62, Size smaller; hind foot less than 190mm. Face like back. a’, Legs greyish brown, like body. a‘. Rump not particoloured. Sierra Leone ... 6. Rump particoloured. Cameroons to Zan- ZIDAL nacre sees secanliay eas cies sticisecuscmaccesens 3. Legs rufous; rump not particoloured. S.H. pAtE NGI Gay seerere nye eainsiail-gietssioe\